Old Testament.                      New Testament.

Concordance.  Dictionary.

 

Dictionary

 

Strong's Hebrew Numbers:

 

H-1-999:

H-1000-1999:

H-2000-2999:

H-3000-3999:

H-4000-4999:

H-5000-5999:

H-6000-6999:

H-7000-7999:

H-8000-8647:


Strong's Greek Numbers:

 

G-1-999:

G-1000-1999:

G-2000-2999:

G-3000-3999:

G-4000-4999:

G-5000-5624:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3800. opsonion,   op-so'-nee-on;

          neut. of a presumed der. of the same as G-3795; rations for a soldier, i.e. (by extens.) his stipend or pay:--wages.

 

.... G-3795. opsarion,   op-sar'-ee-on;

          neut. of a presumed der. of the base of G-3702; a relish to other food (as if cooked sauce), i.e. (spec.) fish (presumably salted and dried as a condiment):--fish.

.... G-3702. optos,   op-tos';

          from an obsol. verb. akin to  hepso (to "steep"); cooked, i.e. roasted:--broiled.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3801. ho on kai ho en kai ho erchomenos,  

        ho own kahee ho ane kahee ho er-khom'-en-os;

          a phrase combining {A.}G-3588 with the pres. part. and imperf. of {B.}G-1510 and the pres. part of {C.}G-2064 by means of {D.}G-2532; the one being and the one that was and the one coming, i.e. the Eternal, as a divine epithet of Christ:--which art (is, was), and (which) wast (is, was), and art (is) to come (shalt be).

 

{A.} G-3588. ho,   ho;

          includ. the fem., he,   hay;

          and the neut., to,   to,

          in all their inflections; the def. article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.

{B.} G-1510. eimi,   i-mee';

          first, pers. sing. pres. indic.; a prol. form of a prim. and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also G-1488, G-1498, G-1511, G-1527, G-2258, G-2071, G-2070, G-2075, G-2076, G-2771, G-2468, G-5600.

{C.} G-2064. erchomai,   er'-khom-ahee;

          mid. of a prin. verb (used only in the pres. and imperf. tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred [mid.]  eleuthomai,   el-yoo'-thom-ahee;

          or [act.]  eltho,   el'-tho;

          which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, lit. and fig.):--accompany, appear, bring, come enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.

{D.} G-2532. kai,   kahee;

          appar. a prim. particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so, then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, indeed, likewise, moreover, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yea, yet.

.... G-109. aer,   ah-ayr';

          from  aemi (to breathe unconsciously, i.e. respire; by anal. to blow ); "air" (as naturally circumambient): --air. Comp. G-5594.

.... G-302. an,   an;

          a prim. particle, denoting a supposition, wish, possibility or uncertainty:--[what-, where-, whither-, who-]soever. Usually unexpressed except by the subjunctive or potential mood. Also contr. for G-1437.

.... G-846. autos,   ow-tos';

          from the particle  au [perh. akin to the base of G-109 through the idea of a baffling wind] (backward); the reflex. pron. self, used (alone or in the comp. G-1438) of the third pers., and (with the probably pers. pron.) of the other persons:--her, it (-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, ([self-], the) same, ([him-, my-, thy-]) self, [your-] selves, she, that, their (-s), them ([-selves]), there [-at, -by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with], they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Comp. G-848.

.... G-848. hautou,   how-too';

          contr. for G-1438; self (in some oblique case or reflex. relation):--her (own), (of) him (-self), his (own), of it, thee, their (own), them (-selves), they.

.... G-1063. gar,   gar;

          a prim. particle; probably assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.

.... G-1065. ge,   gheh;

          a prim. particle of emphasis or qualification (often used with other particles prefixed):--and besides, doubtless, at least, yet.

.... G-1161. de,   deh;

          a prim. particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now [often unexpressed in English].

.... G-1211. de,   day;

          prob. akin to G-1161; a particle of emphasis or explicitness; now, then, etc.:--also, and, doubtless, now, therefore.

.... G-1437. ean,   eh-an';

          from G-1487 and G-302; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-) soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, [who-] so (-ever). See G-3361.

.... G-1438. heautou,   heh-ow-too',

          (incl. all the other cases); from a reflex. pron. otherwise obsol. and the gen. (dat. or acc.) of G-846; him- (her-, it-, them-, also [in conjunction with the pers. pron. of the other persons] my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own (-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them (-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).

.... G-1487. ei,   i;

          a prim. particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, ([al-]) though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, espec. as in G-1489, G-1490, G-1499, G-1508, G-1509, G-1512, G-1513, G-1536, G-1537. See also G-1437.

.... G-1488. ei,   i;

          second pers. sing. pres. of G-1510; thou art:--art, be.

.... G-1489. eige,   i'-gheh;

          from G-1487 and G-1065; if indeed, seeing that, unless, (with neg.) otherwise:--if (so be that, yet).

.... G-1490. ei de me,   i deh may' ;

          or  ei de me ge,   i deh may' gheh;

          from G-1487, G-1161 and G-3361 (sometimes with G-1065 added); but if not:--(or) else, if (not, otherwise), otherwise.

.... G-1498. eien,   i'-ane;

          optative (i.e. Eng. subjunctive) pres. of G-1510 (includ. the other pers.); might (could, would or should) be:--mean, + perish, should be, was, were.

.... G-1499. ei kai,   i kahee;

          from G-1487 and G-2532; if also (or even):--if (that), though.

.... G-1508. ei me,   i may;

          from G-1487 and G-3361; if not:--but, except (that), if not, more than, save (only) that, saving, till.

.... G-1509. ei me ti,   i may tee;

          from G-1508 and the neut. of G-5100; if not somewhat:--except.

.... G-1511. einai,   i'-nahee;

          pres. infin. from G-1510; to exist:--am, are, come, is, X lust after, X please well, there is, to be, was.

.... G-1512. ei per,   i per;

          from G-1487 and G-4007; if perhaps:--if so be (that), seeing, though.

.... G-1513. ei pos,   i poce;

          from G-1487 and G-4458; if somehow:--if by any means.

.... G-1520. heis,   hice;

          (includ. the neut. [etc.]  hen ); a prim. numeral; one:--a (-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also G-1527, G-3367, G-3391, G-3762.

.... G-1527. heis kath' heis,   hice kath hice;

          from G-1520 repeated with G-2596 inserted; severally:--one by one.

.... G-1536. ei tis,   i tis;

          from G-1487 and G-5100; if any:--he that, if a (-ny) man ('s thing, from any, ought), whether any, whosoever.

.... G-1537. ek,   ek;

          or ex,   ex;

          a prim. prep. denoting origin (the point whence motion or action proceeds), from, out (of place, time or cause; lit. or fig.; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at betwixt (-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for (-th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, . . . ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with (-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.

.... G-2070. esmen,   es-men';

          first pers. plur. indic. of G-1510; we are:--are, be, have our being, X have hope, + [the gospel] was [preached unto] us.

.... G-2071. esomai,   es'-om-ahee;

          fut. of G-1510; will be:--shall (should) be (have), (shall) come (to pass), X may have, X fall, what would follow, X live long, X sojourn.

.... G-2075. este,   es-teh';

          second pers. plur. pres. indic. of G-1510; ye are:--be, have been, belong.

.... G-2076. esti,   es-tee';

          third pers. sing. pres. indic. of G-1510; he (she or it) is; also (with neut. plur.) they are:--are, be (-long), call, X can [-not], come, consisteth, X dure for awhile, + follow, X have, (that) is (to say), make, meaneth, X must needs, + profit, + remaineth, + wrestle.

.... G-2228. e,   ay;

          a prim. particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-) either, except it be, (n-) or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Comp. especially G-2235, G-2260, G-2273.

.... G-2229. e,   ay;

          an adv. of confirmation; perh. intens. of G-2228; used only (in the N.T.) before G-3303; assuredly:--surely.

.... G-2235. ede,   ay'-day;

          appar. from G-2228 (or possibly G-2229) and G-1211; even now:--already, (even) now (already), by this time.

.... G-2258. en,   ane;

          imperf. of G-1510; I (thou, etc.) was (wast or were):--+ agree, be, X have (+ charge of), hold, use, was (-t), were.

.... G-2260. eper,   ay'-per;

          from G-2228 and G-4007; than at all (or than perhaps, than indeed):--than.

.... G-2273. etoi,   ay'-toy;

          from G-2228 and G-5104; either indeed:--whether.

.... G-2443. hina,   hin'-ah;

          prob. from the same as the former part of G-1438 (through the demonstrative idea; comp. G-3588); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Comp. G-3363.

.... G-2468. isthi,   is'-thee;

          sec. pers. imper. pres. of G-1510; be thou:--+ agree, be, X give thyself wholly to.

.... G-2543. kaitoi,   kah'-ee-toy;

          from G-2532 and G-5104; and yet, i.e. nevertheless:--although.

.... G-2544. kaitoige,   kah'ee-foyg-eh;

          from G-2543 and G-1065; and yet indeed, i.e. although really:--nevertheless, though.

.... G-2596. kata,   kat-ah';

          a prim. particle; (prep.) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case [gen. dat. or acc.] with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to, touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, [charita-] bly, concerning, + covered, [dai-] ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from . . . to, godly, in (-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), . . . by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-) on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through (-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-) to (-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where (-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution or intensity.

.... G-2771. kerdos,   ker'-dos;

          of uncert. affin.; gain (pecuniary or gen.):--gain, lucre.

.... G-3173. megas,   meg'-as

          [includ. the prol. forms, fem.  megale, plur.  megaloi, etc.; comp. also G-3176, G-3187]; big (lit. or fig., in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great (-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.

.... G-3176. megistos,   meg'-is-tos;

          superl. of G-3173; greatest or very great:--exceeding great.

.... G-3187. meizon,   mide'-zone;

          irreg. compar. of G-3173; larger (lit. or fig., spec. in age):--elder, greater (-est), more.

.... G-3303. men,   men;

          a prim. particle; probably indic. of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with G-1161 (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.

.... G-3305. mentoi,   men'-toy;

          from G-3303 and G-5104; indeed though, i.e. however:--also, but, howbeit, nevertheless, yet.

.... G-3361. me,   may;

          a prim. particle of qualified negation (whereas G-3756 expresses an absolute denial); (adv.) not, (conj.) lest; also (as interrog. implying a neg. answer [whereas G-3756 expects an affirm. one]) whether:--any, but, (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, [can-] not, nothing, that not, un [-taken], without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also G-3362, G-3363, G-3364, G-3372, G-3373, G-3375, G-3378.

.... G-3362. ean me,   eh-an' may;

          i.e. G-1437 and G-3361; if not, i.e. unless:--X before, but, except, if no, (if, + whosoever) not.

.... G-3363. hina me,   hin'-ah may;

          i.e. G-2443 and G-3361; in order (or so) that not:--albeit not, lest, that no (-t, [-thing]).

.... G-3364. ou me,   oo may;

          i.e. G-3756 and G-3361; a double neg. strengthening the denial; not at all:--any more, at all, by any (no) means, neither, never, no (at all), in no case (wise), nor ever, not (at all, in any wise). Comp. G-3378.

.... G-3367. medeis,   may-dice';

          includ. the irreg. fem.  medemia,   may-dem-ee'-ah,

          and the neut.  meden,   may-den';

          from G-3361 and G-1520; not even one (man, woman, thing):--any (man, thing), no (man), none, not (at all, any man, a whit), nothing, + without delay.

.... G-3372. mekos,   may'-kos;

          prob. akin to G-3173; length (lit. or fig.):--length.

.... G-3373. mekuno,   may-koo'-no;

          from G-3372; to lengthen, i.e. (mid.) to enlarge:--grow up.

.... G-3375. men,   mane;

          a stronger form of G-3303; a particle of affirmation (only with G-2229); assuredly:--+ surely.

.... G-3378. me ouk,   may ook;

          i.e. G-3361 and G-3756; as interrog. and neg. is it not that?:--neither (followed by no), + never, not. Comp. G-3364.

.... G-3381. mepos,   may'-poce;

          or  me pos,   may poce;

          from G-3361 and G-4458; lest somehow:--lest (by any means, by some means, haply, perhaps).

.... G-3391. mia,   mee'-ah;

          irreg. fem. of G-1520; one or first:--a (certain), + agree, first, one, X other.

.... G-3568. nun,   noon;

          a prim. particle of present time; "now" (as adv. of date, a transition or emphasis); also as noun or adj. present or immediate:--henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this (time). See also G-3569, G-3570.

.... G-3569. tanun,   tan-oon';

          or  ta nun,   tah noon;

          from neut. plur. of G-3588 and G-3568; the things now, i.e. (adv.) at present:--(but) now.

.... G-3570. nuni,   noo-nee';

          a prol. form of G-3568 for emphasis; just now:--now.

.... G-3739. hos,   hos;

          includ. fem.,  he,   hay;

          and neut.,  ho,   ho;

          prob. a prim. word (or perh. a form of the art. G-3588); the rel. (sometimes demonstrative) pron., who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who (-m, -se), etc. See also G-3757.

.... G-3756. ou,   oo;

          also (before a vowel)  ouk,   ook;

          and (before an aspirate)  ouch,   ookh;

          a prim. word; the absol. neg. [comp. G-3361] adv.; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, [can-] not, + nothing, + special, un ([-worthy]), when, + without, + yet but. See also G-3364, G-3372.

.... G-3757. hou,   hoo;

          gen. of G-3739 as adv.; at which place, i.e. where:--where (-in), whither ([-soever]).

.... G-3761. oude,   oo-deh';

          from G-3756 and G-1161; not however, i.e. neither, nor, not even:--neither (indeed), never, no (more, nor, not), nor (yet), (also, even, then) not (even, so much as), + nothing, so much as.

.... G-3762. oudeis,   oo-dice';

          includ. fem.  oudemia,   oo-dem-ee'-ah;

          and neut.  ouden,   oo-den';

          from G-3761 and G-1520; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.

.... G-3767. oun,   oon;

          appar. a prim. word; (adv.) certainly, or (conj.) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.

.... G-3817. paio,   pah'-yo;

          a prim. verb; to hit (as if by a single blow and less violently than G-5180); spec. to sting (as a scorpion):--smite, strike.

.... G-3960. patasso,   pat-as'-so;

          prob. prol. from G-3817; to knock (gently or with a weapon or fatally):--smite, strike. Comp. G-5180.

.... G-3961. pateo,   pat-eh'-o;

          from a der. prob. of G-3817 (mean. a "path"); to trample (lit. or fig.):--tread (down, under foot).

.... G-4007. per,   per;

          from the base of G-4008; an enclitic particle significant of abundance (thoroughness), i.e. emphasis; much, very or ever:--[whom-] soever.

.... G-4008. peran,   per'-an;

          appar. acc. of an obsol. der. of  peiro (to "pierce"); through (as adv. or prep.), i.e. across:--beyond, farther (other) side, over.

.... G-4072. petomai,   pet'-om-ahee;

          or prol.  petaomai,   pet-ah'-om-ahee;

          or contr.  ptaomai,   ptah'-om-ahee;

          mid. of a prim. verb; to fly:--fly (-ing).

.... G-4098. pipto,   pip'-to;

          a redupl. and contr. form of  peto,   pet'-o,

          (which occurs only as an alt. in cert. tenses); prob. akin to G-4072 through the idea of alighting; to fall (lit. or fig.):--fail, fall (down), light on.

.... G-4111. plasso,   plas'-so;

          a prim. verb; to mould, i.e. shape or fabricate:--form.

.... G-4141. plesso,   place'-so;

          appar. another form of G-4111 (through the idea of flattening out); to pound, i.e. (fig.) to inflict with (calamity):--smite. Comp. G-5180.

.... G-4154. pneo,   pneh'-o;

          a prim. word; to breathe hard, i.e. breeze:--blow. Comp. G-5594.

.... G-4214. posos,   pos'-os;

          from an obsol.  pos (who, what) and G-3739; interrog. pron. (of amount) how much (large, long or [plur.] many):--how great (long, many), what.

.... G-4225. pou,   poo;

          gen. of an indef. pron.  pos (some) otherwise obsol. (comp. G-4214); as adv. of place, somewhere, i.e. nearly:--about, a certain place.

.... G-4422. ptoeo,   pto-eh'-o;

          prob. akin to the alt. of G-4098 (through the idea of causing to fall) or to G-4072 (through that of causing to fly away); to scare:--frighten.

.... G-4426. pturo,   ptoo'-ro;

          from a presumed der. of G-4429 (and thus akin to G-4422); to frighten:--terrify.

.... G-4428. ptusso,   ptoos'-so;

          prob. akin to  petannumi (to spread; and thus appar. allied to G-4072 through the idea of expansion, and to G-4429 through that of flattening; comp. G-3961); to fold, i.e. furl a scroll:--close.

.... G-4429. ptuo,   ptoo'-o;

          a prim. verb (comp. G-4428); to spit:--spit.

.... G-4458. pos,   poce;

          adv. from the base of G-4225; an enclitic particle of indefiniteness of manner; somehow or anyhow; used only in comp.:--haply, by any (some) means, perhaps. See G-1513, G-3381. Comp. G-4459.

.... G-4459. pos,   poce;

          adv. from the base of G-4426; an interrog. particle of manner; in what way? (sometimes the question is indirect, how?); also as exclamation, how much!:--how, after (by) what manner (means), that. [Occasionally unexpressed in English.]

.... G-4474. rhapizo,   hrap-id'-zo;

          from a der. of a prim.  rhepo (to let fall, "rap"); to slap:--smite (with the palm of the hand). Comp. G-5180.

.... G-5088. tikto,   tik'-to;

          a strengthened form of a prim.  teko,   tek'-o

          (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to produce (from seed, as a mother, a plant, the earth, etc.), lit. or fig.:--bear, be born, bring forth, be delivered, be in travail.

.... G-5100. tis,   tis;

          an enclit. indef. pron.; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, -thing, -what), (+ that no-) thing, what (-soever), X wherewith, whom [-soever], whose ([-soever]).

.... G-5104. toi,   toy;

          prob. for the dat. of G-3588; an enclit. particle of asseveration by way of contrast; in sooth:--[used only with other particles in comp., as G-2544, G-3305, G-5105, G-5106, etc.]

.... G-5105. toigaroun,   toy-gar-oon';

          from G-5104 and G-1063 and G-3767; truly for then, i.e. consequently:--there- (where-) fore.

.... G-5106. toinun,   toy'-noon;

          from G-5104 and G-3568; truly now, i.e. accordingly:--then, therefore.

.... G-5177. tugchano,   toong-khan'-o;

          prob. for an obsol.  tucho (for which the mid. of another alt.  teucho (to make ready or bring to pass] is used in cert. tenses; akin to the base of G-5088 through the idea of effecting; probably to affect; or (spec.) to hit or light upon (as a mark to be reached), i.e.(trans.) to attain or secure an object or end, or (intrans.) to happen (as if meeting with); but in the latter application only impers. (with G-1487), i.e. perchance; or (pres. part.) as adj. usual (as if commonly met with, with G-3756, extraordinary), neut. (as adv.) perhaps; or (with another verb) as adv. by accident (as it were):--be, chance, enjoy, little, obtain, X refresh . . . self, + special. Comp. G-5180.

.... G-5180. tupto,   toop'-to;

          a prim. verb (in a strength. form); to "thump", i.e. cudgel or pummel (probably with a stick or bastinado), but in any case by repeated blows; thus differing from G-3817 and G-3960, which denote a [usually single] blow with the hand or any instrument, or G-4141 with the fist [or a hammer], or G-4474 with the palm; as well as from G-5177, an accidental collision); by impl. to punish; fig. to offend (the conscience):--beat, smite, strike, wound.

.... G-5594. psucho,   psoo'-kho;

          a prim. verb; to breathe (voluntarily but gently; thus differing on the one hand from G-4154, which denotes probably a forcible respiration; and on the other from the base of G-109, which refers probably to an inanimate breeze), i.e. (by impl. of reduction of temperature by evaporation) to chill (fig.):--wax cold.

.... G-5600. o,   o;

          includ. the oblique forms, as well as  es,   ace;   e,   ay,

          etc.; the subjunctive of G-1510; (may, might, can, could, would, should, must, etc.; also with G-1487 and its comp., as well as with other particles) be:--+ appear, are, (may, might, should) be, X have, is, + pass the flower of her age, should stand, were.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3802. pagideuo,   pag-id-yoo'-o;

          from G-3803; to ensnare (fig.):--entangle.

 

.... G-3803. pagis,   pag-ece';

          from G-4078; a trap (as fastened by a noose or notch); fig. a trick or stratagem (temptation):--snare

.... G-4078. pegnumi,   payg'-noo-mee;

          a prol. form of a prim. verb (which in its simpler form occurs only as an alt. in certain tenses); to fix ("peg"), i.e. (spec.) to set up (a tent):--pitch.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3803. pagis,   pag-ece';

          from G-4078; a trap (as fastened by a noose or notch); fig. a trick or stratagem (temptation):--snare

 

.... G-4078. pegnumi,   payg'-noo-mee;

          a prol. form of a prim. verb (which in its simpler form occurs only as an alt. in certain tenses); to fix ("peg"), i.e. (spec.) to set up (a tent):--pitch.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3804. pathema,   path'-ay-mah;

          from a presumed der. of G-3806; something undergone, i.e. hardship or pain; subj. an emotion or influence:--affection, affliction, motion, suffering.

 

.... G-3806. pathos,   path'-os;

          from the alt. of G-3958; probably suffering ("pathos"), i.e. (subj.) a passion (espec. concupiscence):--(inordinate) affection, lust.

.... G-3958. pascho,   pas'-kho;

          includ. the forms (  patho,   path'-o,)

          and (  pentho,   pen'-tho,)

          used only in certain tenses for it; appar. a prim. verb; to experience a sensation or impression (usually painful):--feel, passion, suffer, vex.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3805. pathetos,   path-ay-tos';

          from the same as G-3804; liable (i.e. doomed) to experience pain:--suffer.

 

.... G-3804. pathema,   path'-ay-mah;

          from a presumed der. of G-3806; something undergone, i.e. hardship or pain; subj. an emotion or influence:--affection, affliction, motion, suffering.

.... G-3806. pathos,   path'-os;

          from the alt. of G-3958; probably suffering ("pathos"), i.e. (subj.) a passion (espec. concupiscence):--(inordinate) affection, lust.

.... G-3958. pascho,   pas'-kho;

          includ. the forms (  patho,   path'-o,)

          and (  pentho,   pen'-tho,)

          used only in certain tenses for it; appar. a prim. verb; to experience a sensation or impression (usually painful):--feel, passion, suffer, vex.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3806. pathos,   path'-os;

          from the alt. of G-3958; probably suffering ("pathos"), i.e. (subj.) a passion (espec. concupiscence):--(inordinate) affection, lust.

 

.... G-3958. pascho,   pas'-kho;

          includ. the forms (  patho,   path'-o,)

          and (  pentho,   pen'-tho,)

          used only in certain tenses for it; appar. a prim. verb; to experience a sensation or impression (usually painful):--feel, passion, suffer, vex.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3807. paidagogos,   pahee-dag-o-gos';

          from {A.}G-3816 and a redupl. form of {B.}G-71; a boy-leader, i.e. a servant whose office it was to take the children to school; (by impl. [fig.] a tutor ["paeedagogue"]):--instructor, schoolmaster.

 

{A.} G-3816. pais,   paheece;

          perh. from G-3817; a boy (as often beaten with impunity), or (by anal.) a girl, and (gen.) a child; spec. a slave or servant (espec. a minister to a king; and by eminence to God):--child, maid (-en), (man) servant, son, young man.

{B.} G-71. ago,   ag'-o;

          a prim. verb; probably to lead; by impl. to bring, drive, (reflex.) go, (spec.) pass (time), or (fig.) induce:--be, bring (forth), carry, (let) go, keep, lead away, be open.

.... G-109. aer,   ah-ayr';

          from  aemi (to breathe unconsciously, i.e. respire; by anal. to blow ); "air" (as naturally circumambient): --air. Comp. G-5594.

.... G-302. an,   an;

          a prim. particle, denoting a supposition, wish, possibility or uncertainty:--[what-, where-, whither-, who-]soever. Usually unexpressed except by the subjunctive or potential mood. Also contr. for G-1437.

.... G-846. autos,   ow-tos';

          from the particle  au [perh. akin to the base of G-109 through the idea of a baffling wind] (backward); the reflex. pron. self, used (alone or in the comp. G-1438) of the third pers., and (with the probably pers. pron.) of the other persons:--her, it (-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, ([self-], the) same, ([him-, my-, thy-]) self, [your-] selves, she, that, their (-s), them ([-selves]), there [-at, -by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with], they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Comp. G-848.

.... G-848. hautou,   how-too';

          contr. for G-1438; self (in some oblique case or reflex. relation):--her (own), (of) him (-self), his (own), of it, thee, their (own), them (-selves), they.

.... G-1063. gar,   gar;

          a prim. particle; probably assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.

.... G-1065. ge,   gheh;

          a prim. particle of emphasis or qualification (often used with other particles prefixed):--and besides, doubtless, at least, yet.

.... G-1161. de,   deh;

          a prim. particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now [often unexpressed in English].

.... G-1211. de,   day;

          prob. akin to G-1161; a particle of emphasis or explicitness; now, then, etc.:--also, and, doubtless, now, therefore.

.... G-1437. ean,   eh-an';

          from G-1487 and G-302; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-) soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, [who-] so (-ever). See G-3361.

.... G-1438. heautou,   heh-ow-too',

          (incl. all the other cases); from a reflex. pron. otherwise obsol. and the gen. (dat. or acc.) of G-846; him- (her-, it-, them-, also [in conjunction with the pers. pron. of the other persons] my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own (-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them (-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).

.... G-1487. ei,   i;

          a prim. particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, ([al-]) though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, espec. as in G-1489, G-1490, G-1499, G-1508, G-1509, G-1512, G-1513, G-1536, G-1537. See also G-1437.

.... G-1489. eige,   i'-gheh;

          from G-1487 and G-1065; if indeed, seeing that, unless, (with neg.) otherwise:--if (so be that, yet).

.... G-1490. ei de me,   i deh may' ;

          or  ei de me ge,   i deh may' gheh;

          from G-1487, G-1161 and G-3361 (sometimes with G-1065 added); but if not:--(or) else, if (not, otherwise), otherwise.

.... G-1499. ei kai,   i kahee;

          from G-1487 and G-2532; if also (or even):--if (that), though.

.... G-1508. ei me,   i may;

          from G-1487 and G-3361; if not:--but, except (that), if not, more than, save (only) that, saving, till.

.... G-1509. ei me ti,   i may tee;

          from G-1508 and the neut. of G-5100; if not somewhat:--except.

.... G-1512. ei per,   i per;

          from G-1487 and G-4007; if perhaps:--if so be (that), seeing, though.

.... G-1513. ei pos,   i poce;

          from G-1487 and G-4458; if somehow:--if by any means.

.... G-1536. ei tis,   i tis;

          from G-1487 and G-5100; if any:--he that, if a (-ny) man ('s thing, from any, ought), whether any, whosoever.

.... G-1537. ek,   ek;

          or ex,   ex;

          a prim. prep. denoting origin (the point whence motion or action proceeds), from, out (of place, time or cause; lit. or fig.; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at betwixt (-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for (-th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, . . . ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with (-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.

.... G-2228. e,   ay;

          a prim. particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-) either, except it be, (n-) or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Comp. especially G-2235, G-2260, G-2273.

.... G-2229. e,   ay;

          an adv. of confirmation; perh. intens. of G-2228; used only (in the N.T.) before G-3303; assuredly:--surely.

.... G-2235. ede,   ay'-day;

          appar. from G-2228 (or possibly G-2229) and G-1211; even now:--already, (even) now (already), by this time.

.... G-2260. eper,   ay'-per;

          from G-2228 and G-4007; than at all (or than perhaps, than indeed):--than.

.... G-2273. etoi,   ay'-toy;

          from G-2228 and G-5104; either indeed:--whether.

.... G-2443. hina,   hin'-ah;

          prob. from the same as the former part of G-1438 (through the demonstrative idea; comp. G-3588); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Comp. G-3363.

.... G-2532. kai,   kahee;

          appar. a prim. particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so, then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, indeed, likewise, moreover, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yea, yet.

.... G-2543. kaitoi,   kah'-ee-toy;

          from G-2532 and G-5104; and yet, i.e. nevertheless:--although.

.... G-2544. kaitoige,   kah'ee-foyg-eh;

          from G-2543 and G-1065; and yet indeed, i.e. although really:--nevertheless, though.

.... G-3173. megas,   meg'-as

          [includ. the prol. forms, fem.  megale, plur.  megaloi, etc.; comp. also G-3176, G-3187]; big (lit. or fig., in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great (-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.

.... G-3176. megistos,   meg'-is-tos;

          superl. of G-3173; greatest or very great:--exceeding great.

.... G-3187. meizon,   mide'-zone;

          irreg. compar. of G-3173; larger (lit. or fig., spec. in age):--elder, greater (-est), more.

.... G-3303. men,   men;

          a prim. particle; probably indic. of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with G-1161 (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.

.... G-3305. mentoi,   men'-toy;

          from G-3303 and G-5104; indeed though, i.e. however:--also, but, howbeit, nevertheless, yet.

.... G-3361. me,   may;

          a prim. particle of qualified negation (whereas G-3756 expresses an absolute denial); (adv.) not, (conj.) lest; also (as interrog. implying a neg. answer [whereas G-3756 expects an affirm. one]) whether:--any, but, (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, [can-] not, nothing, that not, un [-taken], without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also G-3362, G-3363, G-3364, G-3372, G-3373, G-3375, G-3378.

.... G-3362. ean me,   eh-an' may;

          i.e. G-1437 and G-3361; if not, i.e. unless:--X before, but, except, if no, (if, + whosoever) not.

.... G-3363. hina me,   hin'-ah may;

          i.e. G-2443 and G-3361; in order (or so) that not:--albeit not, lest, that no (-t, [-thing]).

.... G-3364. ou me,   oo may;

          i.e. G-3756 and G-3361; a double neg. strengthening the denial; not at all:--any more, at all, by any (no) means, neither, never, no (at all), in no case (wise), nor ever, not (at all, in any wise). Comp. G-3378.

.... G-3372. mekos,   may'-kos;

          prob. akin to G-3173; length (lit. or fig.):--length.

.... G-3373. mekuno,   may-koo'-no;

          from G-3372; to lengthen, i.e. (mid.) to enlarge:--grow up.

.... G-3375. men,   mane;

          a stronger form of G-3303; a particle of affirmation (only with G-2229); assuredly:--+ surely.

.... G-3378. me ouk,   may ook;

          i.e. G-3361 and G-3756; as interrog. and neg. is it not that?:--neither (followed by no), + never, not. Comp. G-3364.

.... G-3381. mepos,   may'-poce;

          or  me pos,   may poce;

          from G-3361 and G-4458; lest somehow:--lest (by any means, by some means, haply, perhaps).

.... G-3568. nun,   noon;

          a prim. particle of present time; "now" (as adv. of date, a transition or emphasis); also as noun or adj. present or immediate:--henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this (time). See also G-3569, G-3570.

.... G-3569. tanun,   tan-oon';

          or  ta nun,   tah noon;

          from neut. plur. of G-3588 and G-3568; the things now, i.e. (adv.) at present:--(but) now.

.... G-3570. nuni,   noo-nee';

          a prol. form of G-3568 for emphasis; just now:--now.

.... G-3588. ho,   ho;

          includ. the fem., he,   hay;

          and the neut., to,   to,

          in all their inflections; the def. article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.

.... G-3739. hos,   hos;

          includ. fem.,  he,   hay;

          and neut.,  ho,   ho;

          prob. a prim. word (or perh. a form of the art. G-3588); the rel. (sometimes demonstrative) pron., who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who (-m, -se), etc. See also G-3757.

.... G-3756. ou,   oo;

          also (before a vowel)  ouk,   ook;

          and (before an aspirate)  ouch,   ookh;

          a prim. word; the absol. neg. [comp. G-3361] adv.; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, [can-] not, + nothing, + special, un ([-worthy]), when, + without, + yet but. See also G-3364, G-3372.

.... G-3757. hou,   hoo;

          gen. of G-3739 as adv.; at which place, i.e. where:--where (-in), whither ([-soever]).

.... G-3767. oun,   oon;

          appar. a prim. word; (adv.) certainly, or (conj.) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.

.... G-3817. paio,   pah'-yo;

          a prim. verb; to hit (as if by a single blow and less violently than G-5180); spec. to sting (as a scorpion):--smite, strike.

.... G-3960. patasso,   pat-as'-so;

          prob. prol. from G-3817; to knock (gently or with a weapon or fatally):--smite, strike. Comp. G-5180.

.... G-3961. pateo,   pat-eh'-o;

          from a der. prob. of G-3817 (mean. a "path"); to trample (lit. or fig.):--tread (down, under foot).

.... G-4007. per,   per;

          from the base of G-4008; an enclitic particle significant of abundance (thoroughness), i.e. emphasis; much, very or ever:--[whom-] soever.

.... G-4008. peran,   per'-an;

          appar. acc. of an obsol. der. of  peiro (to "pierce"); through (as adv. or prep.), i.e. across:--beyond, farther (other) side, over.

.... G-4072. petomai,   pet'-om-ahee;

          or prol.  petaomai,   pet-ah'-om-ahee;

          or contr.  ptaomai,   ptah'-om-ahee;

.... G-4098. pipto,   pip'-to;

          a redupl. and contr. form of  peto,   pet'-o,

          (which occurs only as an alt. in cert. tenses); prob. akin to G-4072 through the idea of alighting; to fall (lit. or fig.):--fail, fall (down), light on.

          mid. of a prim. verb; to fly:--fly (-ing).

.... G-4111. plasso,   plas'-so;

          a prim. verb; to mould, i.e. shape or fabricate:--form.

.... G-4141. plesso,   place'-so;

          appar. another form of G-4111 (through the idea of flattening out); to pound, i.e. (fig.) to inflict with (calamity):--smite. Comp. G-5180.

.... G-4154. pneo,   pneh'-o;

          a prim. word; to breathe hard, i.e. breeze:--blow. Comp. G-5594.

.... G-4214. posos,   pos'-os;

          from an obsol.  pos (who, what) and G-3739; interrog. pron. (of amount) how much (large, long or [plur.] many):--how great (long, many), what.

.... G-4225. pou,   poo;

          gen. of an indef. pron.  pos (some) otherwise obsol. (comp. G-4214); as adv. of place, somewhere, i.e. nearly:--about, a certain place.

.... G-4422. ptoeo,   pto-eh'-o;

          prob. akin to the alt. of G-4098 (through the idea of causing to fall) or to G-4072 (through that of causing to fly away); to scare:--frighten.

.... G-4426. pturo,   ptoo'-ro;

          from a presumed der. of G-4429 (and thus akin to G-4422); to frighten:--terrify.

.... G-4428. ptusso,   ptoos'-so;

          prob. akin to  petannumi (to spread; and thus appar. allied to G-4072 through the idea of expansion, and to G-4429 through that of flattening; comp. G-3961); to fold, i.e. furl a scroll:--close.

.... G-4429. ptuo,   ptoo'-o;

          a prim. verb (comp. G-4428); to spit:--spit.

.... G-4458. pos,   poce;

          adv. from the base of G-4225; an enclitic particle of indefiniteness of manner; somehow or anyhow; used only in comp.:--haply, by any (some) means, perhaps. See G-1513, G-3381. Comp. G-4459.

.... G-4459. pos,   poce;

          adv. from the base of G-4426; an interrog. particle of manner; in what way? (sometimes the question is indirect, how?); also as exclamation, how much!:--how, after (by) what manner (means), that. [Occasionally unexpressed in English.]

.... G-4474. rhapizo,   hrap-id'-zo;

          from a der. of a prim.  rhepo (to let fall, "rap"); to slap:--smite (with the palm of the hand). Comp. G-5180.

.... G-5088. tikto,   tik'-to;

          a strengthened form of a prim.  teko,   tek'-o

          (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to produce (from seed, as a mother, a plant, the earth, etc.), lit. or fig.:--bear, be born, bring forth, be delivered, be in travail.

.... G-5100. tis,   tis;

          an enclit. indef. pron.; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, -thing, -what), (+ that no-) thing, what (-soever), X wherewith, whom [-soever], whose ([-soever]).

.... G-5104. toi,   toy;

          prob. for the dat. of G-3588; an enclit. particle of asseveration by way of contrast; in sooth:--[used only with other particles in comp., as G-2544, G-3305, G-5105, G-5106, etc.]

.... G-5105. toigaroun,   toy-gar-oon';

          from G-5104 and G-1063 and G-3767; truly for then, i.e. consequently:--there- (where-) fore.

.... G-5106. toinun,   toy'-noon;

          from G-5104 and G-3568; truly now, i.e. accordingly:--then, therefore.

.... G-5177. tugchano,   toong-khan'-o;

          prob. for an obsol.  tucho (for which the mid. of another alt.  teucho (to make ready or bring to pass] is used in cert. tenses; akin to the base of G-5088 through the idea of effecting; probably to affect; or (spec.) to hit or light upon (as a mark to be reached), i.e.(trans.) to attain or secure an object or end, or (intrans.) to happen (as if meeting with); but in the latter application only impers. (with G-1487), i.e. perchance; or (pres. part.) as adj. usual (as if commonly met with, with G-3756, extraordinary), neut. (as adv.) perhaps; or (with another verb) as adv. by accident (as it were):--be, chance, enjoy, little, obtain, X refresh . . . self, + special. Comp. G-5180.

.... G-5180. tupto,   toop'-to;

          a prim. verb (in a strength. form); to "thump", i.e. cudgel or pummel (probably with a stick or bastinado), but in any case by repeated blows; thus differing from G-3817 and G-3960, which denote a [usually single] blow with the hand or any instrument, or G-4141 with the fist [or a hammer], or G-4474 with the palm; as well as from G-5177, an accidental collision); by impl. to punish; fig. to offend (the conscience):--beat, smite, strike, wound.

.... G-5594. psucho,   psoo'-kho;

          a prim. verb; to breathe (voluntarily but gently; thus differing on the one hand from G-4154, which denotes probably a forcible respiration; and on the other from the base of G-109, which refers probably to an inanimate breeze), i.e. (by impl. of reduction of temperature by evaporation) to chill (fig.):--wax cold.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3808. paidarion,   pahee-dar'-ee-on;

          neut. of a presumed der. of G-3816; a little boy:--child, lad.

 

.... G-3816. pais,   paheece;

          perh. from G-3817; a boy (as often beaten with impunity), or (by anal.) a girl, and (gen.) a child; spec. a slave or servant (espec. a minister to a king; and by eminence to God):--child, maid (-en), (man) servant, son, young man.

.... G-109. aer,   ah-ayr';

          from  aemi (to breathe unconsciously, i.e. respire; by anal. to blow ); "air" (as naturally circumambient): --air. Comp. G-5594.

.... G-302. an,   an;

          a prim. particle, denoting a supposition, wish, possibility or uncertainty:--[what-, where-, whither-, who-]soever. Usually unexpressed except by the subjunctive or potential mood. Also contr. for G-1437.

.... G-846. autos,   ow-tos';

          from the particle  au [perh. akin to the base of G-109 through the idea of a baffling wind] (backward); the reflex. pron. self, used (alone or in the comp. G-1438) of the third pers., and (with the probably pers. pron.) of the other persons:--her, it (-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, ([self-], the) same, ([him-, my-, thy-]) self, [your-] selves, she, that, their (-s), them ([-selves]), there [-at, -by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with], they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Comp. G-848.

.... G-848. hautou,   how-too';

          contr. for G-1438; self (in some oblique case or reflex. relation):--her (own), (of) him (-self), his (own), of it, thee, their (own), them (-selves), they.

.... G-1063. gar,   gar;

          a prim. particle; probably assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.

.... G-1065. ge,   gheh;

          a prim. particle of emphasis or qualification (often used with other particles prefixed):--and besides, doubtless, at least, yet.

.... G-1161. de,   deh;

          a prim. particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now [often unexpressed in English].

.... G-1211. de,   day;

          prob. akin to G-1161; a particle of emphasis or explicitness; now, then, etc.:--also, and, doubtless, now, therefore.

.... G-1437. ean,   eh-an';

          from G-1487 and G-302; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-) soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, [who-] so (-ever). See G-3361.

.... G-1438. heautou,   heh-ow-too',

          (incl. all the other cases); from a reflex. pron. otherwise obsol. and the gen. (dat. or acc.) of G-846; him- (her-, it-, them-, also [in conjunction with the pers. pron. of the other persons] my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own (-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them (-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).

.... G-1487. ei,   i;

          a prim. particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, ([al-]) though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, espec. as in G-1489, G-1490, G-1499, G-1508, G-1509, G-1512, G-1513, G-1536, G-1537. See also G-1437.

.... G-1489. eige,   i'-gheh;

          from G-1487 and G-1065; if indeed, seeing that, unless, (with neg.) otherwise:--if (so be that, yet).

.... G-1490. ei de me,   i deh may' ;

          or  ei de me ge,   i deh may' gheh;

          from G-1487, G-1161 and G-3361 (sometimes with G-1065 added); but if not:--(or) else, if (not, otherwise), otherwise.

.... G-1499. ei kai,   i kahee;

          from G-1487 and G-2532; if also (or even):--if (that), though.

.... G-1508. ei me,   i may;

          from G-1487 and G-3361; if not:--but, except (that), if not, more than, save (only) that, saving, till.

.... G-1509. ei me ti,   i may tee;

          from G-1508 and the neut. of G-5100; if not somewhat:--except.

.... G-1512. ei per,   i per;

          from G-1487 and G-4007; if perhaps:--if so be (that), seeing, though.

.... G-1513. ei pos,   i poce;

          from G-1487 and G-4458; if somehow:--if by any means.

.... G-1536. ei tis,   i tis;

          from G-1487 and G-5100; if any:--he that, if a (-ny) man ('s thing, from any, ought), whether any, whosoever.

.... G-1537. ek,   ek;

          or ex,   ex;

          a prim. prep. denoting origin (the point whence motion or action proceeds), from, out (of place, time or cause; lit. or fig.; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at betwixt (-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for (-th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, . . . ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with (-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.

.... G-2228. e,   ay;

          a prim. particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-) either, except it be, (n-) or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Comp. especially G-2235, G-2260, G-2273.

.... G-2229. e,   ay;

          an adv. of confirmation; perh. intens. of G-2228; used only (in the N.T.) before G-3303; assuredly:--surely.

.... G-2235. ede,   ay'-day;

          appar. from G-2228 (or possibly G-2229) and G-1211; even now:--already, (even) now (already), by this time.

.... G-2260. eper,   ay'-per;

          from G-2228 and G-4007; than at all (or than perhaps, than indeed):--than.

.... G-2273. etoi,   ay'-toy;

          from G-2228 and G-5104; either indeed:--whether.

.... G-2443. hina,   hin'-ah;

          prob. from the same as the former part of G-1438 (through the demonstrative idea; comp. G-3588); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Comp. G-3363.

.... G-2532. kai,   kahee;

          appar. a prim. particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so, then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, indeed, likewise, moreover, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yea, yet.

.... G-2543. kaitoi,   kah'-ee-toy;

          from G-2532 and G-5104; and yet, i.e. nevertheless:--although.

.... G-2544. kaitoige,   kah'ee-foyg-eh;

          from G-2543 and G-1065; and yet indeed, i.e. although really:--nevertheless, though.

.... G-3173. megas,   meg'-as

          [includ. the prol. forms, fem.  megale, plur.  megaloi, etc.; comp. also G-3176, G-3187]; big (lit. or fig., in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great (-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.

.... G-3176. megistos,   meg'-is-tos;

          superl. of G-3173; greatest or very great:--exceeding great.

.... G-3187. meizon,   mide'-zone;

          irreg. compar. of G-3173; larger (lit. or fig., spec. in age):--elder, greater (-est), more.

.... G-3303. men,   men;

          a prim. particle; probably indic. of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with G-1161 (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.

.... G-3305. mentoi,   men'-toy;

          from G-3303 and G-5104; indeed though, i.e. however:--also, but, howbeit, nevertheless, yet.

.... G-3361. me,   may;

          a prim. particle of qualified negation (whereas G-3756 expresses an absolute denial); (adv.) not, (conj.) lest; also (as interrog. implying a neg. answer [whereas G-3756 expects an affirm. one]) whether:--any, but, (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, [can-] not, nothing, that not, un [-taken], without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also G-3362, G-3363, G-3364, G-3372, G-3373, G-3375, G-3378.

.... G-3362. ean me,   eh-an' may;

          i.e. G-1437 and G-3361; if not, i.e. unless:--X before, but, except, if no, (if, + whosoever) not.

.... G-3363. hina me,   hin'-ah may;

          i.e. G-2443 and G-3361; in order (or so) that not:--albeit not, lest, that no (-t, [-thing]).

.... G-3364. ou me,   oo may;

          i.e. G-3756 and G-3361; a double neg. strengthening the denial; not at all:--any more, at all, by any (no) means, neither, never, no (at all), in no case (wise), nor ever, not (at all, in any wise). Comp. G-3378.

.... G-3372. mekos,   may'-kos;

          prob. akin to G-3173; length (lit. or fig.):--length.

.... G-3373. mekuno,   may-koo'-no;

          from G-3372; to lengthen, i.e. (mid.) to enlarge:--grow up.

.... G-3375. men,   mane;

          a stronger form of G-3303; a particle of affirmation (only with G-2229); assuredly:--+ surely.

.... G-3378. me ouk,   may ook;

          i.e. G-3361 and G-3756; as interrog. and neg. is it not that?:--neither (followed by no), + never, not. Comp. G-3364.

.... G-3381. mepos,   may'-poce;

          or  me pos,   may poce;

          from G-3361 and G-4458; lest somehow:--lest (by any means, by some means, haply, perhaps).

.... G-3568. nun,   noon;

          a prim. particle of present time; "now" (as adv. of date, a transition or emphasis); also as noun or adj. present or immediate:--henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this (time). See also G-3569, G-3570.

.... G-3569. tanun,   tan-oon';

          or  ta nun,   tah noon;

          from neut. plur. of G-3588 and G-3568; the things now, i.e. (adv.) at present:--(but) now.

.... G-3570. nuni,   noo-nee';

          a prol. form of G-3568 for emphasis; just now:--now.

.... G-3588. ho,   ho;

          includ. the fem., he,   hay;

          and the neut., to,   to,

          in all their inflections; the def. article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.

.... G-3739. hos,   hos;

          includ. fem.,  he,   hay;

          and neut.,  ho,   ho;

          prob. a prim. word (or perh. a form of the art. G-3588); the rel. (sometimes demonstrative) pron., who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who (-m, -se), etc. See also G-3757.

.... G-3756. ou,   oo;

          also (before a vowel)  ouk,   ook;

          and (before an aspirate)  ouch,   ookh;

          a prim. word; the absol. neg. [comp. G-3361] adv.; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, [can-] not, + nothing, + special, un ([-worthy]), when, + without, + yet but. See also G-3364, G-3372.

.... G-3757. hou,   hoo;

          gen. of G-3739 as adv.; at which place, i.e. where:--where (-in), whither ([-soever]).

.... G-3767. oun,   oon;

          appar. a prim. word; (adv.) certainly, or (conj.) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.

.... G-3817. paio,   pah'-yo;

          a prim. verb; to hit (as if by a single blow and less violently than G-5180); spec. to sting (as a scorpion):--smite, strike.

.... G-3960. patasso,   pat-as'-so;

          prob. prol. from G-3817; to knock (gently or with a weapon or fatally):--smite, strike. Comp. G-5180.

.... G-3961. pateo,   pat-eh'-o;

          from a der. prob. of G-3817 (mean. a "path"); to trample (lit. or fig.):--tread (down, under foot).

.... G-4007. per,   per;

          from the base of G-4008; an enclitic particle significant of abundance (thoroughness), i.e. emphasis; much, very or ever:--[whom-] soever.

.... G-4008. peran,   per'-an;

          appar. acc. of an obsol. der. of  peiro (to "pierce"); through (as adv. or prep.), i.e. across:--beyond, farther (other) side, over.

.... G-4072. petomai,   pet'-om-ahee;

          or prol.  petaomai,   pet-ah'-om-ahee;

          or contr.  ptaomai,   ptah'-om-ahee;

.... G-4098. pipto,   pip'-to;

          a redupl. and contr. form of  peto,   pet'-o,

          (which occurs only as an alt. in cert. tenses); prob. akin to G-4072 through the idea of alighting; to fall (lit. or fig.):--fail, fall (down), light on.

          mid. of a prim. verb; to fly:--fly (-ing).

.... G-4111. plasso,   plas'-so;

          a prim. verb; to mould, i.e. shape or fabricate:--form.

.... G-4141. plesso,   place'-so;

          appar. another form of G-4111 (through the idea of flattening out); to pound, i.e. (fig.) to inflict with (calamity):--smite. Comp. G-5180.

.... G-4154. pneo,   pneh'-o;

          a prim. word; to breathe hard, i.e. breeze:--blow. Comp. G-5594.

.... G-4214. posos,   pos'-os;

          from an obsol.  pos (who, what) and G-3739; interrog. pron. (of amount) how much (large, long or [plur.] many):--how great (long, many), what.

.... G-4225. pou,   poo;

          gen. of an indef. pron.  pos (some) otherwise obsol. (comp. G-4214); as adv. of place, somewhere, i.e. nearly:--about, a certain place.

.... G-4422. ptoeo,   pto-eh'-o;

          prob. akin to the alt. of G-4098 (through the idea of causing to fall) or to G-4072 (through that of causing to fly away); to scare:--frighten.

.... G-4426. pturo,   ptoo'-ro;

          from a presumed der. of G-4429 (and thus akin to G-4422); to frighten:--terrify.

.... G-4428. ptusso,   ptoos'-so;

          prob. akin to  petannumi (to spread; and thus appar. allied to G-4072 through the idea of expansion, and to G-4429 through that of flattening; comp. G-3961); to fold, i.e. furl a scroll:--close.

.... G-4429. ptuo,   ptoo'-o;

          a prim. verb (comp. G-4428); to spit:--spit.

.... G-4458. pos,   poce;

          adv. from the base of G-4225; an enclitic particle of indefiniteness of manner; somehow or anyhow; used only in comp.:--haply, by any (some) means, perhaps. See G-1513, G-3381. Comp. G-4459.

.... G-4459. pos,   poce;

          adv. from the base of G-4426; an interrog. particle of manner; in what way? (sometimes the question is indirect, how?); also as exclamation, how much!:--how, after (by) what manner (means), that. [Occasionally unexpressed in English.]

.... G-4474. rhapizo,   hrap-id'-zo;

          from a der. of a prim.  rhepo (to let fall, "rap"); to slap:--smite (with the palm of the hand). Comp. G-5180.

.... G-5088. tikto,   tik'-to;

          a strengthened form of a prim.  teko,   tek'-o

          (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to produce (from seed, as a mother, a plant, the earth, etc.), lit. or fig.:--bear, be born, bring forth, be delivered, be in travail.

.... G-5100. tis,   tis;

          an enclit. indef. pron.; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, -thing, -what), (+ that no-) thing, what (-soever), X wherewith, whom [-soever], whose ([-soever]).

.... G-5104. toi,   toy;

          prob. for the dat. of G-3588; an enclit. particle of asseveration by way of contrast; in sooth:--[used only with other particles in comp., as G-2544, G-3305, G-5105, G-5106, etc.]

.... G-5105. toigaroun,   toy-gar-oon';

          from G-5104 and G-1063 and G-3767; truly for then, i.e. consequently:--there- (where-) fore.

.... G-5106. toinun,   toy'-noon;

          from G-5104 and G-3568; truly now, i.e. accordingly:--then, therefore.

.... G-5177. tugchano,   toong-khan'-o;

          prob. for an obsol.  tucho (for which the mid. of another alt.  teucho (to make ready or bring to pass] is used in cert. tenses; akin to the base of G-5088 through the idea of effecting; probably to affect; or (spec.) to hit or light upon (as a mark to be reached), i.e.(trans.) to attain or secure an object or end, or (intrans.) to happen (as if meeting with); but in the latter application only impers. (with G-1487), i.e. perchance; or (pres. part.) as adj. usual (as if commonly met with, with G-3756, extraordinary), neut. (as adv.) perhaps; or (with another verb) as adv. by accident (as it were):--be, chance, enjoy, little, obtain, X refresh . . . self, + special. Comp. G-5180.

.... G-5180. tupto,   toop'-to;

          a prim. verb (in a strength. form); to "thump", i.e. cudgel or pummel (probably with a stick or bastinado), but in any case by repeated blows; thus differing from G-3817 and G-3960, which denote a [usually single] blow with the hand or any instrument, or G-4141 with the fist [or a hammer], or G-4474 with the palm; as well as from G-5177, an accidental collision); by impl. to punish; fig. to offend (the conscience):--beat, smite, strike, wound.

.... G-5594. psucho,   psoo'-kho;

          a prim. verb; to breathe (voluntarily but gently; thus differing on the one hand from G-4154, which denotes probably a forcible respiration; and on the other from the base of G-109, which refers probably to an inanimate breeze), i.e. (by impl. of reduction of temperature by evaporation) to chill (fig.):--wax cold.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3809. paideia,   pahee-di'-ah;

          from G-3811; tutorage; i.e. education or training; by impl. disciplinary correction:--chastening, chastisement, instruction, nurture.

 

.... G-3811. paideuo,   pahee-dyoo'-o;

          from G-3816; to train up a child, i.e. educate, or (by impl.) discipline (by punishment):--chasten (-ise), instruct, learn, teach.

.... G-109. aer,   ah-ayr';

          from  aemi (to breathe unconsciously, i.e. respire; by anal. to blow ); "air" (as naturally circumambient): --air. Comp. G-5594.

.... G-302. an,   an;

          a prim. particle, denoting a supposition, wish, possibility or uncertainty:--[what-, where-, whither-, who-]soever. Usually unexpressed except by the subjunctive or potential mood. Also contr. for G-1437.

.... G-846. autos,   ow-tos';

          from the particle  au [perh. akin to the base of G-109 through the idea of a baffling wind] (backward); the reflex. pron. self, used (alone or in the comp. G-1438) of the third pers., and (with the probably pers. pron.) of the other persons:--her, it (-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, ([self-], the) same, ([him-, my-, thy-]) self, [your-] selves, she, that, their (-s), them ([-selves]), there [-at, -by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with], they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Comp. G-848.

.... G-848. hautou,   how-too';

          contr. for G-1438; self (in some oblique case or reflex. relation):--her (own), (of) him (-self), his (own), of it, thee, their (own), them (-selves), they.

.... G-1063. gar,   gar;

          a prim. particle; probably assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.

.... G-1065. ge,   gheh;

          a prim. particle of emphasis or qualification (often used with other particles prefixed):--and besides, doubtless, at least, yet.

.... G-1161. de,   deh;

          a prim. particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now [often unexpressed in English].

.... G-1211. de,   day;

          prob. akin to G-1161; a particle of emphasis or explicitness; now, then, etc.:--also, and, doubtless, now, therefore.

.... G-1437. ean,   eh-an';

          from G-1487 and G-302; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-) soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, [who-] so (-ever). See G-3361.

.... G-1438. heautou,   heh-ow-too',

          (incl. all the other cases); from a reflex. pron. otherwise obsol. and the gen. (dat. or acc.) of G-846; him- (her-, it-, them-, also [in conjunction with the pers. pron. of the other persons] my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own (-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them (-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).

.... G-1487. ei,   i;

          a prim. particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, ([al-]) though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, espec. as in G-1489, G-1490, G-1499, G-1508, G-1509, G-1512, G-1513, G-1536, G-1537. See also G-1437.

.... G-1489. eige,   i'-gheh;

          from G-1487 and G-1065; if indeed, seeing that, unless, (with neg.) otherwise:--if (so be that, yet).

.... G-1490. ei de me,   i deh may' ;

          or  ei de me ge,   i deh may' gheh;

          from G-1487, G-1161 and G-3361 (sometimes with G-1065 added); but if not:--(or) else, if (not, otherwise), otherwise.

.... G-1499. ei kai,   i kahee;

          from G-1487 and G-2532; if also (or even):--if (that), though.

.... G-1508. ei me,   i may;

          from G-1487 and G-3361; if not:--but, except (that), if not, more than, save (only) that, saving, till.

.... G-1509. ei me ti,   i may tee;

          from G-1508 and the neut. of G-5100; if not somewhat:--except.

.... G-1512. ei per,   i per;

          from G-1487 and G-4007; if perhaps:--if so be (that), seeing, though.

.... G-1513. ei pos,   i poce;

          from G-1487 and G-4458; if somehow:--if by any means.

.... G-1536. ei tis,   i tis;

          from G-1487 and G-5100; if any:--he that, if a (-ny) man ('s thing, from any, ought), whether any, whosoever.

.... G-1537. ek,   ek;

          or ex,   ex;

          a prim. prep. denoting origin (the point whence motion or action proceeds), from, out (of place, time or cause; lit. or fig.; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at betwixt (-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for (-th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, . . . ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with (-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.

.... G-2228. e,   ay;

          a prim. particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-) either, except it be, (n-) or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Comp. especially G-2235, G-2260, G-2273.

.... G-2229. e,   ay;

          an adv. of confirmation; perh. intens. of G-2228; used only (in the N.T.) before G-3303; assuredly:--surely.

.... G-2235. ede,   ay'-day;

          appar. from G-2228 (or possibly G-2229) and G-1211; even now:--already, (even) now (already), by this time.

.... G-2260. eper,   ay'-per;

          from G-2228 and G-4007; than at all (or than perhaps, than indeed):--than.

.... G-2273. etoi,   ay'-toy;

          from G-2228 and G-5104; either indeed:--whether.

.... G-2443. hina,   hin'-ah;

          prob. from the same as the former part of G-1438 (through the demonstrative idea; comp. G-3588); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Comp. G-3363.

.... G-2532. kai,   kahee;

          appar. a prim. particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so, then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, indeed, likewise, moreover, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yea, yet.

.... G-2543. kaitoi,   kah'-ee-toy;

          from G-2532 and G-5104; and yet, i.e. nevertheless:--although.

.... G-2544. kaitoige,   kah'ee-foyg-eh;

          from G-2543 and G-1065; and yet indeed, i.e. although really:--nevertheless, though.

.... G-3173. megas,   meg'-as

          [includ. the prol. forms, fem.  megale, plur.  megaloi, etc.; comp. also G-3176, G-3187]; big (lit. or fig., in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great (-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.

.... G-3176. megistos,   meg'-is-tos;

          superl. of G-3173; greatest or very great:--exceeding great.

.... G-3187. meizon,   mide'-zone;

          irreg. compar. of G-3173; larger (lit. or fig., spec. in age):--elder, greater (-est), more.

.... G-3303. men,   men;

          a prim. particle; probably indic. of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with G-1161 (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.

.... G-3305. mentoi,   men'-toy;

          from G-3303 and G-5104; indeed though, i.e. however:--also, but, howbeit, nevertheless, yet.

.... G-3361. me,   may;

          a prim. particle of qualified negation (whereas G-3756 expresses an absolute denial); (adv.) not, (conj.) lest; also (as interrog. implying a neg. answer [whereas G-3756 expects an affirm. one]) whether:--any, but, (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, [can-] not, nothing, that not, un [-taken], without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also G-3362, G-3363, G-3364, G-3372, G-3373, G-3375, G-3378.

.... G-3362. ean me,   eh-an' may;

          i.e. G-1437 and G-3361; if not, i.e. unless:--X before, but, except, if no, (if, + whosoever) not.

.... G-3363. hina me,   hin'-ah may;

          i.e. G-2443 and G-3361; in order (or so) that not:--albeit not, lest, that no (-t, [-thing]).

.... G-3364. ou me,   oo may;

          i.e. G-3756 and G-3361; a double neg. strengthening the denial; not at all:--any more, at all, by any (no) means, neither, never, no (at all), in no case (wise), nor ever, not (at all, in any wise). Comp. G-3378.

.... G-3372. mekos,   may'-kos;

          prob. akin to G-3173; length (lit. or fig.):--length.

.... G-3373. mekuno,   may-koo'-no;

          from G-3372; to lengthen, i.e. (mid.) to enlarge:--grow up.

.... G-3375. men,   mane;

          a stronger form of G-3303; a particle of affirmation (only with G-2229); assuredly:--+ surely.

.... G-3378. me ouk,   may ook;

          i.e. G-3361 and G-3756; as interrog. and neg. is it not that?:--neither (followed by no), + never, not. Comp. G-3364.

.... G-3381. mepos,   may'-poce;

          or  me pos,   may poce;

          from G-3361 and G-4458; lest somehow:--lest (by any means, by some means, haply, perhaps).

.... G-3568. nun,   noon;

          a prim. particle of present time; "now" (as adv. of date, a transition or emphasis); also as noun or adj. present or immediate:--henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this (time). See also G-3569, G-3570.

.... G-3569. tanun,   tan-oon';

          or  ta nun,   tah noon;

          from neut. plur. of G-3588 and G-3568; the things now, i.e. (adv.) at present:--(but) now.

.... G-3570. nuni,   noo-nee';

          a prol. form of G-3568 for emphasis; just now:--now.

.... G-3588. ho,   ho;

          includ. the fem., he,   hay;

          and the neut., to,   to,

          in all their inflections; the def. article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.

.... G-3739. hos,   hos;

          includ. fem.,  he,   hay;

          and neut.,  ho,   ho;

          prob. a prim. word (or perh. a form of the art. G-3588); the rel. (sometimes demonstrative) pron., who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who (-m, -se), etc. See also G-3757.

.... G-3756. ou,   oo;

          also (before a vowel)  ouk,   ook;

          and (before an aspirate)  ouch,   ookh;

          a prim. word; the absol. neg. [comp. G-3361] adv.; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, [can-] not, + nothing, + special, un ([-worthy]), when, + without, + yet but. See also G-3364, G-3372.

.... G-3757. hou,   hoo;

          gen. of G-3739 as adv.; at which place, i.e. where:--where (-in), whither ([-soever]).

.... G-3767. oun,   oon;

          appar. a prim. word; (adv.) certainly, or (conj.) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.

.... G-3816. pais,   paheece;

          perh. from G-3817; a boy (as often beaten with impunity), or (by anal.) a girl, and (gen.) a child; spec. a slave or servant (espec. a minister to a king; and by eminence to God):--child, maid (-en), (man) servant, son, young man.

.... G-3817. paio,   pah'-yo;

          a prim. verb; to hit (as if by a single blow and less violently than G-5180); spec. to sting (as a scorpion):--smite, strike.

.... G-3960. patasso,   pat-as'-so;

          prob. prol. from G-3817; to knock (gently or with a weapon or fatally):--smite, strike. Comp. G-5180.

.... G-3961. pateo,   pat-eh'-o;

          from a der. prob. of G-3817 (mean. a "path"); to trample (lit. or fig.):--tread (down, under foot).

.... G-4007. per,   per;

          from the base of G-4008; an enclitic particle significant of abundance (thoroughness), i.e. emphasis; much, very or ever:--[whom-] soever.

.... G-4008. peran,   per'-an;

          appar. acc. of an obsol. der. of  peiro (to "pierce"); through (as adv. or prep.), i.e. across:--beyond, farther (other) side, over.

.... G-4072. petomai,   pet'-om-ahee;

          or prol.  petaomai,   pet-ah'-om-ahee;

          or contr.  ptaomai,   ptah'-om-ahee;

.... G-4098. pipto,   pip'-to;

          a redupl. and contr. form of  peto,   pet'-o,

          (which occurs only as an alt. in cert. tenses); prob. akin to G-4072 through the idea of alighting; to fall (lit. or fig.):--fail, fall (down), light on.

          mid. of a prim. verb; to fly:--fly (-ing).

.... G-4111. plasso,   plas'-so;

          a prim. verb; to mould, i.e. shape or fabricate:--form.

.... G-4141. plesso,   place'-so;

          appar. another form of G-4111 (through the idea of flattening out); to pound, i.e. (fig.) to inflict with (calamity):--smite. Comp. G-5180.

.... G-4154. pneo,   pneh'-o;

          a prim. word; to breathe hard, i.e. breeze:--blow. Comp. G-5594.

.... G-4214. posos,   pos'-os;

          from an obsol.  pos (who, what) and G-3739; interrog. pron. (of amount) how much (large, long or [plur.] many):--how great (long, many), what.

.... G-4225. pou,   poo;

          gen. of an indef. pron.  pos (some) otherwise obsol. (comp. G-4214); as adv. of place, somewhere, i.e. nearly:--about, a certain place.

.... G-4422. ptoeo,   pto-eh'-o;

          prob. akin to the alt. of G-4098 (through the idea of causing to fall) or to G-4072 (through that of causing to fly away); to scare:--frighten.

.... G-4426. pturo,   ptoo'-ro;

          from a presumed der. of G-4429 (and thus akin to G-4422); to frighten:--terrify.

.... G-4428. ptusso,   ptoos'-so;

          prob. akin to  petannumi (to spread; and thus appar. allied to G-4072 through the idea of expansion, and to G-4429 through that of flattening; comp. G-3961); to fold, i.e. furl a scroll:--close.

.... G-4429. ptuo,   ptoo'-o;

          a prim. verb (comp. G-4428); to spit:--spit.

.... G-4458. pos,   poce;

          adv. from the base of G-4225; an enclitic particle of indefiniteness of manner; somehow or anyhow; used only in comp.:--haply, by any (some) means, perhaps. See G-1513, G-3381. Comp. G-4459.

.... G-4459. pos,   poce;

          adv. from the base of G-4426; an interrog. particle of manner; in what way? (sometimes the question is indirect, how?); also as exclamation, how much!:--how, after (by) what manner (means), that. [Occasionally unexpressed in English.]

.... G-4474. rhapizo,   hrap-id'-zo;

          from a der. of a prim.  rhepo (to let fall, "rap"); to slap:--smite (with the palm of the hand). Comp. G-5180.

.... G-5088. tikto,   tik'-to;

          a strengthened form of a prim.  teko,   tek'-o

          (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to produce (from seed, as a mother, a plant, the earth, etc.), lit. or fig.:--bear, be born, bring forth, be delivered, be in travail.

.... G-5100. tis,   tis;

          an enclit. indef. pron.; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, -thing, -what), (+ that no-) thing, what (-soever), X wherewith, whom [-soever], whose ([-soever]).

.... G-5104. toi,   toy;

          prob. for the dat. of G-3588; an enclit. particle of asseveration by way of contrast; in sooth:--[used only with other particles in comp., as G-2544, G-3305, G-5105, G-5106, etc.]

.... G-5105. toigaroun,   toy-gar-oon';

          from G-5104 and G-1063 and G-3767; truly for then, i.e. consequently:--there- (where-) fore.

.... G-5106. toinun,   toy'-noon;

          from G-5104 and G-3568; truly now, i.e. accordingly:--then, therefore.

.... G-5177. tugchano,   toong-khan'-o;

          prob. for an obsol.  tucho (for which the mid. of another alt.  teucho (to make ready or bring to pass] is used in cert. tenses; akin to the base of G-5088 through the idea of effecting; probably to affect; or (spec.) to hit or light upon (as a mark to be reached), i.e.(trans.) to attain or secure an object or end, or (intrans.) to happen (as if meeting with); but in the latter application only impers. (with G-1487), i.e. perchance; or (pres. part.) as adj. usual (as if commonly met with, with G-3756, extraordinary), neut. (as adv.) perhaps; or (with another verb) as adv. by accident (as it were):--be, chance, enjoy, little, obtain, X refresh . . . self, + special. Comp. G-5180.

.... G-5180. tupto,   toop'-to;

          a prim. verb (in a strength. form); to "thump", i.e. cudgel or pummel (probably with a stick or bastinado), but in any case by repeated blows; thus differing from G-3817 and G-3960, which denote a [usually single] blow with the hand or any instrument, or G-4141 with the fist [or a hammer], or G-4474 with the palm; as well as from G-5177, an accidental collision); by impl. to punish; fig. to offend (the conscience):--beat, smite, strike, wound.

.... G-5594. psucho,   psoo'-kho;

          a prim. verb; to breathe (voluntarily but gently; thus differing on the one hand from G-4154, which denotes probably a forcible respiration; and on the other from the base of G-109, which refers probably to an inanimate breeze), i.e. (by impl. of reduction of temperature by evaporation) to chill (fig.):--wax cold.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3810. paideutes,   pahee-dyoo-tace';

          from G-3811; a trainer, i.e. teacher or (by impl.) discipliner:--which corrected, instructor.

 

.... G-3811. paideuo,   pahee-dyoo'-o;

          from G-3816; to train up a child, i.e. educate, or (by impl.) discipline (by punishment):--chasten (-ise), instruct, learn, teach.

.... G-109. aer,   ah-ayr';

          from  aemi (to breathe unconsciously, i.e. respire; by anal. to blow ); "air" (as naturally circumambient): --air. Comp. G-5594.

.... G-302. an,   an;

          a prim. particle, denoting a supposition, wish, possibility or uncertainty:--[what-, where-, whither-, who-]soever. Usually unexpressed except by the subjunctive or potential mood. Also contr. for G-1437.

.... G-846. autos,   ow-tos';

          from the particle  au [perh. akin to the base of G-109 through the idea of a baffling wind] (backward); the reflex. pron. self, used (alone or in the comp. G-1438) of the third pers., and (with the probably pers. pron.) of the other persons:--her, it (-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, ([self-], the) same, ([him-, my-, thy-]) self, [your-] selves, she, that, their (-s), them ([-selves]), there [-at, -by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with], they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Comp. G-848.

.... G-848. hautou,   how-too';

          contr. for G-1438; self (in some oblique case or reflex. relation):--her (own), (of) him (-self), his (own), of it, thee, their (own), them (-selves), they.

.... G-1063. gar,   gar;

          a prim. particle; probably assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.

.... G-1065. ge,   gheh;

          a prim. particle of emphasis or qualification (often used with other particles prefixed):--and besides, doubtless, at least, yet.

.... G-1161. de,   deh;

          a prim. particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now [often unexpressed in English].

.... G-1211. de,   day;

          prob. akin to G-1161; a particle of emphasis or explicitness; now, then, etc.:--also, and, doubtless, now, therefore.

.... G-1437. ean,   eh-an';

          from G-1487 and G-302; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-) soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, [who-] so (-ever). See G-3361.

.... G-1438. heautou,   heh-ow-too',

          (incl. all the other cases); from a reflex. pron. otherwise obsol. and the gen. (dat. or acc.) of G-846; him- (her-, it-, them-, also [in conjunction with the pers. pron. of the other persons] my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own (-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them (-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).

.... G-1487. ei,   i;

          a prim. particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, ([al-]) though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, espec. as in G-1489, G-1490, G-1499, G-1508, G-1509, G-1512, G-1513, G-1536, G-1537. See also G-1437.

.... G-1489. eige,   i'-gheh;

          from G-1487 and G-1065; if indeed, seeing that, unless, (with neg.) otherwise:--if (so be that, yet).

.... G-1490. ei de me,   i deh may' ;

          or  ei de me ge,   i deh may' gheh;

          from G-1487, G-1161 and G-3361 (sometimes with G-1065 added); but if not:--(or) else, if (not, otherwise), otherwise.

.... G-1499. ei kai,   i kahee;

          from G-1487 and G-2532; if also (or even):--if (that), though.

.... G-1508. ei me,   i may;

          from G-1487 and G-3361; if not:--but, except (that), if not, more than, save (only) that, saving, till.

.... G-1509. ei me ti,   i may tee;

          from G-1508 and the neut. of G-5100; if not somewhat:--except.

.... G-1512. ei per,   i per;

          from G-1487 and G-4007; if perhaps:--if so be (that), seeing, though.

.... G-1513. ei pos,   i poce;

          from G-1487 and G-4458; if somehow:--if by any means.

.... G-1536. ei tis,   i tis;

          from G-1487 and G-5100; if any:--he that, if a (-ny) man ('s thing, from any, ought), whether any, whosoever.

.... G-1537. ek,   ek;

          or ex,   ex;

          a prim. prep. denoting origin (the point whence motion or action proceeds), from, out (of place, time or cause; lit. or fig.; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at betwixt (-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for (-th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, . . . ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with (-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.

.... G-2228. e,   ay;

          a prim. particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-) either, except it be, (n-) or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Comp. especially G-2235, G-2260, G-2273.

.... G-2229. e,   ay;

          an adv. of confirmation; perh. intens. of G-2228; used only (in the N.T.) before G-3303; assuredly:--surely.

.... G-2235. ede,   ay'-day;

          appar. from G-2228 (or possibly G-2229) and G-1211; even now:--already, (even) now (already), by this time.

.... G-2260. eper,   ay'-per;

          from G-2228 and G-4007; than at all (or than perhaps, than indeed):--than.

.... G-2273. etoi,   ay'-toy;

          from G-2228 and G-5104; either indeed:--whether.

.... G-2443. hina,   hin'-ah;

          prob. from the same as the former part of G-1438 (through the demonstrative idea; comp. G-3588); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Comp. G-3363.

.... G-2532. kai,   kahee;

          appar. a prim. particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so, then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, indeed, likewise, moreover, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yea, yet.

.... G-2543. kaitoi,   kah'-ee-toy;

          from G-2532 and G-5104; and yet, i.e. nevertheless:--although.

.... G-2544. kaitoige,   kah'ee-foyg-eh;

          from G-2543 and G-1065; and yet indeed, i.e. although really:--nevertheless, though.

.... G-3173. megas,   meg'-as

          [includ. the prol. forms, fem.  megale, plur.  megaloi, etc.; comp. also G-3176, G-3187]; big (lit. or fig., in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great (-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.

.... G-3176. megistos,   meg'-is-tos;

          superl. of G-3173; greatest or very great:--exceeding great.

.... G-3187. meizon,   mide'-zone;

          irreg. compar. of G-3173; larger (lit. or fig., spec. in age):--elder, greater (-est), more.

.... G-3303. men,   men;

          a prim. particle; probably indic. of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with G-1161 (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.

.... G-3305. mentoi,   men'-toy;

          from G-3303 and G-5104; indeed though, i.e. however:--also, but, howbeit, nevertheless, yet.

.... G-3361. me,   may;

          a prim. particle of qualified negation (whereas G-3756 expresses an absolute denial); (adv.) not, (conj.) lest; also (as interrog. implying a neg. answer [whereas G-3756 expects an affirm. one]) whether:--any, but, (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, [can-] not, nothing, that not, un [-taken], without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also G-3362, G-3363, G-3364, G-3372, G-3373, G-3375, G-3378.

.... G-3362. ean me,   eh-an' may;

          i.e. G-1437 and G-3361; if not, i.e. unless:--X before, but, except, if no, (if, + whosoever) not.

.... G-3363. hina me,   hin'-ah may;

          i.e. G-2443 and G-3361; in order (or so) that not:--albeit not, lest, that no (-t, [-thing]).

.... G-3364. ou me,   oo may;

          i.e. G-3756 and G-3361; a double neg. strengthening the denial; not at all:--any more, at all, by any (no) means, neither, never, no (at all), in no case (wise), nor ever, not (at all, in any wise). Comp. G-3378.

.... G-3372. mekos,   may'-kos;

          prob. akin to G-3173; length (lit. or fig.):--length.

.... G-3373. mekuno,   may-koo'-no;

          from G-3372; to lengthen, i.e. (mid.) to enlarge:--grow up.

.... G-3375. men,   mane;

          a stronger form of G-3303; a particle of affirmation (only with G-2229); assuredly:--+ surely.

.... G-3378. me ouk,   may ook;

          i.e. G-3361 and G-3756; as interrog. and neg. is it not that?:--neither (followed by no), + never, not. Comp. G-3364.

.... G-3381. mepos,   may'-poce;

          or  me pos,   may poce;

          from G-3361 and G-4458; lest somehow:--lest (by any means, by some means, haply, perhaps).

.... G-3568. nun,   noon;

          a prim. particle of present time; "now" (as adv. of date, a transition or emphasis); also as noun or adj. present or immediate:--henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this (time). See also G-3569, G-3570.

.... G-3569. tanun,   tan-oon';

          or  ta nun,   tah noon;

          from neut. plur. of G-3588 and G-3568; the things now, i.e. (adv.) at present:--(but) now.

.... G-3570. nuni,   noo-nee';

          a prol. form of G-3568 for emphasis; just now:--now.

.... G-3588. ho,   ho;

          includ. the fem., he,   hay;

          and the neut., to,   to,

          in all their inflections; the def. article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.

.... G-3739. hos,   hos;

          includ. fem.,  he,   hay;

          and neut.,  ho,   ho;

          prob. a prim. word (or perh. a form of the art. G-3588); the rel. (sometimes demonstrative) pron., who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who (-m, -se), etc. See also G-3757.

.... G-3756. ou,   oo;

          also (before a vowel)  ouk,   ook;

          and (before an aspirate)  ouch,   ookh;

          a prim. word; the absol. neg. [comp. G-3361] adv.; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, [can-] not, + nothing, + special, un ([-worthy]), when, + without, + yet but. See also G-3364, G-3372.

.... G-3757. hou,   hoo;

          gen. of G-3739 as adv.; at which place, i.e. where:--where (-in), whither ([-soever]).

.... G-3767. oun,   oon;

          appar. a prim. word; (adv.) certainly, or (conj.) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.

.... G-3816. pais,   paheece;

          perh. from G-3817; a boy (as often beaten with impunity), or (by anal.) a girl, and (gen.) a child; spec. a slave or servant (espec. a minister to a king; and by eminence to God):--child, maid (-en), (man) servant, son, young man.

.... G-3817. paio,   pah'-yo;

          a prim. verb; to hit (as if by a single blow and less violently than G-5180); spec. to sting (as a scorpion):--smite, strike.

.... G-3960. patasso,   pat-as'-so;

          prob. prol. from G-3817; to knock (gently or with a weapon or fatally):--smite, strike. Comp. G-5180.

.... G-3961. pateo,   pat-eh'-o;

          from a der. prob. of G-3817 (mean. a "path"); to trample (lit. or fig.):--tread (down, under foot).

.... G-4007. per,   per;

          from the base of G-4008; an enclitic particle significant of abundance (thoroughness), i.e. emphasis; much, very or ever:--[whom-] soever.

.... G-4008. peran,   per'-an;

          appar. acc. of an obsol. der. of  peiro (to "pierce"); through (as adv. or prep.), i.e. across:--beyond, farther (other) side, over.

.... G-4072. petomai,   pet'-om-ahee;

          or prol.  petaomai,   pet-ah'-om-ahee;

          or contr.  ptaomai,   ptah'-om-ahee;

.... G-4098. pipto,   pip'-to;

          a redupl. and contr. form of  peto,   pet'-o,

          (which occurs only as an alt. in cert. tenses); prob. akin to G-4072 through the idea of alighting; to fall (lit. or fig.):--fail, fall (down), light on.

          mid. of a prim. verb; to fly:--fly (-ing).

.... G-4111. plasso,   plas'-so;

          a prim. verb; to mould, i.e. shape or fabricate:--form.

.... G-4141. plesso,   place'-so;

          appar. another form of G-4111 (through the idea of flattening out); to pound, i.e. (fig.) to inflict with (calamity):--smite. Comp. G-5180.

.... G-4154. pneo,   pneh'-o;

          a prim. word; to breathe hard, i.e. breeze:--blow. Comp. G-5594.

.... G-4214. posos,   pos'-os;

          from an obsol.  pos (who, what) and G-3739; interrog. pron. (of amount) how much (large, long or [plur.] many):--how great (long, many), what.

.... G-4225. pou,   poo;

          gen. of an indef. pron.  pos (some) otherwise obsol. (comp. G-4214); as adv. of place, somewhere, i.e. nearly:--about, a certain place.

.... G-4422. ptoeo,   pto-eh'-o;

          prob. akin to the alt. of G-4098 (through the idea of causing to fall) or to G-4072 (through that of causing to fly away); to scare:--frighten.

.... G-4426. pturo,   ptoo'-ro;

          from a presumed der. of G-4429 (and thus akin to G-4422); to frighten:--terrify.

.... G-4428. ptusso,   ptoos'-so;

          prob. akin to  petannumi (to spread; and thus appar. allied to G-4072 through the idea of expansion, and to G-4429 through that of flattening; comp. G-3961); to fold, i.e. furl a scroll:--close.

.... G-4429. ptuo,   ptoo'-o;

          a prim. verb (comp. G-4428); to spit:--spit.

.... G-4458. pos,   poce;

          adv. from the base of G-4225; an enclitic particle of indefiniteness of manner; somehow or anyhow; used only in comp.:--haply, by any (some) means, perhaps. See G-1513, G-3381. Comp. G-4459.

.... G-4459. pos,   poce;

          adv. from the base of G-4426; an interrog. particle of manner; in what way? (sometimes the question is indirect, how?); also as exclamation, how much!:--how, after (by) what manner (means), that. [Occasionally unexpressed in English.]

.... G-4474. rhapizo,   hrap-id'-zo;

          from a der. of a prim.  rhepo (to let fall, "rap"); to slap:--smite (with the palm of the hand). Comp. G-5180.

.... G-5088. tikto,   tik'-to;

          a strengthened form of a prim.  teko,   tek'-o

          (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to produce (from seed, as a mother, a plant, the earth, etc.), lit. or fig.:--bear, be born, bring forth, be delivered, be in travail.

.... G-5100. tis,   tis;

          an enclit. indef. pron.; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, -thing, -what), (+ that no-) thing, what (-soever), X wherewith, whom [-soever], whose ([-soever]).

.... G-5104. toi,   toy;

          prob. for the dat. of G-3588; an enclit. particle of asseveration by way of contrast; in sooth:--[used only with other particles in comp., as G-2544, G-3305, G-5105, G-5106, etc.]

.... G-5105. toigaroun,   toy-gar-oon';

          from G-5104 and G-1063 and G-3767; truly for then, i.e. consequently:--there- (where-) fore.

.... G-5106. toinun,   toy'-noon;

          from G-5104 and G-3568; truly now, i.e. accordingly:--then, therefore.

.... G-5177. tugchano,   toong-khan'-o;

          prob. for an obsol.  tucho (for which the mid. of another alt.  teucho (to make ready or bring to pass] is used in cert. tenses; akin to the base of G-5088 through the idea of effecting; probably to affect; or (spec.) to hit or light upon (as a mark to be reached), i.e.(trans.) to attain or secure an object or end, or (intrans.) to happen (as if meeting with); but in the latter application only impers. (with G-1487), i.e. perchance; or (pres. part.) as adj. usual (as if commonly met with, with G-3756, extraordinary), neut. (as adv.) perhaps; or (with another verb) as adv. by accident (as it were):--be, chance, enjoy, little, obtain, X refresh . . . self, + special. Comp. G-5180.

.... G-5180. tupto,   toop'-to;

          a prim. verb (in a strength. form); to "thump", i.e. cudgel or pummel (probably with a stick or bastinado), but in any case by repeated blows; thus differing from G-3817 and G-3960, which denote a [usually single] blow with the hand or any instrument, or G-4141 with the fist [or a hammer], or G-4474 with the palm; as well as from G-5177, an accidental collision); by impl. to punish; fig. to offend (the conscience):--beat, smite, strike, wound.

.... G-5594. psucho,   psoo'-kho;

          a prim. verb; to breathe (voluntarily but gently; thus differing on the one hand from G-4154, which denotes probably a forcible respiration; and on the other from the base of G-109, which refers probably to an inanimate breeze), i.e. (by impl. of reduction of temperature by evaporation) to chill (fig.):--wax cold.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3811. paideuo,   pahee-dyoo'-o;

          from G-3816; to train up a child, i.e. educate, or (by impl.) discipline (by punishment):--chasten (-ise), instruct, learn, teach.

 

.... G-3816. pais,   paheece;

          perh. from G-3817; a boy (as often beaten with impunity), or (by anal.) a girl, and (gen.) a child; spec. a slave or servant (espec. a minister to a king; and by eminence to God):--child, maid (-en), (man) servant, son, young man.

.... G-109. aer,   ah-ayr';

          from  aemi (to breathe unconsciously, i.e. respire; by anal. to blow ); "air" (as naturally circumambient): --air. Comp. G-5594.

.... G-302. an,   an;

          a prim. particle, denoting a supposition, wish, possibility or uncertainty:--[what-, where-, whither-, who-]soever. Usually unexpressed except by the subjunctive or potential mood. Also contr. for G-1437.

.... G-846. autos,   ow-tos';

          from the particle  au [perh. akin to the base of G-109 through the idea of a baffling wind] (backward); the reflex. pron. self, used (alone or in the comp. G-1438) of the third pers., and (with the probably pers. pron.) of the other persons:--her, it (-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, ([self-], the) same, ([him-, my-, thy-]) self, [your-] selves, she, that, their (-s), them ([-selves]), there [-at, -by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with], they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Comp. G-848.

.... G-848. hautou,   how-too';

          contr. for G-1438; self (in some oblique case or reflex. relation):--her (own), (of) him (-self), his (own), of it, thee, their (own), them (-selves), they.

.... G-1063. gar,   gar;

          a prim. particle; probably assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.

.... G-1065. ge,   gheh;

          a prim. particle of emphasis or qualification (often used with other particles prefixed):--and besides, doubtless, at least, yet.

.... G-1161. de,   deh;

          a prim. particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now [often unexpressed in English].

.... G-1211. de,   day;

          prob. akin to G-1161; a particle of emphasis or explicitness; now, then, etc.:--also, and, doubtless, now, therefore.

.... G-1437. ean,   eh-an';

          from G-1487 and G-302; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-) soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, [who-] so (-ever). See G-3361.

.... G-1438. heautou,   heh-ow-too',

          (incl. all the other cases); from a reflex. pron. otherwise obsol. and the gen. (dat. or acc.) of G-846; him- (her-, it-, them-, also [in conjunction with the pers. pron. of the other persons] my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own (-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them (-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).

.... G-1487. ei,   i;

          a prim. particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, ([al-]) though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, espec. as in G-1489, G-1490, G-1499, G-1508, G-1509, G-1512, G-1513, G-1536, G-1537. See also G-1437.

.... G-1489. eige,   i'-gheh;

          from G-1487 and G-1065; if indeed, seeing that, unless, (with neg.) otherwise:--if (so be that, yet).

.... G-1490. ei de me,   i deh may' ;

          or  ei de me ge,   i deh may' gheh;

          from G-1487, G-1161 and G-3361 (sometimes with G-1065 added); but if not:--(or) else, if (not, otherwise), otherwise.

.... G-1499. ei kai,   i kahee;

          from G-1487 and G-2532; if also (or even):--if (that), though.

.... G-1508. ei me,   i may;

          from G-1487 and G-3361; if not:--but, except (that), if not, more than, save (only) that, saving, till.

.... G-1509. ei me ti,   i may tee;

          from G-1508 and the neut. of G-5100; if not somewhat:--except.

.... G-1512. ei per,   i per;

          from G-1487 and G-4007; if perhaps:--if so be (that), seeing, though.

.... G-1513. ei pos,   i poce;

          from G-1487 and G-4458; if somehow:--if by any means.

.... G-1536. ei tis,   i tis;

          from G-1487 and G-5100; if any:--he that, if a (-ny) man ('s thing, from any, ought), whether any, whosoever.

.... G-1537. ek,   ek;

          or ex,   ex;

          a prim. prep. denoting origin (the point whence motion or action proceeds), from, out (of place, time or cause; lit. or fig.; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at betwixt (-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for (-th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, . . . ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with (-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.

.... G-2228. e,   ay;

          a prim. particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-) either, except it be, (n-) or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Comp. especially G-2235, G-2260, G-2273.

.... G-2229. e,   ay;

          an adv. of confirmation; perh. intens. of G-2228; used only (in the N.T.) before G-3303; assuredly:--surely.

.... G-2235. ede,   ay'-day;

          appar. from G-2228 (or possibly G-2229) and G-1211; even now:--already, (even) now (already), by this time.

.... G-2260. eper,   ay'-per;

          from G-2228 and G-4007; than at all (or than perhaps, than indeed):--than.

.... G-2273. etoi,   ay'-toy;

          from G-2228 and G-5104; either indeed:--whether.

.... G-2443. hina,   hin'-ah;

          prob. from the same as the former part of G-1438 (through the demonstrative idea; comp. G-3588); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Comp. G-3363.

.... G-2532. kai,   kahee;

          appar. a prim. particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so, then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, indeed, likewise, moreover, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yea, yet.

.... G-2543. kaitoi,   kah'-ee-toy;

          from G-2532 and G-5104; and yet, i.e. nevertheless:--although.

.... G-2544. kaitoige,   kah'ee-foyg-eh;

          from G-2543 and G-1065; and yet indeed, i.e. although really:--nevertheless, though.

.... G-3173. megas,   meg'-as

          [includ. the prol. forms, fem.  megale, plur.  megaloi, etc.; comp. also G-3176, G-3187]; big (lit. or fig., in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great (-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.

.... G-3176. megistos,   meg'-is-tos;

          superl. of G-3173; greatest or very great:--exceeding great.

.... G-3187. meizon,   mide'-zone;

          irreg. compar. of G-3173; larger (lit. or fig., spec. in age):--elder, greater (-est), more.

.... G-3303. men,   men;

          a prim. particle; probably indic. of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with G-1161 (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.

.... G-3305. mentoi,   men'-toy;

          from G-3303 and G-5104; indeed though, i.e. however:--also, but, howbeit, nevertheless, yet.

.... G-3361. me,   may;

          a prim. particle of qualified negation (whereas G-3756 expresses an absolute denial); (adv.) not, (conj.) lest; also (as interrog. implying a neg. answer [whereas G-3756 expects an affirm. one]) whether:--any, but, (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, [can-] not, nothing, that not, un [-taken], without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also G-3362, G-3363, G-3364, G-3372, G-3373, G-3375, G-3378.

.... G-3362. ean me,   eh-an' may;

          i.e. G-1437 and G-3361; if not, i.e. unless:--X before, but, except, if no, (if, + whosoever) not.

.... G-3363. hina me,   hin'-ah may;

          i.e. G-2443 and G-3361; in order (or so) that not:--albeit not, lest, that no (-t, [-thing]).

.... G-3364. ou me,   oo may;

          i.e. G-3756 and G-3361; a double neg. strengthening the denial; not at all:--any more, at all, by any (no) means, neither, never, no (at all), in no case (wise), nor ever, not (at all, in any wise). Comp. G-3378.

.... G-3372. mekos,   may'-kos;

          prob. akin to G-3173; length (lit. or fig.):--length.

.... G-3373. mekuno,   may-koo'-no;

          from G-3372; to lengthen, i.e. (mid.) to enlarge:--grow up.

.... G-3375. men,   mane;

          a stronger form of G-3303; a particle of affirmation (only with G-2229); assuredly:--+ surely.

.... G-3378. me ouk,   may ook;

          i.e. G-3361 and G-3756; as interrog. and neg. is it not that?:--neither (followed by no), + never, not. Comp. G-3364.

.... G-3381. mepos,   may'-poce;

          or  me pos,   may poce;

          from G-3361 and G-4458; lest somehow:--lest (by any means, by some means, haply, perhaps).

.... G-3568. nun,   noon;

          a prim. particle of present time; "now" (as adv. of date, a transition or emphasis); also as noun or adj. present or immediate:--henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this (time). See also G-3569, G-3570.

.... G-3569. tanun,   tan-oon';

          or  ta nun,   tah noon;

          from neut. plur. of G-3588 and G-3568; the things now, i.e. (adv.) at present:--(but) now.

.... G-3570. nuni,   noo-nee';

          a prol. form of G-3568 for emphasis; just now:--now.

.... G-3588. ho,   ho;

          includ. the fem., he,   hay;

          and the neut., to,   to,

          in all their inflections; the def. article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.

.... G-3739. hos,   hos;

          includ. fem.,  he,   hay;

          and neut.,  ho,   ho;

          prob. a prim. word (or perh. a form of the art. G-3588); the rel. (sometimes demonstrative) pron., who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who (-m, -se), etc. See also G-3757.

.... G-3756. ou,   oo;

          also (before a vowel)  ouk,   ook;

          and (before an aspirate)  ouch,   ookh;

          a prim. word; the absol. neg. [comp. G-3361] adv.; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, [can-] not, + nothing, + special, un ([-worthy]), when, + without, + yet but. See also G-3364, G-3372.

.... G-3757. hou,   hoo;

          gen. of G-3739 as adv.; at which place, i.e. where:--where (-in), whither ([-soever]).

.... G-3767. oun,   oon;

          appar. a prim. word; (adv.) certainly, or (conj.) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.

.... G-3817. paio,   pah'-yo;

          a prim. verb; to hit (as if by a single blow and less violently than G-5180); spec. to sting (as a scorpion):--smite, strike.

.... G-3960. patasso,   pat-as'-so;

          prob. prol. from G-3817; to knock (gently or with a weapon or fatally):--smite, strike. Comp. G-5180.

.... G-3961. pateo,   pat-eh'-o;

          from a der. prob. of G-3817 (mean. a "path"); to trample (lit. or fig.):--tread (down, under foot).

.... G-4007. per,   per;

          from the base of G-4008; an enclitic particle significant of abundance (thoroughness), i.e. emphasis; much, very or ever:--[whom-] soever.

.... G-4008. peran,   per'-an;

          appar. acc. of an obsol. der. of  peiro (to "pierce"); through (as adv. or prep.), i.e. across:--beyond, farther (other) side, over.

.... G-4072. petomai,   pet'-om-ahee;

          or prol.  petaomai,   pet-ah'-om-ahee;

          or contr.  ptaomai,   ptah'-om-ahee;

.... G-4098. pipto,   pip'-to;

          a redupl. and contr. form of  peto,   pet'-o,

          (which occurs only as an alt. in cert. tenses); prob. akin to G-4072 through the idea of alighting; to fall (lit. or fig.):--fail, fall (down), light on.

          mid. of a prim. verb; to fly:--fly (-ing).

.... G-4111. plasso,   plas'-so;

          a prim. verb; to mould, i.e. shape or fabricate:--form.

.... G-4141. plesso,   place'-so;

          appar. another form of G-4111 (through the idea of flattening out); to pound, i.e. (fig.) to inflict with (calamity):--smite. Comp. G-5180.

.... G-4154. pneo,   pneh'-o;

          a prim. word; to breathe hard, i.e. breeze:--blow. Comp. G-5594.

.... G-4214. posos,   pos'-os;

          from an obsol.  pos (who, what) and G-3739; interrog. pron. (of amount) how much (large, long or [plur.] many):--how great (long, many), what.

.... G-4225. pou,   poo;

          gen. of an indef. pron.  pos (some) otherwise obsol. (comp. G-4214); as adv. of place, somewhere, i.e. nearly:--about, a certain place.

.... G-4422. ptoeo,   pto-eh'-o;

          prob. akin to the alt. of G-4098 (through the idea of causing to fall) or to G-4072 (through that of causing to fly away); to scare:--frighten.

.... G-4426. pturo,   ptoo'-ro;

          from a presumed der. of G-4429 (and thus akin to G-4422); to frighten:--terrify.

.... G-4428. ptusso,   ptoos'-so;

          prob. akin to  petannumi (to spread; and thus appar. allied to G-4072 through the idea of expansion, and to G-4429 through that of flattening; comp. G-3961); to fold, i.e. furl a scroll:--close.

.... G-4429. ptuo,   ptoo'-o;

          a prim. verb (comp. G-4428); to spit:--spit.

.... G-4458. pos,   poce;

          adv. from the base of G-4225; an enclitic particle of indefiniteness of manner; somehow or anyhow; used only in comp.:--haply, by any (some) means, perhaps. See G-1513, G-3381. Comp. G-4459.

.... G-4459. pos,   poce;

          adv. from the base of G-4426; an interrog. particle of manner; in what way? (sometimes the question is indirect, how?); also as exclamation, how much!:--how, after (by) what manner (means), that. [Occasionally unexpressed in English.]

.... G-4474. rhapizo,   hrap-id'-zo;

          from a der. of a prim.  rhepo (to let fall, "rap"); to slap:--smite (with the palm of the hand). Comp. G-5180.

.... G-5088. tikto,   tik'-to;

          a strengthened form of a prim.  teko,   tek'-o

          (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to produce (from seed, as a mother, a plant, the earth, etc.), lit. or fig.:--bear, be born, bring forth, be delivered, be in travail.

.... G-5100. tis,   tis;

          an enclit. indef. pron.; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, -thing, -what), (+ that no-) thing, what (-soever), X wherewith, whom [-soever], whose ([-soever]).

.... G-5104. toi,   toy;

          prob. for the dat. of G-3588; an enclit. particle of asseveration by way of contrast; in sooth:--[used only with other particles in comp., as G-2544, G-3305, G-5105, G-5106, etc.]

.... G-5105. toigaroun,   toy-gar-oon';

          from G-5104 and G-1063 and G-3767; truly for then, i.e. consequently:--there- (where-) fore.

.... G-5106. toinun,   toy'-noon;

          from G-5104 and G-3568; truly now, i.e. accordingly:--then, therefore.

.... G-5177. tugchano,   toong-khan'-o;

          prob. for an obsol.  tucho (for which the mid. of another alt.  teucho (to make ready or bring to pass] is used in cert. tenses; akin to the base of G-5088 through the idea of effecting; probably to affect; or (spec.) to hit or light upon (as a mark to be reached), i.e.(trans.) to attain or secure an object or end, or (intrans.) to happen (as if meeting with); but in the latter application only impers. (with G-1487), i.e. perchance; or (pres. part.) as adj. usual (as if commonly met with, with G-3756, extraordinary), neut. (as adv.) perhaps; or (with another verb) as adv. by accident (as it were):--be, chance, enjoy, little, obtain, X refresh . . . self, + special. Comp. G-5180.

.... G-5180. tupto,   toop'-to;

          a prim. verb (in a strength. form); to "thump", i.e. cudgel or pummel (probably with a stick or bastinado), but in any case by repeated blows; thus differing from G-3817 and G-3960, which denote a [usually single] blow with the hand or any instrument, or G-4141 with the fist [or a hammer], or G-4474 with the palm; as well as from G-5177, an accidental collision); by impl. to punish; fig. to offend (the conscience):--beat, smite, strike, wound.

.... G-5594. psucho,   psoo'-kho;

          a prim. verb; to breathe (voluntarily but gently; thus differing on the one hand from G-4154, which denotes probably a forcible respiration; and on the other from the base of G-109, which refers probably to an inanimate breeze), i.e. (by impl. of reduction of temperature by evaporation) to chill (fig.):--wax cold.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3812. paidiothen,   pahee-dee-oth'-en;

          adv. (of source) from G-3813; from infancy:--of a child.

 

.... G-3813. paidion,   pahee-dee'-on;

          neut. dimin. of G-3816; a childling (of either sex), i.e. (probably) an infant, or (by extens.) a half-grown boy or girl; fig. an immature Christian:--(little, young) child, damsel.

.... G-109. aer,   ah-ayr';

          from  aemi (to breathe unconsciously, i.e. respire; by anal. to blow ); "air" (as naturally circumambient): --air. Comp. G-5594.

.... G-302. an,   an;

          a prim. particle, denoting a supposition, wish, possibility or uncertainty:--[what-, where-, whither-, who-]soever. Usually unexpressed except by the subjunctive or potential mood. Also contr. for G-1437.

.... G-846. autos,   ow-tos';

          from the particle  au [perh. akin to the base of G-109 through the idea of a baffling wind] (backward); the reflex. pron. self, used (alone or in the comp. G-1438) of the third pers., and (with the probably pers. pron.) of the other persons:--her, it (-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, ([self-], the) same, ([him-, my-, thy-]) self, [your-] selves, she, that, their (-s), them ([-selves]), there [-at, -by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with], they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Comp. G-848.

.... G-848. hautou,   how-too';

          contr. for G-1438; self (in some oblique case or reflex. relation):--her (own), (of) him (-self), his (own), of it, thee, their (own), them (-selves), they.

.... G-1063. gar,   gar;

          a prim. particle; probably assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.

.... G-1065. ge,   gheh;

          a prim. particle of emphasis or qualification (often used with other particles prefixed):--and besides, doubtless, at least, yet.

.... G-1161. de,   deh;

          a prim. particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now [often unexpressed in English].

.... G-1211. de,   day;

          prob. akin to G-1161; a particle of emphasis or explicitness; now, then, etc.:--also, and, doubtless, now, therefore.

.... G-1437. ean,   eh-an';

          from G-1487 and G-302; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-) soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, [who-] so (-ever). See G-3361.

.... G-1438. heautou,   heh-ow-too',

          (incl. all the other cases); from a reflex. pron. otherwise obsol. and the gen. (dat. or acc.) of G-846; him- (her-, it-, them-, also [in conjunction with the pers. pron. of the other persons] my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own (-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them (-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).

.... G-1487. ei,   i;

          a prim. particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, ([al-]) though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, espec. as in G-1489, G-1490, G-1499, G-1508, G-1509, G-1512, G-1513, G-1536, G-1537. See also G-1437.

.... G-1489. eige,   i'-gheh;

          from G-1487 and G-1065; if indeed, seeing that, unless, (with neg.) otherwise:--if (so be that, yet).

.... G-1490. ei de me,   i deh may' ;

          or  ei de me ge,   i deh may' gheh;

          from G-1487, G-1161 and G-3361 (sometimes with G-1065 added); but if not:--(or) else, if (not, otherwise), otherwise.

.... G-1499. ei kai,   i kahee;

          from G-1487 and G-2532; if also (or even):--if (that), though.

.... G-1508. ei me,   i may;

          from G-1487 and G-3361; if not:--but, except (that), if not, more than, save (only) that, saving, till.

.... G-1509. ei me ti,   i may tee;

          from G-1508 and the neut. of G-5100; if not somewhat:--except.

.... G-1512. ei per,   i per;

          from G-1487 and G-4007; if perhaps:--if so be (that), seeing, though.

.... G-1513. ei pos,   i poce;

          from G-1487 and G-4458; if somehow:--if by any means.

.... G-1536. ei tis,   i tis;

          from G-1487 and G-5100; if any:--he that, if a (-ny) man ('s thing, from any, ought), whether any, whosoever.

.... G-1537. ek,   ek;

          or ex,   ex;

          a prim. prep. denoting origin (the point whence motion or action proceeds), from, out (of place, time or cause; lit. or fig.; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at betwixt (-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for (-th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, . . . ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with (-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.

.... G-2228. e,   ay;

          a prim. particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-) either, except it be, (n-) or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Comp. especially G-2235, G-2260, G-2273.

.... G-2229. e,   ay;

          an adv. of confirmation; perh. intens. of G-2228; used only (in the N.T.) before G-3303; assuredly:--surely.

.... G-2235. ede,   ay'-day;

          appar. from G-2228 (or possibly G-2229) and G-1211; even now:--already, (even) now (already), by this time.

.... G-2260. eper,   ay'-per;

          from G-2228 and G-4007; than at all (or than perhaps, than indeed):--than.

.... G-2273. etoi,   ay'-toy;

          from G-2228 and G-5104; either indeed:--whether.

.... G-2443. hina,   hin'-ah;

          prob. from the same as the former part of G-1438 (through the demonstrative idea; comp. G-3588); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Comp. G-3363.

.... G-2532. kai,   kahee;

          appar. a prim. particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so, then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, indeed, likewise, moreover, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yea, yet.

.... G-2543. kaitoi,   kah'-ee-toy;

          from G-2532 and G-5104; and yet, i.e. nevertheless:--although.

.... G-2544. kaitoige,   kah'ee-foyg-eh;

          from G-2543 and G-1065; and yet indeed, i.e. although really:--nevertheless, though.

.... G-3173. megas,   meg'-as

          [includ. the prol. forms, fem.  megale, plur.  megaloi, etc.; comp. also G-3176, G-3187]; big (lit. or fig., in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great (-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.

.... G-3176. megistos,   meg'-is-tos;

          superl. of G-3173; greatest or very great:--exceeding great.

.... G-3187. meizon,   mide'-zone;

          irreg. compar. of G-3173; larger (lit. or fig., spec. in age):--elder, greater (-est), more.

.... G-3303. men,   men;

          a prim. particle; probably indic. of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with G-1161 (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.

.... G-3305. mentoi,   men'-toy;

          from G-3303 and G-5104; indeed though, i.e. however:--also, but, howbeit, nevertheless, yet.

.... G-3361. me,   may;

          a prim. particle of qualified negation (whereas G-3756 expresses an absolute denial); (adv.) not, (conj.) lest; also (as interrog. implying a neg. answer [whereas G-3756 expects an affirm. one]) whether:--any, but, (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, [can-] not, nothing, that not, un [-taken], without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also G-3362, G-3363, G-3364, G-3372, G-3373, G-3375, G-3378.

.... G-3362. ean me,   eh-an' may;

          i.e. G-1437 and G-3361; if not, i.e. unless:--X before, but, except, if no, (if, + whosoever) not.

.... G-3363. hina me,   hin'-ah may;

          i.e. G-2443 and G-3361; in order (or so) that not:--albeit not, lest, that no (-t, [-thing]).

.... G-3364. ou me,   oo may;

          i.e. G-3756 and G-3361; a double neg. strengthening the denial; not at all:--any more, at all, by any (no) means, neither, never, no (at all), in no case (wise), nor ever, not (at all, in any wise). Comp. G-3378.

.... G-3372. mekos,   may'-kos;

          prob. akin to G-3173; length (lit. or fig.):--length.

.... G-3373. mekuno,   may-koo'-no;

          from G-3372; to lengthen, i.e. (mid.) to enlarge:--grow up.

.... G-3375. men,   mane;

          a stronger form of G-3303; a particle of affirmation (only with G-2229); assuredly:--+ surely.

.... G-3378. me ouk,   may ook;

          i.e. G-3361 and G-3756; as interrog. and neg. is it not that?:--neither (followed by no), + never, not. Comp. G-3364.

.... G-3381. mepos,   may'-poce;

          or  me pos,   may poce;

          from G-3361 and G-4458; lest somehow:--lest (by any means, by some means, haply, perhaps).

.... G-3568. nun,   noon;

          a prim. particle of present time; "now" (as adv. of date, a transition or emphasis); also as noun or adj. present or immediate:--henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this (time). See also G-3569, G-3570.

.... G-3569. tanun,   tan-oon';

          or  ta nun,   tah noon;

          from neut. plur. of G-3588 and G-3568; the things now, i.e. (adv.) at present:--(but) now.

.... G-3570. nuni,   noo-nee';

          a prol. form of G-3568 for emphasis; just now:--now.

.... G-3588. ho,   ho;

          includ. the fem., he,   hay;

          and the neut., to,   to,

          in all their inflections; the def. article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.

.... G-3739. hos,   hos;

          includ. fem.,  he,   hay;

          and neut.,  ho,   ho;

          prob. a prim. word (or perh. a form of the art. G-3588); the rel. (sometimes demonstrative) pron., who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who (-m, -se), etc. See also G-3757.

.... G-3756. ou,   oo;

          also (before a vowel)  ouk,   ook;

          and (before an aspirate)  ouch,   ookh;

          a prim. word; the absol. neg. [comp. G-3361] adv.; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, [can-] not, + nothing, + special, un ([-worthy]), when, + without, + yet but. See also G-3364, G-3372.

.... G-3757. hou,   hoo;

          gen. of G-3739 as adv.; at which place, i.e. where:--where (-in), whither ([-soever]).

.... G-3767. oun,   oon;

          appar. a prim. word; (adv.) certainly, or (conj.) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.

.... G-3816. pais,   paheece;

          perh. from G-3817; a boy (as often beaten with impunity), or (by anal.) a girl, and (gen.) a child; spec. a slave or servant (espec. a minister to a king; and by eminence to God):--child, maid (-en), (man) servant, son, young man.

.... G-3817. paio,   pah'-yo;

          a prim. verb; to hit (as if by a single blow and less violently than G-5180); spec. to sting (as a scorpion):--smite, strike.

.... G-3960. patasso,   pat-as'-so;

          prob. prol. from G-3817; to knock (gently or with a weapon or fatally):--smite, strike. Comp. G-5180.

.... G-3961. pateo,   pat-eh'-o;

          from a der. prob. of G-3817 (mean. a "path"); to trample (lit. or fig.):--tread (down, under foot).

.... G-4007. per,   per;

          from the base of G-4008; an enclitic particle significant of abundance (thoroughness), i.e. emphasis; much, very or ever:--[whom-] soever.

.... G-4008. peran,   per'-an;

          appar. acc. of an obsol. der. of  peiro (to "pierce"); through (as adv. or prep.), i.e. across:--beyond, farther (other) side, over.

.... G-4072. petomai,   pet'-om-ahee;

          or prol.  petaomai,   pet-ah'-om-ahee;

          or contr.  ptaomai,   ptah'-om-ahee;

.... G-4098. pipto,   pip'-to;

          a redupl. and contr. form of  peto,   pet'-o,

          (which occurs only as an alt. in cert. tenses); prob. akin to G-4072 through the idea of alighting; to fall (lit. or fig.):--fail, fall (down), light on.

          mid. of a prim. verb; to fly:--fly (-ing).

.... G-4111. plasso,   plas'-so;

          a prim. verb; to mould, i.e. shape or fabricate:--form.

.... G-4141. plesso,   place'-so;

          appar. another form of G-4111 (through the idea of flattening out); to pound, i.e. (fig.) to inflict with (calamity):--smite. Comp. G-5180.

.... G-4154. pneo,   pneh'-o;

          a prim. word; to breathe hard, i.e. breeze:--blow. Comp. G-5594.

.... G-4214. posos,   pos'-os;

          from an obsol.  pos (who, what) and G-3739; interrog. pron. (of amount) how much (large, long or [plur.] many):--how great (long, many), what.

.... G-4225. pou,   poo;

          gen. of an indef. pron.  pos (some) otherwise obsol. (comp. G-4214); as adv. of place, somewhere, i.e. nearly:--about, a certain place.

.... G-4422. ptoeo,   pto-eh'-o;

          prob. akin to the alt. of G-4098 (through the idea of causing to fall) or to G-4072 (through that of causing to fly away); to scare:--frighten.

.... G-4426. pturo,   ptoo'-ro;

          from a presumed der. of G-4429 (and thus akin to G-4422); to frighten:--terrify.

.... G-4428. ptusso,   ptoos'-so;

          prob. akin to  petannumi (to spread; and thus appar. allied to G-4072 through the idea of expansion, and to G-4429 through that of flattening; comp. G-3961); to fold, i.e. furl a scroll:--close.

.... G-4429. ptuo,   ptoo'-o;

          a prim. verb (comp. G-4428); to spit:--spit.

.... G-4458. pos,   poce;

          adv. from the base of G-4225; an enclitic particle of indefiniteness of manner; somehow or anyhow; used only in comp.:--haply, by any (some) means, perhaps. See G-1513, G-3381. Comp. G-4459.

.... G-4459. pos,   poce;

          adv. from the base of G-4426; an interrog. particle of manner; in what way? (sometimes the question is indirect, how?); also as exclamation, how much!:--how, after (by) what manner (means), that. [Occasionally unexpressed in English.]

.... G-4474. rhapizo,   hrap-id'-zo;

          from a der. of a prim.  rhepo (to let fall, "rap"); to slap:--smite (with the palm of the hand). Comp. G-5180.

.... G-5088. tikto,   tik'-to;

          a strengthened form of a prim.  teko,   tek'-o

          (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to produce (from seed, as a mother, a plant, the earth, etc.), lit. or fig.:--bear, be born, bring forth, be delivered, be in travail.

.... G-5100. tis,   tis;

          an enclit. indef. pron.; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, -thing, -what), (+ that no-) thing, what (-soever), X wherewith, whom [-soever], whose ([-soever]).

.... G-5104. toi,   toy;

          prob. for the dat. of G-3588; an enclit. particle of asseveration by way of contrast; in sooth:--[used only with other particles in comp., as G-2544, G-3305, G-5105, G-5106, etc.]

.... G-5105. toigaroun,   toy-gar-oon';

          from G-5104 and G-1063 and G-3767; truly for then, i.e. consequently:--there- (where-) fore.

.... G-5106. toinun,   toy'-noon;

          from G-5104 and G-3568; truly now, i.e. accordingly:--then, therefore.

.... G-5177. tugchano,   toong-khan'-o;

          prob. for an obsol.  tucho (for which the mid. of another alt.  teucho (to make ready or bring to pass] is used in cert. tenses; akin to the base of G-5088 through the idea of effecting; probably to affect; or (spec.) to hit or light upon (as a mark to be reached), i.e.(trans.) to attain or secure an object or end, or (intrans.) to happen (as if meeting with); but in the latter application only impers. (with G-1487), i.e. perchance; or (pres. part.) as adj. usual (as if commonly met with, with G-3756, extraordinary), neut. (as adv.) perhaps; or (with another verb) as adv. by accident (as it were):--be, chance, enjoy, little, obtain, X refresh . . . self, + special. Comp. G-5180.

.... G-5180. tupto,   toop'-to;

          a prim. verb (in a strength. form); to "thump", i.e. cudgel or pummel (probably with a stick or bastinado), but in any case by repeated blows; thus differing from G-3817 and G-3960, which denote a [usually single] blow with the hand or any instrument, or G-4141 with the fist [or a hammer], or G-4474 with the palm; as well as from G-5177, an accidental collision); by impl. to punish; fig. to offend (the conscience):--beat, smite, strike, wound.

.... G-5594. psucho,   psoo'-kho;

          a prim. verb; to breathe (voluntarily but gently; thus differing on the one hand from G-4154, which denotes probably a forcible respiration; and on the other from the base of G-109, which refers probably to an inanimate breeze), i.e. (by impl. of reduction of temperature by evaporation) to chill (fig.):--wax cold.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3813. paidion,   pahee-dee'-on;

          neut. dimin. of G-3816; a childling (of either sex), i.e. (probably) an infant, or (by extens.) a half-grown boy or girl; fig. an immature Christian:--(little, young) child, damsel.

 

.... G-3816. pais,   paheece;

          perh. from G-3817; a boy (as often beaten with impunity), or (by anal.) a girl, and (gen.) a child; spec. a slave or servant (espec. a minister to a king; and by eminence to God):--child, maid (-en), (man) servant, son, young man.

.... G-109. aer,   ah-ayr';

          from  aemi (to breathe unconsciously, i.e. respire; by anal. to blow ); "air" (as naturally circumambient): --air. Comp. G-5594.

.... G-302. an,   an;

          a prim. particle, denoting a supposition, wish, possibility or uncertainty:--[what-, where-, whither-, who-]soever. Usually unexpressed except by the subjunctive or potential mood. Also contr. for G-1437.

.... G-846. autos,   ow-tos';

          from the particle  au [perh. akin to the base of G-109 through the idea of a baffling wind] (backward); the reflex. pron. self, used (alone or in the comp. G-1438) of the third pers., and (with the probably pers. pron.) of the other persons:--her, it (-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, ([self-], the) same, ([him-, my-, thy-]) self, [your-] selves, she, that, their (-s), them ([-selves]), there [-at, -by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with], they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Comp. G-848.

.... G-848. hautou,   how-too';

          contr. for G-1438; self (in some oblique case or reflex. relation):--her (own), (of) him (-self), his (own), of it, thee, their (own), them (-selves), they.

.... G-1063. gar,   gar;

          a prim. particle; probably assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.

.... G-1065. ge,   gheh;

          a prim. particle of emphasis or qualification (often used with other particles prefixed):--and besides, doubtless, at least, yet.

.... G-1161. de,   deh;

          a prim. particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now [often unexpressed in English].

.... G-1211. de,   day;

          prob. akin to G-1161; a particle of emphasis or explicitness; now, then, etc.:--also, and, doubtless, now, therefore.

.... G-1437. ean,   eh-an';

          from G-1487 and G-302; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-) soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, [who-] so (-ever). See G-3361.

.... G-1438. heautou,   heh-ow-too',

          (incl. all the other cases); from a reflex. pron. otherwise obsol. and the gen. (dat. or acc.) of G-846; him- (her-, it-, them-, also [in conjunction with the pers. pron. of the other persons] my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own (-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them (-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).

.... G-1487. ei,   i;

          a prim. particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, ([al-]) though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, espec. as in G-1489, G-1490, G-1499, G-1508, G-1509, G-1512, G-1513, G-1536, G-1537. See also G-1437.

.... G-1489. eige,   i'-gheh;

          from G-1487 and G-1065; if indeed, seeing that, unless, (with neg.) otherwise:--if (so be that, yet).

.... G-1490. ei de me,   i deh may' ;

          or  ei de me ge,   i deh may' gheh;

          from G-1487, G-1161 and G-3361 (sometimes with G-1065 added); but if not:--(or) else, if (not, otherwise), otherwise.

.... G-1499. ei kai,   i kahee;

          from G-1487 and G-2532; if also (or even):--if (that), though.

.... G-1508. ei me,   i may;

          from G-1487 and G-3361; if not:--but, except (that), if not, more than, save (only) that, saving, till.

.... G-1509. ei me ti,   i may tee;

          from G-1508 and the neut. of G-5100; if not somewhat:--except.

.... G-1512. ei per,   i per;

          from G-1487 and G-4007; if perhaps:--if so be (that), seeing, though.

.... G-1513. ei pos,   i poce;

          from G-1487 and G-4458; if somehow:--if by any means.

.... G-1536. ei tis,   i tis;

          from G-1487 and G-5100; if any:--he that, if a (-ny) man ('s thing, from any, ought), whether any, whosoever.

.... G-1537. ek,   ek;

          or ex,   ex;

          a prim. prep. denoting origin (the point whence motion or action proceeds), from, out (of place, time or cause; lit. or fig.; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at betwixt (-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for (-th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, . . . ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with (-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.

.... G-2228. e,   ay;

          a prim. particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-) either, except it be, (n-) or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Comp. especially G-2235, G-2260, G-2273.

.... G-2229. e,   ay;

          an adv. of confirmation; perh. intens. of G-2228; used only (in the N.T.) before G-3303; assuredly:--surely.

.... G-2235. ede,   ay'-day;

          appar. from G-2228 (or possibly G-2229) and G-1211; even now:--already, (even) now (already), by this time.

.... G-2260. eper,   ay'-per;

          from G-2228 and G-4007; than at all (or than perhaps, than indeed):--than.

.... G-2273. etoi,   ay'-toy;

          from G-2228 and G-5104; either indeed:--whether.

.... G-2443. hina,   hin'-ah;

          prob. from the same as the former part of G-1438 (through the demonstrative idea; comp. G-3588); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Comp. G-3363.

.... G-2532. kai,   kahee;

          appar. a prim. particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so, then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, indeed, likewise, moreover, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yea, yet.

.... G-2543. kaitoi,   kah'-ee-toy;

          from G-2532 and G-5104; and yet, i.e. nevertheless:--although.

.... G-2544. kaitoige,   kah'ee-foyg-eh;

          from G-2543 and G-1065; and yet indeed, i.e. although really:--nevertheless, though.

.... G-3173. megas,   meg'-as

          [includ. the prol. forms, fem.  megale, plur.  megaloi, etc.; comp. also G-3176, G-3187]; big (lit. or fig., in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great (-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.

.... G-3176. megistos,   meg'-is-tos;

          superl. of G-3173; greatest or very great:--exceeding great.

.... G-3187. meizon,   mide'-zone;

          irreg. compar. of G-3173; larger (lit. or fig., spec. in age):--elder, greater (-est), more.

.... G-3303. men,   men;

          a prim. particle; probably indic. of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with G-1161 (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.

.... G-3305. mentoi,   men'-toy;

          from G-3303 and G-5104; indeed though, i.e. however:--also, but, howbeit, nevertheless, yet.

.... G-3361. me,   may;

          a prim. particle of qualified negation (whereas G-3756 expresses an absolute denial); (adv.) not, (conj.) lest; also (as interrog. implying a neg. answer [whereas G-3756 expects an affirm. one]) whether:--any, but, (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, [can-] not, nothing, that not, un [-taken], without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also G-3362, G-3363, G-3364, G-3372, G-3373, G-3375, G-3378.

.... G-3362. ean me,   eh-an' may;

          i.e. G-1437 and G-3361; if not, i.e. unless:--X before, but, except, if no, (if, + whosoever) not.

.... G-3363. hina me,   hin'-ah may;

          i.e. G-2443 and G-3361; in order (or so) that not:--albeit not, lest, that no (-t, [-thing]).

.... G-3364. ou me,   oo may;

          i.e. G-3756 and G-3361; a double neg. strengthening the denial; not at all:--any more, at all, by any (no) means, neither, never, no (at all), in no case (wise), nor ever, not (at all, in any wise). Comp. G-3378.

.... G-3372. mekos,   may'-kos;

          prob. akin to G-3173; length (lit. or fig.):--length.

.... G-3373. mekuno,   may-koo'-no;

          from G-3372; to lengthen, i.e. (mid.) to enlarge:--grow up.

.... G-3375. men,   mane;

          a stronger form of G-3303; a particle of affirmation (only with G-2229); assuredly:--+ surely.

.... G-3378. me ouk,   may ook;

          i.e. G-3361 and G-3756; as interrog. and neg. is it not that?:--neither (followed by no), + never, not. Comp. G-3364.

.... G-3381. mepos,   may'-poce;

          or  me pos,   may poce;

          from G-3361 and G-4458; lest somehow:--lest (by any means, by some means, haply, perhaps).

.... G-3568. nun,   noon;

          a prim. particle of present time; "now" (as adv. of date, a transition or emphasis); also as noun or adj. present or immediate:--henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this (time). See also G-3569, G-3570.

.... G-3569. tanun,   tan-oon';

          or  ta nun,   tah noon;

          from neut. plur. of G-3588 and G-3568; the things now, i.e. (adv.) at present:--(but) now.

.... G-3570. nuni,   noo-nee';

          a prol. form of G-3568 for emphasis; just now:--now.

.... G-3588. ho,   ho;

          includ. the fem., he,   hay;

          and the neut., to,   to,

          in all their inflections; the def. article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.

.... G-3739. hos,   hos;

          includ. fem.,  he,   hay;

          and neut.,  ho,   ho;

          prob. a prim. word (or perh. a form of the art. G-3588); the rel. (sometimes demonstrative) pron., who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who (-m, -se), etc. See also G-3757.

.... G-3756. ou,   oo;

          also (before a vowel)  ouk,   ook;

          and (before an aspirate)  ouch,   ookh;

          a prim. word; the absol. neg. [comp. G-3361] adv.; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, [can-] not, + nothing, + special, un ([-worthy]), when, + without, + yet but. See also G-3364, G-3372.

.... G-3757. hou,   hoo;

          gen. of G-3739 as adv.; at which place, i.e. where:--where (-in), whither ([-soever]).

.... G-3767. oun,   oon;

          appar. a prim. word; (adv.) certainly, or (conj.) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.

.... G-3817. paio,   pah'-yo;

          a prim. verb; to hit (as if by a single blow and less violently than G-5180); spec. to sting (as a scorpion):--smite, strike.

.... G-3960. patasso,   pat-as'-so;

          prob. prol. from G-3817; to knock (gently or with a weapon or fatally):--smite, strike. Comp. G-5180.

.... G-3961. pateo,   pat-eh'-o;

          from a der. prob. of G-3817 (mean. a "path"); to trample (lit. or fig.):--tread (down, under foot).

.... G-4007. per,   per;

          from the base of G-4008; an enclitic particle significant of abundance (thoroughness), i.e. emphasis; much, very or ever:--[whom-] soever.

.... G-4008. peran,   per'-an;

          appar. acc. of an obsol. der. of  peiro (to "pierce"); through (as adv. or prep.), i.e. across:--beyond, farther (other) side, over.

.... G-4072. petomai,   pet'-om-ahee;

          or prol.  petaomai,   pet-ah'-om-ahee;

          or contr.  ptaomai,   ptah'-om-ahee;

.... G-4098. pipto,   pip'-to;

          a redupl. and contr. form of  peto,   pet'-o,

          (which occurs only as an alt. in cert. tenses); prob. akin to G-4072 through the idea of alighting; to fall (lit. or fig.):--fail, fall (down), light on.

          mid. of a prim. verb; to fly:--fly (-ing).

.... G-4111. plasso,   plas'-so;

          a prim. verb; to mould, i.e. shape or fabricate:--form.

.... G-4141. plesso,   place'-so;

          appar. another form of G-4111 (through the idea of flattening out); to pound, i.e. (fig.) to inflict with (calamity):--smite. Comp. G-5180.

.... G-4154. pneo,   pneh'-o;

          a prim. word; to breathe hard, i.e. breeze:--blow. Comp. G-5594.

.... G-4214. posos,   pos'-os;

          from an obsol.  pos (who, what) and G-3739; interrog. pron. (of amount) how much (large, long or [plur.] many):--how great (long, many), what.

.... G-4225. pou,   poo;

          gen. of an indef. pron.  pos (some) otherwise obsol. (comp. G-4214); as adv. of place, somewhere, i.e. nearly:--about, a certain place.

.... G-4422. ptoeo,   pto-eh'-o;

          prob. akin to the alt. of G-4098 (through the idea of causing to fall) or to G-4072 (through that of causing to fly away); to scare:--frighten.

.... G-4426. pturo,   ptoo'-ro;

          from a presumed der. of G-4429 (and thus akin to G-4422); to frighten:--terrify.

.... G-4428. ptusso,   ptoos'-so;

          prob. akin to  petannumi (to spread; and thus appar. allied to G-4072 through the idea of expansion, and to G-4429 through that of flattening; comp. G-3961); to fold, i.e. furl a scroll:--close.

.... G-4429. ptuo,   ptoo'-o;

          a prim. verb (comp. G-4428); to spit:--spit.

.... G-4458. pos,   poce;

          adv. from the base of G-4225; an enclitic particle of indefiniteness of manner; somehow or anyhow; used only in comp.:--haply, by any (some) means, perhaps. See G-1513, G-3381. Comp. G-4459.

.... G-4459. pos,   poce;

          adv. from the base of G-4426; an interrog. particle of manner; in what way? (sometimes the question is indirect, how?); also as exclamation, how much!:--how, after (by) what manner (means), that. [Occasionally unexpressed in English.]

.... G-4474. rhapizo,   hrap-id'-zo;

          from a der. of a prim.  rhepo (to let fall, "rap"); to slap:--smite (with the palm of the hand). Comp. G-5180.

.... G-5088. tikto,   tik'-to;

          a strengthened form of a prim.  teko,   tek'-o

          (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to produce (from seed, as a mother, a plant, the earth, etc.), lit. or fig.:--bear, be born, bring forth, be delivered, be in travail.

.... G-5100. tis,   tis;

          an enclit. indef. pron.; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, -thing, -what), (+ that no-) thing, what (-soever), X wherewith, whom [-soever], whose ([-soever]).

.... G-5104. toi,   toy;

          prob. for the dat. of G-3588; an enclit. particle of asseveration by way of contrast; in sooth:--[used only with other particles in comp., as G-2544, G-3305, G-5105, G-5106, etc.]

.... G-5105. toigaroun,   toy-gar-oon';

          from G-5104 and G-1063 and G-3767; truly for then, i.e. consequently:--there- (where-) fore.

.... G-5106. toinun,   toy'-noon;

          from G-5104 and G-3568; truly now, i.e. accordingly:--then, therefore.

.... G-5177. tugchano,   toong-khan'-o;

          prob. for an obsol.  tucho (for which the mid. of another alt.  teucho (to make ready or bring to pass] is used in cert. tenses; akin to the base of G-5088 through the idea of effecting; probably to affect; or (spec.) to hit or light upon (as a mark to be reached), i.e.(trans.) to attain or secure an object or end, or (intrans.) to happen (as if meeting with); but in the latter application only impers. (with G-1487), i.e. perchance; or (pres. part.) as adj. usual (as if commonly met with, with G-3756, extraordinary), neut. (as adv.) perhaps; or (with another verb) as adv. by accident (as it were):--be, chance, enjoy, little, obtain, X refresh . . . self, + special. Comp. G-5180.

.... G-5180. tupto,   toop'-to;

          a prim. verb (in a strength. form); to "thump", i.e. cudgel or pummel (probably with a stick or bastinado), but in any case by repeated blows; thus differing from G-3817 and G-3960, which denote a [usually single] blow with the hand or any instrument, or G-4141 with the fist [or a hammer], or G-4474 with the palm; as well as from G-5177, an accidental collision); by impl. to punish; fig. to offend (the conscience):--beat, smite, strike, wound.

.... G-5594. psucho,   psoo'-kho;

          a prim. verb; to breathe (voluntarily but gently; thus differing on the one hand from G-4154, which denotes probably a forcible respiration; and on the other from the base of G-109, which refers probably to an inanimate breeze), i.e. (by impl. of reduction of temperature by evaporation) to chill (fig.):--wax cold.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3814. paidiske,   pahee-dis'-kay;

          fem. dimin. of G-3816; a girl, i.e. (spec.) a female slave or servant:--bondmaid (-woman), damsel, maid (-en).

 

.... G-3816. pais,   paheece;

          perh. from G-3817; a boy (as often beaten with impunity), or (by anal.) a girl, and (gen.) a child; spec. a slave or servant (espec. a minister to a king; and by eminence to God):--child, maid (-en), (man) servant, son, young man.

.... G-109. aer,   ah-ayr';

          from  aemi (to breathe unconsciously, i.e. respire; by anal. to blow ); "air" (as naturally circumambient): --air. Comp. G-5594.

.... G-302. an,   an;

          a prim. particle, denoting a supposition, wish, possibility or uncertainty:--[what-, where-, whither-, who-]soever. Usually unexpressed except by the subjunctive or potential mood. Also contr. for G-1437.

.... G-846. autos,   ow-tos';

          from the particle  au [perh. akin to the base of G-109 through the idea of a baffling wind] (backward); the reflex. pron. self, used (alone or in the comp. G-1438) of the third pers., and (with the probably pers. pron.) of the other persons:--her, it (-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, ([self-], the) same, ([him-, my-, thy-]) self, [your-] selves, she, that, their (-s), them ([-selves]), there [-at, -by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with], they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Comp. G-848.

.... G-848. hautou,   how-too';

          contr. for G-1438; self (in some oblique case or reflex. relation):--her (own), (of) him (-self), his (own), of it, thee, their (own), them (-selves), they.

.... G-1063. gar,   gar;

          a prim. particle; probably assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.

.... G-1065. ge,   gheh;

          a prim. particle of emphasis or qualification (often used with other particles prefixed):--and besides, doubtless, at least, yet.

.... G-1161. de,   deh;

          a prim. particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now [often unexpressed in English].

.... G-1211. de,   day;

          prob. akin to G-1161; a particle of emphasis or explicitness; now, then, etc.:--also, and, doubtless, now, therefore.

.... G-1437. ean,   eh-an';

          from G-1487 and G-302; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-) soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, [who-] so (-ever). See G-3361.

.... G-1438. heautou,   heh-ow-too',

          (incl. all the other cases); from a reflex. pron. otherwise obsol. and the gen. (dat. or acc.) of G-846; him- (her-, it-, them-, also [in conjunction with the pers. pron. of the other persons] my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own (-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them (-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).

.... G-1487. ei,   i;

          a prim. particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, ([al-]) though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, espec. as in G-1489, G-1490, G-1499, G-1508, G-1509, G-1512, G-1513, G-1536, G-1537. See also G-1437.

.... G-1489. eige,   i'-gheh;

          from G-1487 and G-1065; if indeed, seeing that, unless, (with neg.) otherwise:--if (so be that, yet).

.... G-1490. ei de me,   i deh may' ;

          or  ei de me ge,   i deh may' gheh;

          from G-1487, G-1161 and G-3361 (sometimes with G-1065 added); but if not:--(or) else, if (not, otherwise), otherwise.

.... G-1499. ei kai,   i kahee;

          from G-1487 and G-2532; if also (or even):--if (that), though.

.... G-1508. ei me,   i may;

          from G-1487 and G-3361; if not:--but, except (that), if not, more than, save (only) that, saving, till.

.... G-1509. ei me ti,   i may tee;

          from G-1508 and the neut. of G-5100; if not somewhat:--except.

.... G-1512. ei per,   i per;

          from G-1487 and G-4007; if perhaps:--if so be (that), seeing, though.

.... G-1513. ei pos,   i poce;

          from G-1487 and G-4458; if somehow:--if by any means.

.... G-1536. ei tis,   i tis;

          from G-1487 and G-5100; if any:--he that, if a (-ny) man ('s thing, from any, ought), whether any, whosoever.

.... G-1537. ek,   ek;

          or ex,   ex;

          a prim. prep. denoting origin (the point whence motion or action proceeds), from, out (of place, time or cause; lit. or fig.; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at betwixt (-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for (-th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, . . . ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with (-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.

.... G-2228. e,   ay;

          a prim. particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-) either, except it be, (n-) or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Comp. especially G-2235, G-2260, G-2273.

.... G-2229. e,   ay;

          an adv. of confirmation; perh. intens. of G-2228; used only (in the N.T.) before G-3303; assuredly:--surely.

.... G-2235. ede,   ay'-day;

          appar. from G-2228 (or possibly G-2229) and G-1211; even now:--already, (even) now (already), by this time.

.... G-2260. eper,   ay'-per;

          from G-2228 and G-4007; than at all (or than perhaps, than indeed):--than.

.... G-2273. etoi,   ay'-toy;

          from G-2228 and G-5104; either indeed:--whether.

.... G-2443. hina,   hin'-ah;

          prob. from the same as the former part of G-1438 (through the demonstrative idea; comp. G-3588); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Comp. G-3363.

.... G-2532. kai,   kahee;

          appar. a prim. particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so, then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, indeed, likewise, moreover, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yea, yet.

.... G-2543. kaitoi,   kah'-ee-toy;

          from G-2532 and G-5104; and yet, i.e. nevertheless:--although.

.... G-2544. kaitoige,   kah'ee-foyg-eh;

          from G-2543 and G-1065; and yet indeed, i.e. although really:--nevertheless, though.

.... G-3173. megas,   meg'-as

          [includ. the prol. forms, fem.  megale, plur.  megaloi, etc.; comp. also G-3176, G-3187]; big (lit. or fig., in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great (-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.

.... G-3176. megistos,   meg'-is-tos;

          superl. of G-3173; greatest or very great:--exceeding great.

.... G-3187. meizon,   mide'-zone;

          irreg. compar. of G-3173; larger (lit. or fig., spec. in age):--elder, greater (-est), more.

.... G-3303. men,   men;

          a prim. particle; probably indic. of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with G-1161 (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.

.... G-3305. mentoi,   men'-toy;

          from G-3303 and G-5104; indeed though, i.e. however:--also, but, howbeit, nevertheless, yet.

.... G-3361. me,   may;

          a prim. particle of qualified negation (whereas G-3756 expresses an absolute denial); (adv.) not, (conj.) lest; also (as interrog. implying a neg. answer [whereas G-3756 expects an affirm. one]) whether:--any, but, (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, [can-] not, nothing, that not, un [-taken], without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also G-3362, G-3363, G-3364, G-3372, G-3373, G-3375, G-3378.

.... G-3362. ean me,   eh-an' may;

          i.e. G-1437 and G-3361; if not, i.e. unless:--X before, but, except, if no, (if, + whosoever) not.

.... G-3363. hina me,   hin'-ah may;

          i.e. G-2443 and G-3361; in order (or so) that not:--albeit not, lest, that no (-t, [-thing]).

.... G-3364. ou me,   oo may;

          i.e. G-3756 and G-3361; a double neg. strengthening the denial; not at all:--any more, at all, by any (no) means, neither, never, no (at all), in no case (wise), nor ever, not (at all, in any wise). Comp. G-3378.

.... G-3372. mekos,   may'-kos;

          prob. akin to G-3173; length (lit. or fig.):--length.

.... G-3373. mekuno,   may-koo'-no;

          from G-3372; to lengthen, i.e. (mid.) to enlarge:--grow up.

.... G-3375. men,   mane;

          a stronger form of G-3303; a particle of affirmation (only with G-2229); assuredly:--+ surely.

.... G-3378. me ouk,   may ook;

          i.e. G-3361 and G-3756; as interrog. and neg. is it not that?:--neither (followed by no), + never, not. Comp. G-3364.

.... G-3381. mepos,   may'-poce;

          or  me pos,   may poce;

          from G-3361 and G-4458; lest somehow:--lest (by any means, by some means, haply, perhaps).

.... G-3568. nun,   noon;

          a prim. particle of present time; "now" (as adv. of date, a transition or emphasis); also as noun or adj. present or immediate:--henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this (time). See also G-3569, G-3570.

.... G-3569. tanun,   tan-oon';

          or  ta nun,   tah noon;

          from neut. plur. of G-3588 and G-3568; the things now, i.e. (adv.) at present:--(but) now.

.... G-3570. nuni,   noo-nee';

          a prol. form of G-3568 for emphasis; just now:--now.

.... G-3588. ho,   ho;

          includ. the fem., he,   hay;

          and the neut., to,   to,

          in all their inflections; the def. article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.

.... G-3739. hos,   hos;

          includ. fem.,  he,   hay;

          and neut.,  ho,   ho;

          prob. a prim. word (or perh. a form of the art. G-3588); the rel. (sometimes demonstrative) pron., who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who (-m, -se), etc. See also G-3757.

.... G-3756. ou,   oo;

          also (before a vowel)  ouk,   ook;

          and (before an aspirate)  ouch,   ookh;

          a prim. word; the absol. neg. [comp. G-3361] adv.; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, [can-] not, + nothing, + special, un ([-worthy]), when, + without, + yet but. See also G-3364, G-3372.

.... G-3757. hou,   hoo;

          gen. of G-3739 as adv.; at which place, i.e. where:--where (-in), whither ([-soever]).

.... G-3767. oun,   oon;

          appar. a prim. word; (adv.) certainly, or (conj.) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.

.... G-3817. paio,   pah'-yo;

          a prim. verb; to hit (as if by a single blow and less violently than G-5180); spec. to sting (as a scorpion):--smite, strike.

.... G-3960. patasso,   pat-as'-so;

          prob. prol. from G-3817; to knock (gently or with a weapon or fatally):--smite, strike. Comp. G-5180.

.... G-3961. pateo,   pat-eh'-o;

          from a der. prob. of G-3817 (mean. a "path"); to trample (lit. or fig.):--tread (down, under foot).

.... G-4007. per,   per;

          from the base of G-4008; an enclitic particle significant of abundance (thoroughness), i.e. emphasis; much, very or ever:--[whom-] soever.

.... G-4008. peran,   per'-an;

          appar. acc. of an obsol. der. of  peiro (to "pierce"); through (as adv. or prep.), i.e. across:--beyond, farther (other) side, over.

.... G-4072. petomai,   pet'-om-ahee;

          or prol.  petaomai,   pet-ah'-om-ahee;

          or contr.  ptaomai,   ptah'-om-ahee;

.... G-4098. pipto,   pip'-to;

          a redupl. and contr. form of  peto,   pet'-o,

          (which occurs only as an alt. in cert. tenses); prob. akin to G-4072 through the idea of alighting; to fall (lit. or fig.):--fail, fall (down), light on.

          mid. of a prim. verb; to fly:--fly (-ing).

.... G-4111. plasso,   plas'-so;

          a prim. verb; to mould, i.e. shape or fabricate:--form.

.... G-4141. plesso,   place'-so;

          appar. another form of G-4111 (through the idea of flattening out); to pound, i.e. (fig.) to inflict with (calamity):--smite. Comp. G-5180.

.... G-4154. pneo,   pneh'-o;

          a prim. word; to breathe hard, i.e. breeze:--blow. Comp. G-5594.

.... G-4214. posos,   pos'-os;

          from an obsol.  pos (who, what) and G-3739; interrog. pron. (of amount) how much (large, long or [plur.] many):--how great (long, many), what.

.... G-4225. pou,   poo;

          gen. of an indef. pron.  pos (some) otherwise obsol. (comp. G-4214); as adv. of place, somewhere, i.e. nearly:--about, a certain place.

.... G-4422. ptoeo,   pto-eh'-o;

          prob. akin to the alt. of G-4098 (through the idea of causing to fall) or to G-4072 (through that of causing to fly away); to scare:--frighten.

.... G-4426. pturo,   ptoo'-ro;

          from a presumed der. of G-4429 (and thus akin to G-4422); to frighten:--terrify.

.... G-4428. ptusso,   ptoos'-so;

          prob. akin to  petannumi (to spread; and thus appar. allied to G-4072 through the idea of expansion, and to G-4429 through that of flattening; comp. G-3961); to fold, i.e. furl a scroll:--close.

.... G-4429. ptuo,   ptoo'-o;

          a prim. verb (comp. G-4428); to spit:--spit.

.... G-4458. pos,   poce;

          adv. from the base of G-4225; an enclitic particle of indefiniteness of manner; somehow or anyhow; used only in comp.:--haply, by any (some) means, perhaps. See G-1513, G-3381. Comp. G-4459.

.... G-4459. pos,   poce;

          adv. from the base of G-4426; an interrog. particle of manner; in what way? (sometimes the question is indirect, how?); also as exclamation, how much!:--how, after (by) what manner (means), that. [Occasionally unexpressed in English.]

.... G-4474. rhapizo,   hrap-id'-zo;

          from a der. of a prim.  rhepo (to let fall, "rap"); to slap:--smite (with the palm of the hand). Comp. G-5180.

.... G-5088. tikto,   tik'-to;

          a strengthened form of a prim.  teko,   tek'-o

          (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to produce (from seed, as a mother, a plant, the earth, etc.), lit. or fig.:--bear, be born, bring forth, be delivered, be in travail.

.... G-5100. tis,   tis;

          an enclit. indef. pron.; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, -thing, -what), (+ that no-) thing, what (-soever), X wherewith, whom [-soever], whose ([-soever]).

.... G-5104. toi,   toy;

          prob. for the dat. of G-3588; an enclit. particle of asseveration by way of contrast; in sooth:--[used only with other particles in comp., as G-2544, G-3305, G-5105, G-5106, etc.]

.... G-5105. toigaroun,   toy-gar-oon';

          from G-5104 and G-1063 and G-3767; truly for then, i.e. consequently:--there- (where-) fore.

.... G-5106. toinun,   toy'-noon;

          from G-5104 and G-3568; truly now, i.e. accordingly:--then, therefore.

.... G-5177. tugchano,   toong-khan'-o;

          prob. for an obsol.  tucho (for which the mid. of another alt.  teucho (to make ready or bring to pass] is used in cert. tenses; akin to the base of G-5088 through the idea of effecting; probably to affect; or (spec.) to hit or light upon (as a mark to be reached), i.e.(trans.) to attain or secure an object or end, or (intrans.) to happen (as if meeting with); but in the latter application only impers. (with G-1487), i.e. perchance; or (pres. part.) as adj. usual (as if commonly met with, with G-3756, extraordinary), neut. (as adv.) perhaps; or (with another verb) as adv. by accident (as it were):--be, chance, enjoy, little, obtain, X refresh . . . self, + special. Comp. G-5180.

.... G-5180. tupto,   toop'-to;

          a prim. verb (in a strength. form); to "thump", i.e. cudgel or pummel (probably with a stick or bastinado), but in any case by repeated blows; thus differing from G-3817 and G-3960, which denote a [usually single] blow with the hand or any instrument, or G-4141 with the fist [or a hammer], or G-4474 with the palm; as well as from G-5177, an accidental collision); by impl. to punish; fig. to offend (the conscience):--beat, smite, strike, wound.

.... G-5594. psucho,   psoo'-kho;

          a prim. verb; to breathe (voluntarily but gently; thus differing on the one hand from G-4154, which denotes probably a forcible respiration; and on the other from the base of G-109, which refers probably to an inanimate breeze), i.e. (by impl. of reduction of temperature by evaporation) to chill (fig.):--wax cold.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3815. paizo,   paheed'-zo;

          from G-3816; to sport (as a boy):--play.

 

.... G-3816. pais,   paheece;

          perh. from G-3817; a boy (as often beaten with impunity), or (by anal.) a girl, and (gen.) a child; spec. a slave or servant (espec. a minister to a king; and by eminence to God):--child, maid (-en), (man) servant, son, young man.

.... G-109. aer,   ah-ayr';

          from  aemi (to breathe unconsciously, i.e. respire; by anal. to blow ); "air" (as naturally circumambient): --air. Comp. G-5594.

.... G-302. an,   an;

          a prim. particle, denoting a supposition, wish, possibility or uncertainty:--[what-, where-, whither-, who-]soever. Usually unexpressed except by the subjunctive or potential mood. Also contr. for G-1437.

.... G-846. autos,   ow-tos';

          from the particle  au [perh. akin to the base of G-109 through the idea of a baffling wind] (backward); the reflex. pron. self, used (alone or in the comp. G-1438) of the third pers., and (with the probably pers. pron.) of the other persons:--her, it (-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, ([self-], the) same, ([him-, my-, thy-]) self, [your-] selves, she, that, their (-s), them ([-selves]), there [-at, -by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with], they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Comp. G-848.

.... G-848. hautou,   how-too';

          contr. for G-1438; self (in some oblique case or reflex. relation):--her (own), (of) him (-self), his (own), of it, thee, their (own), them (-selves), they.

.... G-1063. gar,   gar;

          a prim. particle; probably assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.

.... G-1065. ge,   gheh;

          a prim. particle of emphasis or qualification (often used with other particles prefixed):--and besides, doubtless, at least, yet.

.... G-1161. de,   deh;

          a prim. particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now [often unexpressed in English].

.... G-1211. de,   day;

          prob. akin to G-1161; a particle of emphasis or explicitness; now, then, etc.:--also, and, doubtless, now, therefore.

.... G-1437. ean,   eh-an';

          from G-1487 and G-302; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-) soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, [who-] so (-ever). See G-3361.

.... G-1438. heautou,   heh-ow-too',

          (incl. all the other cases); from a reflex. pron. otherwise obsol. and the gen. (dat. or acc.) of G-846; him- (her-, it-, them-, also [in conjunction with the pers. pron. of the other persons] my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own (-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them (-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).

.... G-1487. ei,   i;

          a prim. particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, ([al-]) though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, espec. as in G-1489, G-1490, G-1499, G-1508, G-1509, G-1512, G-1513, G-1536, G-1537. See also G-1437.

.... G-1489. eige,   i'-gheh;

          from G-1487 and G-1065; if indeed, seeing that, unless, (with neg.) otherwise:--if (so be that, yet).

.... G-1490. ei de me,   i deh may' ;

          or  ei de me ge,   i deh may' gheh;

          from G-1487, G-1161 and G-3361 (sometimes with G-1065 added); but if not:--(or) else, if (not, otherwise), otherwise.

.... G-1499. ei kai,   i kahee;

          from G-1487 and G-2532; if also (or even):--if (that), though.

.... G-1508. ei me,   i may;

          from G-1487 and G-3361; if not:--but, except (that), if not, more than, save (only) that, saving, till.

.... G-1509. ei me ti,   i may tee;

          from G-1508 and the neut. of G-5100; if not somewhat:--except.

.... G-1512. ei per,   i per;

          from G-1487 and G-4007; if perhaps:--if so be (that), seeing, though.

.... G-1513. ei pos,   i poce;

          from G-1487 and G-4458; if somehow:--if by any means.

.... G-1536. ei tis,   i tis;

          from G-1487 and G-5100; if any:--he that, if a (-ny) man ('s thing, from any, ought), whether any, whosoever.

.... G-1537. ek,   ek;

          or ex,   ex;

          a prim. prep. denoting origin (the point whence motion or action proceeds), from, out (of place, time or cause; lit. or fig.; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at betwixt (-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for (-th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, . . . ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with (-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.

.... G-2228. e,   ay;

          a prim. particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-) either, except it be, (n-) or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Comp. especially G-2235, G-2260, G-2273.

.... G-2229. e,   ay;

          an adv. of confirmation; perh. intens. of G-2228; used only (in the N.T.) before G-3303; assuredly:--surely.

.... G-2235. ede,   ay'-day;

          appar. from G-2228 (or possibly G-2229) and G-1211; even now:--already, (even) now (already), by this time.

.... G-2260. eper,   ay'-per;

          from G-2228 and G-4007; than at all (or than perhaps, than indeed):--than.

.... G-2273. etoi,   ay'-toy;

          from G-2228 and G-5104; either indeed:--whether.

.... G-2443. hina,   hin'-ah;

          prob. from the same as the former part of G-1438 (through the demonstrative idea; comp. G-3588); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Comp. G-3363.

.... G-2532. kai,   kahee;

          appar. a prim. particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so, then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, indeed, likewise, moreover, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yea, yet.

.... G-2543. kaitoi,   kah'-ee-toy;

          from G-2532 and G-5104; and yet, i.e. nevertheless:--although.

.... G-2544. kaitoige,   kah'ee-foyg-eh;

          from G-2543 and G-1065; and yet indeed, i.e. although really:--nevertheless, though.

.... G-3173. megas,   meg'-as

          [includ. the prol. forms, fem.  megale, plur.  megaloi, etc.; comp. also G-3176, G-3187]; big (lit. or fig., in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great (-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.

.... G-3176. megistos,   meg'-is-tos;

          superl. of G-3173; greatest or very great:--exceeding great.

.... G-3187. meizon,   mide'-zone;

          irreg. compar. of G-3173; larger (lit. or fig., spec. in age):--elder, greater (-est), more.

.... G-3303. men,   men;

          a prim. particle; probably indic. of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with G-1161 (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.

.... G-3305. mentoi,   men'-toy;

          from G-3303 and G-5104; indeed though, i.e. however:--also, but, howbeit, nevertheless, yet.

.... G-3361. me,   may;

          a prim. particle of qualified negation (whereas G-3756 expresses an absolute denial); (adv.) not, (conj.) lest; also (as interrog. implying a neg. answer [whereas G-3756 expects an affirm. one]) whether:--any, but, (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, [can-] not, nothing, that not, un [-taken], without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also G-3362, G-3363, G-3364, G-3372, G-3373, G-3375, G-3378.

.... G-3362. ean me,   eh-an' may;

          i.e. G-1437 and G-3361; if not, i.e. unless:--X before, but, except, if no, (if, + whosoever) not.

.... G-3363. hina me,   hin'-ah may;

          i.e. G-2443 and G-3361; in order (or so) that not:--albeit not, lest, that no (-t, [-thing]).

.... G-3364. ou me,   oo may;

          i.e. G-3756 and G-3361; a double neg. strengthening the denial; not at all:--any more, at all, by any (no) means, neither, never, no (at all), in no case (wise), nor ever, not (at all, in any wise). Comp. G-3378.

.... G-3372. mekos,   may'-kos;

          prob. akin to G-3173; length (lit. or fig.):--length.

.... G-3373. mekuno,   may-koo'-no;

          from G-3372; to lengthen, i.e. (mid.) to enlarge:--grow up.

.... G-3375. men,   mane;

          a stronger form of G-3303; a particle of affirmation (only with G-2229); assuredly:--+ surely.

.... G-3378. me ouk,   may ook;

          i.e. G-3361 and G-3756; as interrog. and neg. is it not that?:--neither (followed by no), + never, not. Comp. G-3364.

.... G-3381. mepos,   may'-poce;

          or  me pos,   may poce;

          from G-3361 and G-4458; lest somehow:--lest (by any means, by some means, haply, perhaps).

.... G-3568. nun,   noon;

          a prim. particle of present time; "now" (as adv. of date, a transition or emphasis); also as noun or adj. present or immediate:--henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this (time). See also G-3569, G-3570.

.... G-3569. tanun,   tan-oon';

          or  ta nun,   tah noon;

          from neut. plur. of G-3588 and G-3568; the things now, i.e. (adv.) at present:--(but) now.

.... G-3570. nuni,   noo-nee';

          a prol. form of G-3568 for emphasis; just now:--now.

.... G-3588. ho,   ho;

          includ. the fem., he,   hay;

          and the neut., to,   to,

          in all their inflections; the def. article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.

.... G-3739. hos,   hos;

          includ. fem.,  he,   hay;

          and neut.,  ho,   ho;

          prob. a prim. word (or perh. a form of the art. G-3588); the rel. (sometimes demonstrative) pron., who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who (-m, -se), etc. See also G-3757.

.... G-3756. ou,   oo;

          also (before a vowel)  ouk,   ook;

          and (before an aspirate)  ouch,   ookh;

          a prim. word; the absol. neg. [comp. G-3361] adv.; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, [can-] not, + nothing, + special, un ([-worthy]), when, + without, + yet but. See also G-3364, G-3372.

.... G-3757. hou,   hoo;

          gen. of G-3739 as adv.; at which place, i.e. where:--where (-in), whither ([-soever]).

.... G-3767. oun,   oon;

          appar. a prim. word; (adv.) certainly, or (conj.) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.

.... G-3817. paio,   pah'-yo;

          a prim. verb; to hit (as if by a single blow and less violently than G-5180); spec. to sting (as a scorpion):--smite, strike.

.... G-3960. patasso,   pat-as'-so;

          prob. prol. from G-3817; to knock (gently or with a weapon or fatally):--smite, strike. Comp. G-5180.

.... G-3961. pateo,   pat-eh'-o;

          from a der. prob. of G-3817 (mean. a "path"); to trample (lit. or fig.):--tread (down, under foot).

.... G-4007. per,   per;

          from the base of G-4008; an enclitic particle significant of abundance (thoroughness), i.e. emphasis; much, very or ever:--[whom-] soever.

.... G-4008. peran,   per'-an;

          appar. acc. of an obsol. der. of  peiro (to "pierce"); through (as adv. or prep.), i.e. across:--beyond, farther (other) side, over.

.... G-4072. petomai,   pet'-om-ahee;

          or prol.  petaomai,   pet-ah'-om-ahee;

          or contr.  ptaomai,   ptah'-om-ahee;

.... G-4098. pipto,   pip'-to;

          a redupl. and contr. form of  peto,   pet'-o,

          (which occurs only as an alt. in cert. tenses); prob. akin to G-4072 through the idea of alighting; to fall (lit. or fig.):--fail, fall (down), light on.

          mid. of a prim. verb; to fly:--fly (-ing).

.... G-4111. plasso,   plas'-so;

          a prim. verb; to mould, i.e. shape or fabricate:--form.

.... G-4141. plesso,   place'-so;

          appar. another form of G-4111 (through the idea of flattening out); to pound, i.e. (fig.) to inflict with (calamity):--smite. Comp. G-5180.

.... G-4154. pneo,   pneh'-o;

          a prim. word; to breathe hard, i.e. breeze:--blow. Comp. G-5594.

.... G-4214. posos,   pos'-os;

          from an obsol.  pos (who, what) and G-3739; interrog. pron. (of amount) how much (large, long or [plur.] many):--how great (long, many), what.

.... G-4225. pou,   poo;

          gen. of an indef. pron.  pos (some) otherwise obsol. (comp. G-4214); as adv. of place, somewhere, i.e. nearly:--about, a certain place.

.... G-4422. ptoeo,   pto-eh'-o;

          prob. akin to the alt. of G-4098 (through the idea of causing to fall) or to G-4072 (through that of causing to fly away); to scare:--frighten.

.... G-4426. pturo,   ptoo'-ro;

          from a presumed der. of G-4429 (and thus akin to G-4422); to frighten:--terrify.

.... G-4428. ptusso,   ptoos'-so;

          prob. akin to  petannumi (to spread; and thus appar. allied to G-4072 through the idea of expansion, and to G-4429 through that of flattening; comp. G-3961); to fold, i.e. furl a scroll:--close.

.... G-4429. ptuo,   ptoo'-o;

          a prim. verb (comp. G-4428); to spit:--spit.

.... G-4458. pos,   poce;

          adv. from the base of G-4225; an enclitic particle of indefiniteness of manner; somehow or anyhow; used only in comp.:--haply, by any (some) means, perhaps. See G-1513, G-3381. Comp. G-4459.

.... G-4459. pos,   poce;

          adv. from the base of G-4426; an interrog. particle of manner; in what way? (sometimes the question is indirect, how?); also as exclamation, how much!:--how, after (by) what manner (means), that. [Occasionally unexpressed in English.]

.... G-4474. rhapizo,   hrap-id'-zo;

          from a der. of a prim.  rhepo (to let fall, "rap"); to slap:--smite (with the palm of the hand). Comp. G-5180.

.... G-5088. tikto,   tik'-to;

          a strengthened form of a prim.  teko,   tek'-o

          (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to produce (from seed, as a mother, a plant, the earth, etc.), lit. or fig.:--bear, be born, bring forth, be delivered, be in travail.

.... G-5100. tis,   tis;

          an enclit. indef. pron.; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, -thing, -what), (+ that no-) thing, what (-soever), X wherewith, whom [-soever], whose ([-soever]).

.... G-5104. toi,   toy;

          prob. for the dat. of G-3588; an enclit. particle of asseveration by way of contrast; in sooth:--[used only with other particles in comp., as G-2544, G-3305, G-5105, G-5106, etc.]

.... G-5105. toigaroun,   toy-gar-oon';

          from G-5104 and G-1063 and G-3767; truly for then, i.e. consequently:--there- (where-) fore.

.... G-5106. toinun,   toy'-noon;

          from G-5104 and G-3568; truly now, i.e. accordingly:--then, therefore.

.... G-5177. tugchano,   toong-khan'-o;

          prob. for an obsol.  tucho (for which the mid. of another alt.  teucho (to make ready or bring to pass] is used in cert. tenses; akin to the base of G-5088 through the idea of effecting; probably to affect; or (spec.) to hit or light upon (as a mark to be reached), i.e.(trans.) to attain or secure an object or end, or (intrans.) to happen (as if meeting with); but in the latter application only impers. (with G-1487), i.e. perchance; or (pres. part.) as adj. usual (as if commonly met with, with G-3756, extraordinary), neut. (as adv.) perhaps; or (with another verb) as adv. by accident (as it were):--be, chance, enjoy, little, obtain, X refresh . . . self, + special. Comp. G-5180.

.... G-5180. tupto,   toop'-to;

          a prim. verb (in a strength. form); to "thump", i.e. cudgel or pummel (probably with a stick or bastinado), but in any case by repeated blows; thus differing from G-3817 and G-3960, which denote a [usually single] blow with the hand or any instrument, or G-4141 with the fist [or a hammer], or G-4474 with the palm; as well as from G-5177, an accidental collision); by impl. to punish; fig. to offend (the conscience):--beat, smite, strike, wound.

.... G-5594. psucho,   psoo'-kho;

          a prim. verb; to breathe (voluntarily but gently; thus differing on the one hand from G-4154, which denotes probably a forcible respiration; and on the other from the base of G-109, which refers probably to an inanimate breeze), i.e. (by impl. of reduction of temperature by evaporation) to chill (fig.):--wax cold.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3816. pais,   paheece;

          perh. from G-3817; a boy (as often beaten with impunity), or (by anal.) a girl, and (gen.) a child; spec. a slave or servant (espec. a minister to a king; and by eminence to God):--child, maid (-en), (man) servant, son, young man.

 

.... G-3817. paio,   pah'-yo;

          a prim. verb; to hit (as if by a single blow and less violently than G-5180); spec. to sting (as a scorpion):--smite, strike.

.... G-109. aer,   ah-ayr';

          from  aemi (to breathe unconsciously, i.e. respire; by anal. to blow ); "air" (as naturally circumambient): --air. Comp. G-5594.

.... G-302. an,   an;

          a prim. particle, denoting a supposition, wish, possibility or uncertainty:--[what-, where-, whither-, who-]soever. Usually unexpressed except by the subjunctive or potential mood. Also contr. for G-1437.

.... G-846. autos,   ow-tos';

          from the particle  au [perh. akin to the base of G-109 through the idea of a baffling wind] (backward); the reflex. pron. self, used (alone or in the comp. G-1438) of the third pers., and (with the probably pers. pron.) of the other persons:--her, it (-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, ([self-], the) same, ([him-, my-, thy-]) self, [your-] selves, she, that, their (-s), them ([-selves]), there [-at, -by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with], they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Comp. G-848.

.... G-848. hautou,   how-too';

          contr. for G-1438; self (in some oblique case or reflex. relation):--her (own), (of) him (-self), his (own), of it, thee, their (own), them (-selves), they.

.... G-1063. gar,   gar;

          a prim. particle; probably assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.

.... G-1065. ge,   gheh;

          a prim. particle of emphasis or qualification (often used with other particles prefixed):--and besides, doubtless, at least, yet.

.... G-1161. de,   deh;

          a prim. particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now [often unexpressed in English].

.... G-1211. de,   day;

          prob. akin to G-1161; a particle of emphasis or explicitness; now, then, etc.:--also, and, doubtless, now, therefore.

.... G-1437. ean,   eh-an';

          from G-1487 and G-302; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-) soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, [who-] so (-ever). See G-3361.

.... G-1438. heautou,   heh-ow-too',

          (incl. all the other cases); from a reflex. pron. otherwise obsol. and the gen. (dat. or acc.) of G-846; him- (her-, it-, them-, also [in conjunction with the pers. pron. of the other persons] my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own (-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them (-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).

.... G-1487. ei,   i;

          a prim. particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, ([al-]) though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, espec. as in G-1489, G-1490, G-1499, G-1508, G-1509, G-1512, G-1513, G-1536, G-1537. See also G-1437.

.... G-1489. eige,   i'-gheh;

          from G-1487 and G-1065; if indeed, seeing that, unless, (with neg.) otherwise:--if (so be that, yet).

.... G-1490. ei de me,   i deh may' ;

          or  ei de me ge,   i deh may' gheh;

          from G-1487, G-1161 and G-3361 (sometimes with G-1065 added); but if not:--(or) else, if (not, otherwise), otherwise.

.... G-1499. ei kai,   i kahee;

          from G-1487 and G-2532; if also (or even):--if (that), though.

.... G-1508. ei me,   i may;

          from G-1487 and G-3361; if not:--but, except (that), if not, more than, save (only) that, saving, till.

.... G-1509. ei me ti,   i may tee;

          from G-1508 and the neut. of G-5100; if not somewhat:--except.

.... G-1512. ei per,   i per;

          from G-1487 and G-4007; if perhaps:--if so be (that), seeing, though.

.... G-1513. ei pos,   i poce;

          from G-1487 and G-4458; if somehow:--if by any means.

.... G-1536. ei tis,   i tis;

          from G-1487 and G-5100; if any:--he that, if a (-ny) man ('s thing, from any, ought), whether any, whosoever.

.... G-1537. ek,   ek;

          or ex,   ex;

          a prim. prep. denoting origin (the point whence motion or action proceeds), from, out (of place, time or cause; lit. or fig.; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at betwixt (-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for (-th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, . . . ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with (-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.

.... G-2228. e,   ay;

          a prim. particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-) either, except it be, (n-) or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Comp. especially G-2235, G-2260, G-2273.

.... G-2229. e,   ay;

          an adv. of confirmation; perh. intens. of G-2228; used only (in the N.T.) before G-3303; assuredly:--surely.

.... G-2235. ede,   ay'-day;

          appar. from G-2228 (or possibly G-2229) and G-1211; even now:--already, (even) now (already), by this time.

.... G-2260. eper,   ay'-per;

          from G-2228 and G-4007; than at all (or than perhaps, than indeed):--than.

.... G-2273. etoi,   ay'-toy;

          from G-2228 and G-5104; either indeed:--whether.

.... G-2443. hina,   hin'-ah;

          prob. from the same as the former part of G-1438 (through the demonstrative idea; comp. G-3588); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Comp. G-3363.

.... G-2532. kai,   kahee;

          appar. a prim. particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so, then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, indeed, likewise, moreover, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yea, yet.

.... G-2543. kaitoi,   kah'-ee-toy;

          from G-2532 and G-5104; and yet, i.e. nevertheless:--although.

.... G-2544. kaitoige,   kah'ee-foyg-eh;

          from G-2543 and G-1065; and yet indeed, i.e. although really:--nevertheless, though.

.... G-3173. megas,   meg'-as

          [includ. the prol. forms, fem.  megale, plur.  megaloi, etc.; comp. also G-3176, G-3187]; big (lit. or fig., in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great (-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.

.... G-3176. megistos,   meg'-is-tos;

          superl. of G-3173; greatest or very great:--exceeding great.

.... G-3187. meizon,   mide'-zone;

          irreg. compar. of G-3173; larger (lit. or fig., spec. in age):--elder, greater (-est), more.

.... G-3303. men,   men;

          a prim. particle; probably indic. of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with G-1161 (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.

.... G-3305. mentoi,   men'-toy;

          from G-3303 and G-5104; indeed though, i.e. however:--also, but, howbeit, nevertheless, yet.

.... G-3361. me,   may;

          a prim. particle of qualified negation (whereas G-3756 expresses an absolute denial); (adv.) not, (conj.) lest; also (as interrog. implying a neg. answer [whereas G-3756 expects an affirm. one]) whether:--any, but, (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, [can-] not, nothing, that not, un [-taken], without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also G-3362, G-3363, G-3364, G-3372, G-3373, G-3375, G-3378.

.... G-3362. ean me,   eh-an' may;

          i.e. G-1437 and G-3361; if not, i.e. unless:--X before, but, except, if no, (if, + whosoever) not.

.... G-3363. hina me,   hin'-ah may;

          i.e. G-2443 and G-3361; in order (or so) that not:--albeit not, lest, that no (-t, [-thing]).

.... G-3364. ou me,   oo may;

          i.e. G-3756 and G-3361; a double neg. strengthening the denial; not at all:--any more, at all, by any (no) means, neither, never, no (at all), in no case (wise), nor ever, not (at all, in any wise). Comp. G-3378.

.... G-3372. mekos,   may'-kos;

          prob. akin to G-3173; length (lit. or fig.):--length.

.... G-3373. mekuno,   may-koo'-no;

          from G-3372; to lengthen, i.e. (mid.) to enlarge:--grow up.

.... G-3375. men,   mane;

          a stronger form of G-3303; a particle of affirmation (only with G-2229); assuredly:--+ surely.

.... G-3378. me ouk,   may ook;

          i.e. G-3361 and G-3756; as interrog. and neg. is it not that?:--neither (followed by no), + never, not. Comp. G-3364.

.... G-3381. mepos,   may'-poce;

          or  me pos,   may poce;

          from G-3361 and G-4458; lest somehow:--lest (by any means, by some means, haply, perhaps).

.... G-3568. nun,   noon;

          a prim. particle of present time; "now" (as adv. of date, a transition or emphasis); also as noun or adj. present or immediate:--henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this (time). See also G-3569, G-3570.

.... G-3569. tanun,   tan-oon';

          or  ta nun,   tah noon;

          from neut. plur. of G-3588 and G-3568; the things now, i.e. (adv.) at present:--(but) now.

.... G-3570. nuni,   noo-nee';

          a prol. form of G-3568 for emphasis; just now:--now.

.... G-3588. ho,   ho;

          includ. the fem., he,   hay;

          and the neut., to,   to,

          in all their inflections; the def. article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.

.... G-3739. hos,   hos;

          includ. fem.,  he,   hay;

          and neut.,  ho,   ho;

          prob. a prim. word (or perh. a form of the art. G-3588); the rel. (sometimes demonstrative) pron., who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who (-m, -se), etc. See also G-3757.

.... G-3756. ou,   oo;

          also (before a vowel)  ouk,   ook;

          and (before an aspirate)  ouch,   ookh;

          a prim. word; the absol. neg. [comp. G-3361] adv.; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, [can-] not, + nothing, + special, un ([-worthy]), when, + without, + yet but. See also G-3364, G-3372.

.... G-3757. hou,   hoo;

          gen. of G-3739 as adv.; at which place, i.e. where:--where (-in), whither ([-soever]).

.... G-3767. oun,   oon;

          appar. a prim. word; (adv.) certainly, or (conj.) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.

.... G-3960. patasso,   pat-as'-so;

          prob. prol. from G-3817; to knock (gently or with a weapon or fatally):--smite, strike. Comp. G-5180.

.... G-3961. pateo,   pat-eh'-o;

          from a der. prob. of G-3817 (mean. a "path"); to trample (lit. or fig.):--tread (down, under foot).

.... G-4007. per,   per;

          from the base of G-4008; an enclitic particle significant of abundance (thoroughness), i.e. emphasis; much, very or ever:--[whom-] soever.

.... G-4008. peran,   per'-an;

          appar. acc. of an obsol. der. of  peiro (to "pierce"); through (as adv. or prep.), i.e. across:--beyond, farther (other) side, over.

.... G-4072. petomai,   pet'-om-ahee;

          or prol.  petaomai,   pet-ah'-om-ahee;

          or contr.  ptaomai,   ptah'-om-ahee;

.... G-4098. pipto,   pip'-to;

          a redupl. and contr. form of  peto,   pet'-o,

          (which occurs only as an alt. in cert. tenses); prob. akin to G-4072 through the idea of alighting; to fall (lit. or fig.):--fail, fall (down), light on.

          mid. of a prim. verb; to fly:--fly (-ing).

.... G-4111. plasso,   plas'-so;

          a prim. verb; to mould, i.e. shape or fabricate:--form.

.... G-4141. plesso,   place'-so;

          appar. another form of G-4111 (through the idea of flattening out); to pound, i.e. (fig.) to inflict with (calamity):--smite. Comp. G-5180.

.... G-4154. pneo,   pneh'-o;

          a prim. word; to breathe hard, i.e. breeze:--blow. Comp. G-5594.

.... G-4214. posos,   pos'-os;

          from an obsol.  pos (who, what) and G-3739; interrog. pron. (of amount) how much (large, long or [plur.] many):--how great (long, many), what.

.... G-4225. pou,   poo;

          gen. of an indef. pron.  pos (some) otherwise obsol. (comp. G-4214); as adv. of place, somewhere, i.e. nearly:--about, a certain place.

.... G-4422. ptoeo,   pto-eh'-o;

          prob. akin to the alt. of G-4098 (through the idea of causing to fall) or to G-4072 (through that of causing to fly away); to scare:--frighten.

.... G-4426. pturo,   ptoo'-ro;

          from a presumed der. of G-4429 (and thus akin to G-4422); to frighten:--terrify.

.... G-4428. ptusso,   ptoos'-so;

          prob. akin to  petannumi (to spread; and thus appar. allied to G-4072 through the idea of expansion, and to G-4429 through that of flattening; comp. G-3961); to fold, i.e. furl a scroll:--close.

.... G-4429. ptuo,   ptoo'-o;

          a prim. verb (comp. G-4428); to spit:--spit.

.... G-4458. pos,   poce;

          adv. from the base of G-4225; an enclitic particle of indefiniteness of manner; somehow or anyhow; used only in comp.:--haply, by any (some) means, perhaps. See G-1513, G-3381. Comp. G-4459.

.... G-4459. pos,   poce;

          adv. from the base of G-4426; an interrog. particle of manner; in what way? (sometimes the question is indirect, how?); also as exclamation, how much!:--how, after (by) what manner (means), that. [Occasionally unexpressed in English.]

.... G-4474. rhapizo,   hrap-id'-zo;

          from a der. of a prim.  rhepo (to let fall, "rap"); to slap:--smite (with the palm of the hand). Comp. G-5180.

.... G-5088. tikto,   tik'-to;

          a strengthened form of a prim.  teko,   tek'-o

          (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to produce (from seed, as a mother, a plant, the earth, etc.), lit. or fig.:--bear, be born, bring forth, be delivered, be in travail.

.... G-5100. tis,   tis;

          an enclit. indef. pron.; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, -thing, -what), (+ that no-) thing, what (-soever), X wherewith, whom [-soever], whose ([-soever]).

.... G-5104. toi,   toy;

          prob. for the dat. of G-3588; an enclit. particle of asseveration by way of contrast; in sooth:--[used only with other particles in comp., as G-2544, G-3305, G-5105, G-5106, etc.]

.... G-5105. toigaroun,   toy-gar-oon';

          from G-5104 and G-1063 and G-3767; truly for then, i.e. consequently:--there- (where-) fore.

.... G-5106. toinun,   toy'-noon;

          from G-5104 and G-3568; truly now, i.e. accordingly:--then, therefore.

.... G-5177. tugchano,   toong-khan'-o;

          prob. for an obsol.  tucho (for which the mid. of another alt.  teucho (to make ready or bring to pass] is used in cert. tenses; akin to the base of G-5088 through the idea of effecting; probably to affect; or (spec.) to hit or light upon (as a mark to be reached), i.e.(trans.) to attain or secure an object or end, or (intrans.) to happen (as if meeting with); but in the latter application only impers. (with G-1487), i.e. perchance; or (pres. part.) as adj. usual (as if commonly met with, with G-3756, extraordinary), neut. (as adv.) perhaps; or (with another verb) as adv. by accident (as it were):--be, chance, enjoy, little, obtain, X refresh . . . self, + special. Comp. G-5180.

.... G-5180. tupto,   toop'-to;

          a prim. verb (in a strength. form); to "thump", i.e. cudgel or pummel (probably with a stick or bastinado), but in any case by repeated blows; thus differing from G-3817 and G-3960, which denote a [usually single] blow with the hand or any instrument, or G-4141 with the fist [or a hammer], or G-4474 with the palm; as well as from G-5177, an accidental collision); by impl. to punish; fig. to offend (the conscience):--beat, smite, strike, wound.

.... G-5594. psucho,   psoo'-kho;

          a prim. verb; to breathe (voluntarily but gently; thus differing on the one hand from G-4154, which denotes probably a forcible respiration; and on the other from the base of G-109, which refers probably to an inanimate breeze), i.e. (by impl. of reduction of temperature by evaporation) to chill (fig.):--wax cold.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3817. paio,   pah'-yo;

          a prim. verb; to hit (as if by a single blow and less violently than G-5180); spec. to sting (as a scorpion):--smite, strike.

 

.... G-5180. tupto,   toop'-to;

          a prim. verb (in a strength. form); to "thump", i.e. cudgel or pummel (probably with a stick or bastinado), but in any case by repeated blows; thus differing from G-3817 and G-3960, which denote a [usually single] blow with the hand or any instrument, or G-4141 with the fist [or a hammer], or G-4474 with the palm; as well as from G-5177, an accidental collision); by impl. to punish; fig. to offend (the conscience):--beat, smite, strike, wound.

.... G-109. aer,   ah-ayr';

          from  aemi (to breathe unconsciously, i.e. respire; by anal. to blow ); "air" (as naturally circumambient): --air. Comp. G-5594.

.... G-302. an,   an;

          a prim. particle, denoting a supposition, wish, possibility or uncertainty:--[what-, where-, whither-, who-]soever. Usually unexpressed except by the subjunctive or potential mood. Also contr. for G-1437.

.... G-846. autos,   ow-tos';

          from the particle  au [perh. akin to the base of G-109 through the idea of a baffling wind] (backward); the reflex. pron. self, used (alone or in the comp. G-1438) of the third pers., and (with the probably pers. pron.) of the other persons:--her, it (-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, ([self-], the) same, ([him-, my-, thy-]) self, [your-] selves, she, that, their (-s), them ([-selves]), there [-at, -by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with], they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Comp. G-848.

.... G-848. hautou,   how-too';

          contr. for G-1438; self (in some oblique case or reflex. relation):--her (own), (of) him (-self), his (own), of it, thee, their (own), them (-selves), they.

.... G-1063. gar,   gar;

          a prim. particle; probably assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.

.... G-1065. ge,   gheh;

          a prim. particle of emphasis or qualification (often used with other particles prefixed):--and besides, doubtless, at least, yet.

.... G-1161. de,   deh;

          a prim. particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now [often unexpressed in English].

.... G-1211. de,   day;

          prob. akin to G-1161; a particle of emphasis or explicitness; now, then, etc.:--also, and, doubtless, now, therefore.

.... G-1437. ean,   eh-an';

          from G-1487 and G-302; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-) soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, [who-] so (-ever). See G-3361.

.... G-1438. heautou,   heh-ow-too',

          (incl. all the other cases); from a reflex. pron. otherwise obsol. and the gen. (dat. or acc.) of G-846; him- (her-, it-, them-, also [in conjunction with the pers. pron. of the other persons] my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own (-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them (-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).

.... G-1487. ei,   i;

          a prim. particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, ([al-]) though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, espec. as in G-1489, G-1490, G-1499, G-1508, G-1509, G-1512, G-1513, G-1536, G-1537. See also G-1437.

.... G-1489. eige,   i'-gheh;

          from G-1487 and G-1065; if indeed, seeing that, unless, (with neg.) otherwise:--if (so be that, yet).

.... G-1490. ei de me,   i deh may' ;

          or  ei de me ge,   i deh may' gheh;

          from G-1487, G-1161 and G-3361 (sometimes with G-1065 added); but if not:--(or) else, if (not, otherwise), otherwise.

.... G-1499. ei kai,   i kahee;

          from G-1487 and G-2532; if also (or even):--if (that), though.

.... G-1508. ei me,   i may;

          from G-1487 and G-3361; if not:--but, except (that), if not, more than, save (only) that, saving, till.

.... G-1509. ei me ti,   i may tee;

          from G-1508 and the neut. of G-5100; if not somewhat:--except.

.... G-1512. ei per,   i per;

          from G-1487 and G-4007; if perhaps:--if so be (that), seeing, though.

.... G-1513. ei pos,   i poce;

          from G-1487 and G-4458; if somehow:--if by any means.

.... G-1536. ei tis,   i tis;

          from G-1487 and G-5100; if any:--he that, if a (-ny) man ('s thing, from any, ought), whether any, whosoever.

.... G-1537. ek,   ek;

          or ex,   ex;

          a prim. prep. denoting origin (the point whence motion or action proceeds), from, out (of place, time or cause; lit. or fig.; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at betwixt (-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for (-th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, . . . ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with (-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.

.... G-2228. e,   ay;

          a prim. particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-) either, except it be, (n-) or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Comp. especially G-2235, G-2260, G-2273.

.... G-2229. e,   ay;

          an adv. of confirmation; perh. intens. of G-2228; used only (in the N.T.) before G-3303; assuredly:--surely.

.... G-2235. ede,   ay'-day;

          appar. from G-2228 (or possibly G-2229) and G-1211; even now:--already, (even) now (already), by this time.

.... G-2260. eper,   ay'-per;

          from G-2228 and G-4007; than at all (or than perhaps, than indeed):--than.

.... G-2273. etoi,   ay'-toy;

          from G-2228 and G-5104; either indeed:--whether.

.... G-2443. hina,   hin'-ah;

          prob. from the same as the former part of G-1438 (through the demonstrative idea; comp. G-3588); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Comp. G-3363.

.... G-2532. kai,   kahee;

          appar. a prim. particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so, then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, indeed, likewise, moreover, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yea, yet.

.... G-2543. kaitoi,   kah'-ee-toy;

          from G-2532 and G-5104; and yet, i.e. nevertheless:--although.

.... G-2544. kaitoige,   kah'ee-foyg-eh;

          from G-2543 and G-1065; and yet indeed, i.e. although really:--nevertheless, though.

.... G-3173. megas,   meg'-as

          [includ. the prol. forms, fem.  megale, plur.  megaloi, etc.; comp. also G-3176, G-3187]; big (lit. or fig., in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great (-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.

.... G-3176. megistos,   meg'-is-tos;

          superl. of G-3173; greatest or very great:--exceeding great.

.... G-3187. meizon,   mide'-zone;

          irreg. compar. of G-3173; larger (lit. or fig., spec. in age):--elder, greater (-est), more.

.... G-3303. men,   men;

          a prim. particle; probably indic. of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with G-1161 (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.

.... G-3305. mentoi,   men'-toy;

          from G-3303 and G-5104; indeed though, i.e. however:--also, but, howbeit, nevertheless, yet.

.... G-3361. me,   may;

          a prim. particle of qualified negation (whereas G-3756 expresses an absolute denial); (adv.) not, (conj.) lest; also (as interrog. implying a neg. answer [whereas G-3756 expects an affirm. one]) whether:--any, but, (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, [can-] not, nothing, that not, un [-taken], without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also G-3362, G-3363, G-3364, G-3372, G-3373, G-3375, G-3378.

.... G-3362. ean me,   eh-an' may;

          i.e. G-1437 and G-3361; if not, i.e. unless:--X before, but, except, if no, (if, + whosoever) not.

.... G-3363. hina me,   hin'-ah may;

          i.e. G-2443 and G-3361; in order (or so) that not:--albeit not, lest, that no (-t, [-thing]).

.... G-3364. ou me,   oo may;

          i.e. G-3756 and G-3361; a double neg. strengthening the denial; not at all:--any more, at all, by any (no) means, neither, never, no (at all), in no case (wise), nor ever, not (at all, in any wise). Comp. G-3378.

.... G-3372. mekos,   may'-kos;

          prob. akin to G-3173; length (lit. or fig.):--length.

.... G-3373. mekuno,   may-koo'-no;

          from G-3372; to lengthen, i.e. (mid.) to enlarge:--grow up.

.... G-3375. men,   mane;

          a stronger form of G-3303; a particle of affirmation (only with G-2229); assuredly:--+ surely.

.... G-3378. me ouk,   may ook;

          i.e. G-3361 and G-3756; as interrog. and neg. is it not that?:--neither (followed by no), + never, not. Comp. G-3364.

.... G-3381. mepos,   may'-poce;

          or  me pos,   may poce;

          from G-3361 and G-4458; lest somehow:--lest (by any means, by some means, haply, perhaps).

.... G-3568. nun,   noon;

          a prim. particle of present time; "now" (as adv. of date, a transition or emphasis); also as noun or adj. present or immediate:--henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this (time). See also G-3569, G-3570.

.... G-3569. tanun,   tan-oon';

          or  ta nun,   tah noon;

          from neut. plur. of G-3588 and G-3568; the things now, i.e. (adv.) at present:--(but) now.

.... G-3570. nuni,   noo-nee';

          a prol. form of G-3568 for emphasis; just now:--now.

.... G-3588. ho,   ho;

          includ. the fem., he,   hay;

          and the neut., to,   to,

          in all their inflections; the def. article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.

.... G-3739. hos,   hos;

          includ. fem.,  he,   hay;

          and neut.,  ho,   ho;

          prob. a prim. word (or perh. a form of the art. G-3588); the rel. (sometimes demonstrative) pron., who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who (-m, -se), etc. See also G-3757.

.... G-3756. ou,   oo;

          also (before a vowel)  ouk,   ook;

          and (before an aspirate)  ouch,   ookh;

          a prim. word; the absol. neg. [comp. G-3361] adv.; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, [can-] not, + nothing, + special, un ([-worthy]), when, + without, + yet but. See also G-3364, G-3372.

.... G-3757. hou,   hoo;

          gen. of G-3739 as adv.; at which place, i.e. where:--where (-in), whither ([-soever]).

.... G-3767. oun,   oon;

          appar. a prim. word; (adv.) certainly, or (conj.) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.

.... G-3960. patasso,   pat-as'-so;

          prob. prol. from G-3817; to knock (gently or with a weapon or fatally):--smite, strike. Comp. G-5180.

.... G-3961. pateo,   pat-eh'-o;

          from a der. prob. of G-3817 (mean. a "path"); to trample (lit. or fig.):--tread (down, under foot).

.... G-4007. per,   per;

          from the base of G-4008; an enclitic particle significant of abundance (thoroughness), i.e. emphasis; much, very or ever:--[whom-] soever.

.... G-4008. peran,   per'-an;

          appar. acc. of an obsol. der. of  peiro (to "pierce"); through (as adv. or prep.), i.e. across:--beyond, farther (other) side, over.

.... G-4072. petomai,   pet'-om-ahee;

          or prol.  petaomai,   pet-ah'-om-ahee;

          or contr.  ptaomai,   ptah'-om-ahee;

.... G-4098. pipto,   pip'-to;

          a redupl. and contr. form of  peto,   pet'-o,

          (which occurs only as an alt. in cert. tenses); prob. akin to G-4072 through the idea of alighting; to fall (lit. or fig.):--fail, fall (down), light on.

          mid. of a prim. verb; to fly:--fly (-ing).

.... G-4111. plasso,   plas'-so;

          a prim. verb; to mould, i.e. shape or fabricate:--form.

.... G-4141. plesso,   place'-so;

          appar. another form of G-4111 (through the idea of flattening out); to pound, i.e. (fig.) to inflict with (calamity):--smite. Comp. G-5180.

.... G-4154. pneo,   pneh'-o;

          a prim. word; to breathe hard, i.e. breeze:--blow. Comp. G-5594.

.... G-4214. posos,   pos'-os;

          from an obsol.  pos (who, what) and G-3739; interrog. pron. (of amount) how much (large, long or [plur.] many):--how great (long, many), what.

.... G-4225. pou,   poo;

          gen. of an indef. pron.  pos (some) otherwise obsol. (comp. G-4214); as adv. of place, somewhere, i.e. nearly:--about, a certain place.

.... G-4422. ptoeo,   pto-eh'-o;

          prob. akin to the alt. of G-4098 (through the idea of causing to fall) or to G-4072 (through that of causing to fly away); to scare:--frighten.

.... G-4426. pturo,   ptoo'-ro;

          from a presumed der. of G-4429 (and thus akin to G-4422); to frighten:--terrify.

.... G-4428. ptusso,   ptoos'-so;

          prob. akin to  petannumi (to spread; and thus appar. allied to G-4072 through the idea of expansion, and to G-4429 through that of flattening; comp. G-3961); to fold, i.e. furl a scroll:--close.

.... G-4429. ptuo,   ptoo'-o;

          a prim. verb (comp. G-4428); to spit:--spit.

.... G-4458. pos,   poce;

          adv. from the base of G-4225; an enclitic particle of indefiniteness of manner; somehow or anyhow; used only in comp.:--haply, by any (some) means, perhaps. See G-1513, G-3381. Comp. G-4459.

.... G-4459. pos,   poce;

          adv. from the base of G-4426; an interrog. particle of manner; in what way? (sometimes the question is indirect, how?); also as exclamation, how much!:--how, after (by) what manner (means), that. [Occasionally unexpressed in English.]

.... G-4474. rhapizo,   hrap-id'-zo;

          from a der. of a prim.  rhepo (to let fall, "rap"); to slap:--smite (with the palm of the hand). Comp. G-5180.

.... G-5088. tikto,   tik'-to;

          a strengthened form of a prim.  teko,   tek'-o

          (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to produce (from seed, as a mother, a plant, the earth, etc.), lit. or fig.:--bear, be born, bring forth, be delivered, be in travail.

.... G-5100. tis,   tis;

          an enclit. indef. pron.; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, -thing, -what), (+ that no-) thing, what (-soever), X wherewith, whom [-soever], whose ([-soever]).

.... G-5104. toi,   toy;

          prob. for the dat. of G-3588; an enclit. particle of asseveration by way of contrast; in sooth:--[used only with other particles in comp., as G-2544, G-3305, G-5105, G-5106, etc.]

.... G-5105. toigaroun,   toy-gar-oon';

          from G-5104 and G-1063 and G-3767; truly for then, i.e. consequently:--there- (where-) fore.

.... G-5106. toinun,   toy'-noon;

          from G-5104 and G-3568; truly now, i.e. accordingly:--then, therefore.

.... G-5177. tugchano,   toong-khan'-o;

          prob. for an obsol.  tucho (for which the mid. of another alt.  teucho (to make ready or bring to pass] is used in cert. tenses; akin to the base of G-5088 through the idea of effecting; probably to affect; or (spec.) to hit or light upon (as a mark to be reached), i.e.(trans.) to attain or secure an object or end, or (intrans.) to happen (as if meeting with); but in the latter application only impers. (with G-1487), i.e. perchance; or (pres. part.) as adj. usual (as if commonly met with, with G-3756, extraordinary), neut. (as adv.) perhaps; or (with another verb) as adv. by accident (as it were):--be, chance, enjoy, little, obtain, X refresh . . . self, + special. Comp. G-5180.

.... G-5594. psucho,   psoo'-kho;

          a prim. verb; to breathe (voluntarily but gently; thus differing on the one hand from G-4154, which denotes probably a forcible respiration; and on the other from the base of G-109, which refers probably to an inanimate breeze), i.e. (by impl. of reduction of temperature by evaporation) to chill (fig.):--wax cold.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3818. Pakatiane,   pak-at-ee-an-ay';

          fem. of an adj. of uncert. der.; Pacatianian, a section of Phrygia:--Pacatiana.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3819. palai,   pal'-ahee;

          prob. another form for G-3825 (through the idea of retrocession); (adv.) formerly, or (by rel.) sometime since; (ellipt. as adj.) ancient:--any while, a great while ago, (of) old, in time past.

 

.... G-3825. palin,   pal'-in;

          prob. from the same as G-3823 (through the idea of oscillatory repetition); (adv.) anew, i.e. (of place) back, (of time) once more, or (conj.) furthermore or on the other hand:--again.

.... G-109. aer,   ah-ayr';

          from  aemi (to breathe unconsciously, i.e. respire; by anal. to blow ); "air" (as naturally circumambient): --air. Comp. G-5594.

.... G-302. an,   an;

          a prim. particle, denoting a supposition, wish, possibility or uncertainty:--[what-, where-, whither-, who-]soever. Usually unexpressed except by the subjunctive or potential mood. Also contr. for G-1437.

.... G-846. autos,   ow-tos';

          from the particle  au [perh. akin to the base of G-109 through the idea of a baffling wind] (backward); the reflex. pron. self, used (alone or in the comp. G-1438) of the third pers., and (with the probably pers. pron.) of the other persons:--her, it (-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, ([self-], the) same, ([him-, my-, thy-]) self, [your-] selves, she, that, their (-s), them ([-selves]), there [-at, -by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with], they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Comp. G-848.

.... G-848. hautou,   how-too';

          contr. for G-1438; self (in some oblique case or reflex. relation):--her (own), (of) him (-self), his (own), of it, thee, their (own), them (-selves), they.

.... G-906. ballo,   bal'-lo;

          a prim. verb; to throw (in various applications, more or less violent or intense):--arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put (up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust. Comp. G-4496.

.... G-1063. gar,   gar;

          a prim. particle; probably assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.

.... G-1065. ge,   gheh;

          a prim. particle of emphasis or qualification (often used with other particles prefixed):--and besides, doubtless, at least, yet.

.... G-1161. de,   deh;

          a prim. particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now [often unexpressed in English].

.... G-1211. de,   day;

          prob. akin to G-1161; a particle of emphasis or explicitness; now, then, etc.:--also, and, doubtless, now, therefore.

.... G-1437. ean,   eh-an';

          from G-1487 and G-302; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-) soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, [who-] so (-ever). See G-3361.

.... G-1438. heautou,   heh-ow-too',

          (incl. all the other cases); from a reflex. pron. otherwise obsol. and the gen. (dat. or acc.) of G-846; him- (her-, it-, them-, also [in conjunction with the pers. pron. of the other persons] my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own (-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them (-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).

.... G-1487. ei,   i;

          a prim. particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, ([al-]) though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, espec. as in G-1489, G-1490, G-1499, G-1508, G-1509, G-1512, G-1513, G-1536, G-1537. See also G-1437.

.... G-1489. eige,   i'-gheh;

          from G-1487 and G-1065; if indeed, seeing that, unless, (with neg.) otherwise:--if (so be that, yet).

.... G-1490. ei de me,   i deh may' ;

          or  ei de me ge,   i deh may' gheh;

          from G-1487, G-1161 and G-3361 (sometimes with G-1065 added); but if not:--(or) else, if (not, otherwise), otherwise.

.... G-1499. ei kai,   i kahee;

          from G-1487 and G-2532; if also (or even):--if (that), though.

.... G-1508. ei me,   i may;

          from G-1487 and G-3361; if not:--but, except (that), if not, more than, save (only) that, saving, till.

.... G-1509. ei me ti,   i may tee;

          from G-1508 and the neut. of G-5100; if not somewhat:--except.

.... G-1512. ei per,   i per;

          from G-1487 and G-4007; if perhaps:--if so be (that), seeing, though.

.... G-1513. ei pos,   i poce;

          from G-1487 and G-4458; if somehow:--if by any means.

.... G-1536. ei tis,   i tis;

          from G-1487 and G-5100; if any:--he that, if a (-ny) man ('s thing, from any, ought), whether any, whosoever.

.... G-1537. ek,   ek;

          or ex,   ex;

          a prim. prep. denoting origin (the point whence motion or action proceeds), from, out (of place, time or cause; lit. or fig.; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at betwixt (-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for (-th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, . . . ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with (-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.

.... G-1614. ekteino,   ek-ti'-no;

          from G-1537 and  teino (to stretch); to extend:--cast, put forth, stretch forth (out).

.... G-2228. e,   ay;

          a prim. particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-) either, except it be, (n-) or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Comp. especially G-2235, G-2260, G-2273.

.... G-2229. e,   ay;

          an adv. of confirmation; perh. intens. of G-2228; used only (in the N.T.) before G-3303; assuredly:--surely.

.... G-2235. ede,   ay'-day;

          appar. from G-2228 (or possibly G-2229) and G-1211; even now:--already, (even) now (already), by this time.

.... G-2260. eper,   ay'-per;

          from G-2228 and G-4007; than at all (or than perhaps, than indeed):--than.

.... G-2273. etoi,   ay'-toy;

          from G-2228 and G-5104; either indeed:--whether.

.... G-2443. hina,   hin'-ah;

          prob. from the same as the former part of G-1438 (through the demonstrative idea; comp. G-3588); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Comp. G-3363.

.... G-2532. kai,   kahee;

          appar. a prim. particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so, then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, indeed, likewise, moreover, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yea, yet.

.... G-2543. kaitoi,   kah'-ee-toy;

          from G-2532 and G-5104; and yet, i.e. nevertheless:--although.

.... G-2544. kaitoige,   kah'ee-foyg-eh;

          from G-2543 and G-1065; and yet indeed, i.e. although really:--nevertheless, though.

.... G-3173. megas,   meg'-as

          [includ. the prol. forms, fem.  megale, plur.  megaloi, etc.; comp. also G-3176, G-3187]; big (lit. or fig., in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great (-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.

.... G-3176. megistos,   meg'-is-tos;

          superl. of G-3173; greatest or very great:--exceeding great.

.... G-3187. meizon,   mide'-zone;

          irreg. compar. of G-3173; larger (lit. or fig., spec. in age):--elder, greater (-est), more.

.... G-3303. men,   men;

          a prim. particle; probably indic. of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with G-1161 (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.

.... G-3305. mentoi,   men'-toy;

          from G-3303 and G-5104; indeed though, i.e. however:--also, but, howbeit, nevertheless, yet.

.... G-3361. me,   may;

          a prim. particle of qualified negation (whereas G-3756 expresses an absolute denial); (adv.) not, (conj.) lest; also (as interrog. implying a neg. answer [whereas G-3756 expects an affirm. one]) whether:--any, but, (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, [can-] not, nothing, that not, un [-taken], without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also G-3362, G-3363, G-3364, G-3372, G-3373, G-3375, G-3378.

.... G-3362. ean me,   eh-an' may;

          i.e. G-1437 and G-3361; if not, i.e. unless:--X before, but, except, if no, (if, + whosoever) not.

.... G-3363. hina me,   hin'-ah may;

          i.e. G-2443 and G-3361; in order (or so) that not:--albeit not, lest, that no (-t, [-thing]).

.... G-3364. ou me,   oo may;

          i.e. G-3756 and G-3361; a double neg. strengthening the denial; not at all:--any more, at all, by any (no) means, neither, never, no (at all), in no case (wise), nor ever, not (at all, in any wise). Comp. G-3378.

.... G-3372. mekos,   may'-kos;

          prob. akin to G-3173; length (lit. or fig.):--length.

.... G-3373. mekuno,   may-koo'-no;

          from G-3372; to lengthen, i.e. (mid.) to enlarge:--grow up.

.... G-3375. men,   mane;

          a stronger form of G-3303; a particle of affirmation (only with G-2229); assuredly:--+ surely.

.... G-3378. me ouk,   may ook;

          i.e. G-3361 and G-3756; as interrog. and neg. is it not that?:--neither (followed by no), + never, not. Comp. G-3364.

.... G-3381. mepos,   may'-poce;

          or  me pos,   may poce;

          from G-3361 and G-4458; lest somehow:--lest (by any means, by some means, haply, perhaps).

.... G-3568. nun,   noon;

          a prim. particle of present time; "now" (as adv. of date, a transition or emphasis); also as noun or adj. present or immediate:--henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this (time). See also G-3569, G-3570.

.... G-3569. tanun,   tan-oon';

          or  ta nun,   tah noon;

          from neut. plur. of G-3588 and G-3568; the things now, i.e. (adv.) at present:--(but) now.

.... G-3570. nuni,   noo-nee';

          a prol. form of G-3568 for emphasis; just now:--now.

.... G-3588. ho,   ho;

          includ. the fem., he,   hay;

          and the neut., to,   to,

          in all their inflections; the def. article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.

.... G-3739. hos,   hos;

          includ. fem.,  he,   hay;

          and neut.,  ho,   ho;

          prob. a prim. word (or perh. a form of the art. G-3588); the rel. (sometimes demonstrative) pron., who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who (-m, -se), etc. See also G-3757.

.... G-3756. ou,   oo;

          also (before a vowel)  ouk,   ook;

          and (before an aspirate)  ouch,   ookh;

          a prim. word; the absol. neg. [comp. G-3361] adv.; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, [can-] not, + nothing, + special, un ([-worthy]), when, + without, + yet but. See also G-3364, G-3372.

.... G-3757. hou,   hoo;

          gen. of G-3739 as adv.; at which place, i.e. where:--where (-in), whither ([-soever]).

.... G-3767. oun,   oon;

          appar. a prim. word; (adv.) certainly, or (conj.) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.

.... G-3817. paio,   pah'-yo;

          a prim. verb; to hit (as if by a single blow and less violently than G-5180); spec. to sting (as a scorpion):--smite, strike.

.... G-3823. pale,   pal'-ay;

          from  pallo (to vibrate; another form for G-906); wrestling:--+ wrestle.

.... G-3960. patasso,   pat-as'-so;

          prob. prol. from G-3817; to knock (gently or with a weapon or fatally):--smite, strike. Comp. G-5180.

.... G-3961. pateo,   pat-eh'-o;

          from a der. prob. of G-3817 (mean. a "path"); to trample (lit. or fig.):--tread (down, under foot).

.... G-4007. per,   per;

          from the base of G-4008; an enclitic particle significant of abundance (thoroughness), i.e. emphasis; much, very or ever:--[whom-] soever.

.... G-4008. peran,   per'-an;

          appar. acc. of an obsol. der. of  peiro (to "pierce"); through (as adv. or prep.), i.e. across:--beyond, farther (other) side, over.

.... G-4072. petomai,   pet'-om-ahee;

          or prol.  petaomai,   pet-ah'-om-ahee;

          or contr.  ptaomai,   ptah'-om-ahee;

          mid. of a prim. verb; to fly:--fly (-ing).

.... G-4098. pipto,   pip'-to;

          a redupl. and contr. form of  peto,   pet'-o,

          (which occurs only as an alt. in cert. tenses); prob. akin to G-4072 through the idea of alighting; to fall (lit. or fig.):--fail, fall (down), light on.

.... G-4111. plasso,   plas'-so;

          a prim. verb; to mould, i.e. shape or fabricate:--form.

.... G-4141. plesso,   place'-so;

          appar. another form of G-4111 (through the idea of flattening out); to pound, i.e. (fig.) to inflict with (calamity):--smite. Comp. G-5180.

.... G-4154. pneo,   pneh'-o;

          a prim. word; to breathe hard, i.e. breeze:--blow. Comp. G-5594.

.... G-4214. posos,   pos'-os;

          from an obsol.  pos (who, what) and G-3739; interrog. pron. (of amount) how much (large, long or [plur.] many):--how great (long, many), what.

.... G-4225. pou,   poo;

          gen. of an indef. pron.  pos (some) otherwise obsol. (comp. G-4214); as adv. of place, somewhere, i.e. nearly:--about, a certain place.

.... G-4422. ptoeo,   pto-eh'-o;

          prob. akin to the alt. of G-4098 (through the idea of causing to fall) or to G-4072 (through that of causing to fly away); to scare:--frighten.

.... G-4426. pturo,   ptoo'-ro;

          from a presumed der. of G-4429 (and thus akin to G-4422); to frighten:--terrify.

.... G-4428. ptusso,   ptoos'-so;

          prob. akin to  petannumi (to spread; and thus appar. allied to G-4072 through the idea of expansion, and to G-4429 through that of flattening; comp. G-3961); to fold, i.e. furl a scroll:--close.

.... G-4429. ptuo,   ptoo'-o;

          a prim. verb (comp. G-4428); to spit:--spit.

.... G-4458. pos,   poce;

          adv. from the base of G-4225; an enclitic particle of indefiniteness of manner; somehow or anyhow; used only in comp.:--haply, by any (some) means, perhaps. See G-1513, G-3381. Comp. G-4459.

.... G-4459. pos,   poce;

          adv. from the base of G-4426; an interrog. particle of manner; in what way? (sometimes the question is indirect, how?); also as exclamation, how much!:--how, after (by) what manner (means), that. [Occasionally unexpressed in English.]

.... G-4474. rhapizo,   hrap-id'-zo;

          from a der. of a prim.  rhepo (to let fall, "rap"); to slap:--smite (with the palm of the hand). Comp. G-5180.

.... G-4496. rhipto,   hrip'-to;

          a prim. verb (perh. rather akin to the base of G-4474, through the idea of sudden motion); to fling (probably with a quick toss, thus differing from G-906, which denotes a deliberate hurl; and from  teino [see in G-1614], which indicates an extended projection); by qualification, to deposit (as if a load); by extens. to disperse:--cast (down, out), scatter abroad, throw.

.... G-5088. tikto,   tik'-to;

          a strengthened form of a prim.  teko,   tek'-o

          (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to produce (from seed, as a mother, a plant, the earth, etc.), lit. or fig.:--bear, be born, bring forth, be delivered, be in travail.

.... G-5100. tis,   tis;

          an enclit. indef. pron.; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, -thing, -what), (+ that no-) thing, what (-soever), X wherewith, whom [-soever], whose ([-soever]).

.... G-5104. toi,   toy;

          prob. for the dat. of G-3588; an enclit. particle of asseveration by way of contrast; in sooth:--[used only with other particles in comp., as G-2544, G-3305, G-5105, G-5106, etc.]

.... G-5105. toigaroun,   toy-gar-oon';

          from G-5104 and G-1063 and G-3767; truly for then, i.e. consequently:--there- (where-) fore.

.... G-5106. toinun,   toy'-noon;

          from G-5104 and G-3568; truly now, i.e. accordingly:--then, therefore.

.... G-5177. tugchano,   toong-khan'-o;

          prob. for an obsol.  tucho (for which the mid. of another alt.  teucho (to make ready or bring to pass] is used in cert. tenses; akin to the base of G-5088 through the idea of effecting; probably to affect; or (spec.) to hit or light upon (as a mark to be reached), i.e.(trans.) to attain or secure an object or end, or (intrans.) to happen (as if meeting with); but in the latter application only impers. (with G-1487), i.e. perchance; or (pres. part.) as adj. usual (as if commonly met with, with G-3756, extraordinary), neut. (as adv.) perhaps; or (with another verb) as adv. by accident (as it were):--be, chance, enjoy, little, obtain, X refresh . . . self, + special. Comp. G-5180.

.... G-5180. tupto,   toop'-to;

          a prim. verb (in a strength. form); to "thump", i.e. cudgel or pummel (probably with a stick or bastinado), but in any case by repeated blows; thus differing from G-3817 and G-3960, which denote a [usually single] blow with the hand or any instrument, or G-4141 with the fist [or a hammer], or G-4474 with the palm; as well as from G-5177, an accidental collision); by impl. to punish; fig. to offend (the conscience):--beat, smite, strike, wound.

.... G-5594. psucho,   psoo'-kho;

          a prim. verb; to breathe (voluntarily but gently; thus differing on the one hand from G-4154, which denotes probably a forcible respiration; and on the other from the base of G-109, which refers probably to an inanimate breeze), i.e. (by impl. of reduction of temperature by evaporation) to chill (fig.):--wax cold.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3820. palaios,   pal-ah-yos';

          from G-3819; antique, i.e. not recent, worn out:--old.

 

.... G-3819. palai,   pal'-ahee;

          prob. another form for G-3825 (through the idea of retrocession); (adv.) formerly, or (by rel.) sometime since; (ellipt. as adj.) ancient:--any while, a great while ago, (of) old, in time past.

.... G-109. aer,   ah-ayr';

          from  aemi (to breathe unconsciously, i.e. respire; by anal. to blow ); "air" (as naturally circumambient): --air. Comp. G-5594.

.... G-302. an,   an;

          a prim. particle, denoting a supposition, wish, possibility or uncertainty:--[what-, where-, whither-, who-]soever. Usually unexpressed except by the subjunctive or potential mood. Also contr. for G-1437.

.... G-846. autos,   ow-tos';

          from the particle  au [perh. akin to the base of G-109 through the idea of a baffling wind] (backward); the reflex. pron. self, used (alone or in the comp. G-1438) of the third pers., and (with the probably pers. pron.) of the other persons:--her, it (-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, ([self-], the) same, ([him-, my-, thy-]) self, [your-] selves, she, that, their (-s), them ([-selves]), there [-at, -by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with], they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Comp. G-848.

.... G-848. hautou,   how-too';

          contr. for G-1438; self (in some oblique case or reflex. relation):--her (own), (of) him (-self), his (own), of it, thee, their (own), them (-selves), they.

.... G-906. ballo,   bal'-lo;

          a prim. verb; to throw (in various applications, more or less violent or intense):--arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put (up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust. Comp. G-4496.

.... G-1063. gar,   gar;

          a prim. particle; probably assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.

.... G-1065. ge,   gheh;

          a prim. particle of emphasis or qualification (often used with other particles prefixed):--and besides, doubtless, at least, yet.

.... G-1161. de,   deh;

          a prim. particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now [often unexpressed in English].

.... G-1211. de,   day;

          prob. akin to G-1161; a particle of emphasis or explicitness; now, then, etc.:--also, and, doubtless, now, therefore.

.... G-1437. ean,   eh-an';

          from G-1487 and G-302; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-) soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, [who-] so (-ever). See G-3361.

.... G-1438. heautou,   heh-ow-too',

          (incl. all the other cases); from a reflex. pron. otherwise obsol. and the gen. (dat. or acc.) of G-846; him- (her-, it-, them-, also [in conjunction with the pers. pron. of the other persons] my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own (-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them (-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).

.... G-1487. ei,   i;

          a prim. particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, ([al-]) though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, espec. as in G-1489, G-1490, G-1499, G-1508, G-1509, G-1512, G-1513, G-1536, G-1537. See also G-1437.

.... G-1489. eige,   i'-gheh;

          from G-1487 and G-1065; if indeed, seeing that, unless, (with neg.) otherwise:--if (so be that, yet).

.... G-1490. ei de me,   i deh may' ;

          or  ei de me ge,   i deh may' gheh;

          from G-1487, G-1161 and G-3361 (sometimes with G-1065 added); but if not:--(or) else, if (not, otherwise), otherwise.

.... G-1499. ei kai,   i kahee;

          from G-1487 and G-2532; if also (or even):--if (that), though.

.... G-1508. ei me,   i may;

          from G-1487 and G-3361; if not:--but, except (that), if not, more than, save (only) that, saving, till.

.... G-1509. ei me ti,   i may tee;

          from G-1508 and the neut. of G-5100; if not somewhat:--except.

.... G-1512. ei per,   i per;

          from G-1487 and G-4007; if perhaps:--if so be (that), seeing, though.

.... G-1513. ei pos,   i poce;

          from G-1487 and G-4458; if somehow:--if by any means.

.... G-1536. ei tis,   i tis;

          from G-1487 and G-5100; if any:--he that, if a (-ny) man ('s thing, from any, ought), whether any, whosoever.

.... G-1537. ek,   ek;

          or ex,   ex;

          a prim. prep. denoting origin (the point whence motion or action proceeds), from, out (of place, time or cause; lit. or fig.; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at betwixt (-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for (-th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, . . . ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with (-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.

.... G-1614. ekteino,   ek-ti'-no;

          from G-1537 and  teino (to stretch); to extend:--cast, put forth, stretch forth (out).

.... G-2228. e,   ay;

          a prim. particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-) either, except it be, (n-) or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Comp. especially G-2235, G-2260, G-2273.

.... G-2229. e,   ay;

          an adv. of confirmation; perh. intens. of G-2228; used only (in the N.T.) before G-3303; assuredly:--surely.

.... G-2235. ede,   ay'-day;

          appar. from G-2228 (or possibly G-2229) and G-1211; even now:--already, (even) now (already), by this time.

.... G-2260. eper,   ay'-per;

          from G-2228 and G-4007; than at all (or than perhaps, than indeed):--than.

.... G-2273. etoi,   ay'-toy;

          from G-2228 and G-5104; either indeed:--whether.

.... G-2443. hina,   hin'-ah;

          prob. from the same as the former part of G-1438 (through the demonstrative idea; comp. G-3588); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Comp. G-3363.

.... G-2532. kai,   kahee;

          appar. a prim. particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so, then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, indeed, likewise, moreover, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yea, yet.

.... G-2543. kaitoi,   kah'-ee-toy;

          from G-2532 and G-5104; and yet, i.e. nevertheless:--although.

.... G-2544. kaitoige,   kah'ee-foyg-eh;

          from G-2543 and G-1065; and yet indeed, i.e. although really:--nevertheless, though.

.... G-3173. megas,   meg'-as

          [includ. the prol. forms, fem.  megale, plur.  megaloi, etc.; comp. also G-3176, G-3187]; big (lit. or fig., in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great (-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.

.... G-3176. megistos,   meg'-is-tos;

          superl. of G-3173; greatest or very great:--exceeding great.

.... G-3187. meizon,   mide'-zone;

          irreg. compar. of G-3173; larger (lit. or fig., spec. in age):--elder, greater (-est), more.

.... G-3303. men,   men;

          a prim. particle; probably indic. of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with G-1161 (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.

.... G-3305. mentoi,   men'-toy;

          from G-3303 and G-5104; indeed though, i.e. however:--also, but, howbeit, nevertheless, yet.

.... G-3361. me,   may;

          a prim. particle of qualified negation (whereas G-3756 expresses an absolute denial); (adv.) not, (conj.) lest; also (as interrog. implying a neg. answer [whereas G-3756 expects an affirm. one]) whether:--any, but, (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, [can-] not, nothing, that not, un [-taken], without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also G-3362, G-3363, G-3364, G-3372, G-3373, G-3375, G-3378.

.... G-3362. ean me,   eh-an' may;

          i.e. G-1437 and G-3361; if not, i.e. unless:--X before, but, except, if no, (if, + whosoever) not.

.... G-3363. hina me,   hin'-ah may;

          i.e. G-2443 and G-3361; in order (or so) that not:--albeit not, lest, that no (-t, [-thing]).

.... G-3364. ou me,   oo may;

          i.e. G-3756 and G-3361; a double neg. strengthening the denial; not at all:--any more, at all, by any (no) means, neither, never, no (at all), in no case (wise), nor ever, not (at all, in any wise). Comp. G-3378.

.... G-3372. mekos,   may'-kos;

          prob. akin to G-3173; length (lit. or fig.):--length.

.... G-3373. mekuno,   may-koo'-no;

          from G-3372; to lengthen, i.e. (mid.) to enlarge:--grow up.

.... G-3375. men,   mane;

          a stronger form of G-3303; a particle of affirmation (only with G-2229); assuredly:--+ surely.

.... G-3378. me ouk,   may ook;

          i.e. G-3361 and G-3756; as interrog. and neg. is it not that?:--neither (followed by no), + never, not. Comp. G-3364.

.... G-3381. mepos,   may'-poce;

          or  me pos,   may poce;

          from G-3361 and G-4458; lest somehow:--lest (by any means, by some means, haply, perhaps).

.... G-3568. nun,   noon;

          a prim. particle of present time; "now" (as adv. of date, a transition or emphasis); also as noun or adj. present or immediate:--henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this (time). See also G-3569, G-3570.

.... G-3569. tanun,   tan-oon';

          or  ta nun,   tah noon;

          from neut. plur. of G-3588 and G-3568; the things now, i.e. (adv.) at present:--(but) now.

.... G-3570. nuni,   noo-nee';

          a prol. form of G-3568 for emphasis; just now:--now.

.... G-3588. ho,   ho;

          includ. the fem., he,   hay;

          and the neut., to,   to,

          in all their inflections; the def. article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.

.... G-3739. hos,   hos;

          includ. fem.,  he,   hay;

          and neut.,  ho,   ho;

          prob. a prim. word (or perh. a form of the art. G-3588); the rel. (sometimes demonstrative) pron., who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who (-m, -se), etc. See also G-3757.

.... G-3756. ou,   oo;

          also (before a vowel)  ouk,   ook;

          and (before an aspirate)  ouch,   ookh;

          a prim. word; the absol. neg. [comp. G-3361] adv.; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, [can-] not, + nothing, + special, un ([-worthy]), when, + without, + yet but. See also G-3364, G-3372.

.... G-3757. hou,   hoo;

          gen. of G-3739 as adv.; at which place, i.e. where:--where (-in), whither ([-soever]).

.... G-3767. oun,   oon;

          appar. a prim. word; (adv.) certainly, or (conj.) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.

.... G-3817. paio,   pah'-yo;

          a prim. verb; to hit (as if by a single blow and less violently than G-5180); spec. to sting (as a scorpion):--smite, strike.

.... G-3823. pale,   pal'-ay;

          from  pallo (to vibrate; another form for G-906); wrestling:--+ wrestle.

.... G-3825. palin,   pal'-in;

          prob. from the same as G-3823 (through the idea of oscillatory repetition); (adv.) anew, i.e. (of place) back, (of time) once more, or (conj.) furthermore or on the other hand:--again.

.... G-3960. patasso,   pat-as'-so;

          prob. prol. from G-3817; to knock (gently or with a weapon or fatally):--smite, strike. Comp. G-5180.

.... G-3961. pateo,   pat-eh'-o;

          from a der. prob. of G-3817 (mean. a "path"); to trample (lit. or fig.):--tread (down, under foot).

.... G-4007. per,   per;

          from the base of G-4008; an enclitic particle significant of abundance (thoroughness), i.e. emphasis; much, very or ever:--[whom-] soever.

.... G-4008. peran,   per'-an;

          appar. acc. of an obsol. der. of  peiro (to "pierce"); through (as adv. or prep.), i.e. across:--beyond, farther (other) side, over.

.... G-4072. petomai,   pet'-om-ahee;

          or prol.  petaomai,   pet-ah'-om-ahee;

          or contr.  ptaomai,   ptah'-om-ahee;

          mid. of a prim. verb; to fly:--fly (-ing).

.... G-4098. pipto,   pip'-to;

          a redupl. and contr. form of  peto,   pet'-o,

          (which occurs only as an alt. in cert. tenses); prob. akin to G-4072 through the idea of alighting; to fall (lit. or fig.):--fail, fall (down), light on.

.... G-4111. plasso,   plas'-so;

          a prim. verb; to mould, i.e. shape or fabricate:--form.

.... G-4141. plesso,   place'-so;

          appar. another form of G-4111 (through the idea of flattening out); to pound, i.e. (fig.) to inflict with (calamity):--smite. Comp. G-5180.

.... G-4154. pneo,   pneh'-o;

          a prim. word; to breathe hard, i.e. breeze:--blow. Comp. G-5594.

.... G-4214. posos,   pos'-os;

          from an obsol.  pos (who, what) and G-3739; interrog. pron. (of amount) how much (large, long or [plur.] many):--how great (long, many), what.

.... G-4225. pou,   poo;

          gen. of an indef. pron.  pos (some) otherwise obsol. (comp. G-4214); as adv. of place, somewhere, i.e. nearly:--about, a certain place.

.... G-4422. ptoeo,   pto-eh'-o;

          prob. akin to the alt. of G-4098 (through the idea of causing to fall) or to G-4072 (through that of causing to fly away); to scare:--frighten.

.... G-4426. pturo,   ptoo'-ro;

          from a presumed der. of G-4429 (and thus akin to G-4422); to frighten:--terrify.

.... G-4428. ptusso,   ptoos'-so;

          prob. akin to  petannumi (to spread; and thus appar. allied to G-4072 through the idea of expansion, and to G-4429 through that of flattening; comp. G-3961); to fold, i.e. furl a scroll:--close.

.... G-4429. ptuo,   ptoo'-o;

          a prim. verb (comp. G-4428); to spit:--spit.

.... G-4458. pos,   poce;

          adv. from the base of G-4225; an enclitic particle of indefiniteness of manner; somehow or anyhow; used only in comp.:--haply, by any (some) means, perhaps. See G-1513, G-3381. Comp. G-4459.

.... G-4459. pos,   poce;

          adv. from the base of G-4426; an interrog. particle of manner; in what way? (sometimes the question is indirect, how?); also as exclamation, how much!:--how, after (by) what manner (means), that. [Occasionally unexpressed in English.]

.... G-4474. rhapizo,   hrap-id'-zo;

          from a der. of a prim.  rhepo (to let fall, "rap"); to slap:--smite (with the palm of the hand). Comp. G-5180.

.... G-4496. rhipto,   hrip'-to;

          a prim. verb (perh. rather akin to the base of G-4474, through the idea of sudden motion); to fling (probably with a quick toss, thus differing from G-906, which denotes a deliberate hurl; and from  teino [see in G-1614], which indicates an extended projection); by qualification, to deposit (as if a load); by extens. to disperse:--cast (down, out), scatter abroad, throw.

.... G-5088. tikto,   tik'-to;

          a strengthened form of a prim.  teko,   tek'-o

          (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to produce (from seed, as a mother, a plant, the earth, etc.), lit. or fig.:--bear, be born, bring forth, be delivered, be in travail.

.... G-5100. tis,   tis;

          an enclit. indef. pron.; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, -thing, -what), (+ that no-) thing, what (-soever), X wherewith, whom [-soever], whose ([-soever]).

.... G-5104. toi,   toy;

          prob. for the dat. of G-3588; an enclit. particle of asseveration by way of contrast; in sooth:--[used only with other particles in comp., as G-2544, G-3305, G-5105, G-5106, etc.]

.... G-5105. toigaroun,   toy-gar-oon';

          from G-5104 and G-1063 and G-3767; truly for then, i.e. consequently:--there- (where-) fore.

.... G-5106. toinun,   toy'-noon;

          from G-5104 and G-3568; truly now, i.e. accordingly:--then, therefore.

.... G-5177. tugchano,   toong-khan'-o;

          prob. for an obsol.  tucho (for which the mid. of another alt.  teucho (to make ready or bring to pass] is used in cert. tenses; akin to the base of G-5088 through the idea of effecting; probably to affect; or (spec.) to hit or light upon (as a mark to be reached), i.e.(trans.) to attain or secure an object or end, or (intrans.) to happen (as if meeting with); but in the latter application only impers. (with G-1487), i.e. perchance; or (pres. part.) as adj. usual (as if commonly met with, with G-3756, extraordinary), neut. (as adv.) perhaps; or (with another verb) as adv. by accident (as it were):--be, chance, enjoy, little, obtain, X refresh . . . self, + special. Comp. G-5180.

.... G-5180. tupto,   toop'-to;

          a prim. verb (in a strength. form); to "thump", i.e. cudgel or pummel (probably with a stick or bastinado), but in any case by repeated blows; thus differing from G-3817 and G-3960, which denote a [usually single] blow with the hand or any instrument, or G-4141 with the fist [or a hammer], or G-4474 with the palm; as well as from G-5177, an accidental collision); by impl. to punish; fig. to offend (the conscience):--beat, smite, strike, wound.

.... G-5594. psucho,   psoo'-kho;

          a prim. verb; to breathe (voluntarily but gently; thus differing on the one hand from G-4154, which denotes probably a forcible respiration; and on the other from the base of G-109, which refers probably to an inanimate breeze), i.e. (by impl. of reduction of temperature by evaporation) to chill (fig.):--wax cold.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3821. palaiotes,   pal-ah-yot'-ace;

          from G-3820; antiquatedness:--oldness.

 

.... G-3820. palaios,   pal-ah-yos';

          from G-3819; antique, i.e. not recent, worn out:--old.

.... G-109. aer,   ah-ayr';

          from  aemi (to breathe unconsciously, i.e. respire; by anal. to blow ); "air" (as naturally circumambient): --air. Comp. G-5594.

.... G-302. an,   an;

          a prim. particle, denoting a supposition, wish, possibility or uncertainty:--[what-, where-, whither-, who-]soever. Usually unexpressed except by the subjunctive or potential mood. Also contr. for G-1437.

.... G-846. autos,   ow-tos';

          from the particle  au [perh. akin to the base of G-109 through the idea of a baffling wind] (backward); the reflex. pron. self, used (alone or in the comp. G-1438) of the third pers., and (with the probably pers. pron.) of the other persons:--her, it (-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, ([self-], the) same, ([him-, my-, thy-]) self, [your-] selves, she, that, their (-s), them ([-selves]), there [-at, -by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with], they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Comp. G-848.

.... G-848. hautou,   how-too';

          contr. for G-1438; self (in some oblique case or reflex. relation):--her (own), (of) him (-self), his (own), of it, thee, their (own), them (-selves), they.

.... G-906. ballo,   bal'-lo;

          a prim. verb; to throw (in various applications, more or less violent or intense):--arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put (up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust. Comp. G-4496.

.... G-1063. gar,   gar;

          a prim. particle; probably assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.

.... G-1065. ge,   gheh;

          a prim. particle of emphasis or qualification (often used with other particles prefixed):--and besides, doubtless, at least, yet.

.... G-1161. de,   deh;

          a prim. particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now [often unexpressed in English].

.... G-1211. de,   day;

          prob. akin to G-1161; a particle of emphasis or explicitness; now, then, etc.:--also, and, doubtless, now, therefore.

.... G-1437. ean,   eh-an';

          from G-1487 and G-302; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-) soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, [who-] so (-ever). See G-3361.

.... G-1438. heautou,   heh-ow-too',

          (incl. all the other cases); from a reflex. pron. otherwise obsol. and the gen. (dat. or acc.) of G-846; him- (her-, it-, them-, also [in conjunction with the pers. pron. of the other persons] my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own (-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them (-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).

.... G-1487. ei,   i;

          a prim. particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, ([al-]) though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, espec. as in G-1489, G-1490, G-1499, G-1508, G-1509, G-1512, G-1513, G-1536, G-1537. See also G-1437.

.... G-1489. eige,   i'-gheh;

          from G-1487 and G-1065; if indeed, seeing that, unless, (with neg.) otherwise:--if (so be that, yet).

.... G-1490. ei de me,   i deh may' ;

          or  ei de me ge,   i deh may' gheh;

          from G-1487, G-1161 and G-3361 (sometimes with G-1065 added); but if not:--(or) else, if (not, otherwise), otherwise.

.... G-1499. ei kai,   i kahee;

          from G-1487 and G-2532; if also (or even):--if (that), though.

.... G-1508. ei me,   i may;

          from G-1487 and G-3361; if not:--but, except (that), if not, more than, save (only) that, saving, till.

.... G-1509. ei me ti,   i may tee;

          from G-1508 and the neut. of G-5100; if not somewhat:--except.

.... G-1512. ei per,   i per;

          from G-1487 and G-4007; if perhaps:--if so be (that), seeing, though.

.... G-1513. ei pos,   i poce;

          from G-1487 and G-4458; if somehow:--if by any means.

.... G-1536. ei tis,   i tis;

          from G-1487 and G-5100; if any:--he that, if a (-ny) man ('s thing, from any, ought), whether any, whosoever.

.... G-1537. ek,   ek;

          or ex,   ex;

          a prim. prep. denoting origin (the point whence motion or action proceeds), from, out (of place, time or cause; lit. or fig.; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at betwixt (-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for (-th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, . . . ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with (-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.

.... G-1614. ekteino,   ek-ti'-no;

          from G-1537 and  teino (to stretch); to extend:--cast, put forth, stretch forth (out).

.... G-2228. e,   ay;

          a prim. particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-) either, except it be, (n-) or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Comp. especially G-2235, G-2260, G-2273.

.... G-2229. e,   ay;

          an adv. of confirmation; perh. intens. of G-2228; used only (in the N.T.) before G-3303; assuredly:--surely.

.... G-2235. ede,   ay'-day;

          appar. from G-2228 (or possibly G-2229) and G-1211; even now:--already, (even) now (already), by this time.

.... G-2260. eper,   ay'-per;

          from G-2228 and G-4007; than at all (or than perhaps, than indeed):--than.

.... G-2273. etoi,   ay'-toy;

          from G-2228 and G-5104; either indeed:--whether.

.... G-2443. hina,   hin'-ah;

          prob. from the same as the former part of G-1438 (through the demonstrative idea; comp. G-3588); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Comp. G-3363.

.... G-2532. kai,   kahee;

          appar. a prim. particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so, then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, indeed, likewise, moreover, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yea, yet.

.... G-2543. kaitoi,   kah'-ee-toy;

          from G-2532 and G-5104; and yet, i.e. nevertheless:--although.

.... G-2544. kaitoige,   kah'ee-foyg-eh;

          from G-2543 and G-1065; and yet indeed, i.e. although really:--nevertheless, though.

.... G-3173. megas,   meg'-as

          [includ. the prol. forms, fem.  megale, plur.  megaloi, etc.; comp. also G-3176, G-3187]; big (lit. or fig., in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great (-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.

.... G-3176. megistos,   meg'-is-tos;

          superl. of G-3173; greatest or very great:--exceeding great.

.... G-3187. meizon,   mide'-zone;

          irreg. compar. of G-3173; larger (lit. or fig., spec. in age):--elder, greater (-est), more.

.... G-3303. men,   men;

          a prim. particle; probably indic. of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with G-1161 (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.

.... G-3305. mentoi,   men'-toy;

          from G-3303 and G-5104; indeed though, i.e. however:--also, but, howbeit, nevertheless, yet.

.... G-3361. me,   may;

          a prim. particle of qualified negation (whereas G-3756 expresses an absolute denial); (adv.) not, (conj.) lest; also (as interrog. implying a neg. answer [whereas G-3756 expects an affirm. one]) whether:--any, but, (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, [can-] not, nothing, that not, un [-taken], without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also G-3362, G-3363, G-3364, G-3372, G-3373, G-3375, G-3378.

.... G-3362. ean me,   eh-an' may;

          i.e. G-1437 and G-3361; if not, i.e. unless:--X before, but, except, if no, (if, + whosoever) not.

.... G-3363. hina me,   hin'-ah may;

          i.e. G-2443 and G-3361; in order (or so) that not:--albeit not, lest, that no (-t, [-thing]).

.... G-3364. ou me,   oo may;

          i.e. G-3756 and G-3361; a double neg. strengthening the denial; not at all:--any more, at all, by any (no) means, neither, never, no (at all), in no case (wise), nor ever, not (at all, in any wise). Comp. G-3378.

.... G-3372. mekos,   may'-kos;

          prob. akin to G-3173; length (lit. or fig.):--length.

.... G-3373. mekuno,   may-koo'-no;

          from G-3372; to lengthen, i.e. (mid.) to enlarge:--grow up.

.... G-3375. men,   mane;

          a stronger form of G-3303; a particle of affirmation (only with G-2229); assuredly:--+ surely.

.... G-3378. me ouk,   may ook;

          i.e. G-3361 and G-3756; as interrog. and neg. is it not that?:--neither (followed by no), + never, not. Comp. G-3364.

.... G-3381. mepos,   may'-poce;

          or  me pos,   may poce;

          from G-3361 and G-4458; lest somehow:--lest (by any means, by some means, haply, perhaps).

.... G-3568. nun,   noon;

          a prim. particle of present time; "now" (as adv. of date, a transition or emphasis); also as noun or adj. present or immediate:--henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this (time). See also G-3569, G-3570.

.... G-3569. tanun,   tan-oon';

          or  ta nun,   tah noon;

          from neut. plur. of G-3588 and G-3568; the things now, i.e. (adv.) at present:--(but) now.

.... G-3570. nuni,   noo-nee';

          a prol. form of G-3568 for emphasis; just now:--now.

.... G-3588. ho,   ho;

          includ. the fem., he,   hay;

          and the neut., to,   to,

          in all their inflections; the def. article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.

.... G-3739. hos,   hos;

          includ. fem.,  he,   hay;

          and neut.,  ho,   ho;

          prob. a prim. word (or perh. a form of the art. G-3588); the rel. (sometimes demonstrative) pron., who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who (-m, -se), etc. See also G-3757.

.... G-3756. ou,   oo;

          also (before a vowel)  ouk,   ook;

          and (before an aspirate)  ouch,   ookh;

          a prim. word; the absol. neg. [comp. G-3361] adv.; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, [can-] not, + nothing, + special, un ([-worthy]), when, + without, + yet but. See also G-3364, G-3372.

.... G-3757. hou,   hoo;

          gen. of G-3739 as adv.; at which place, i.e. where:--where (-in), whither ([-soever]).

.... G-3767. oun,   oon;

          appar. a prim. word; (adv.) certainly, or (conj.) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.

.... G-3817. paio,   pah'-yo;

          a prim. verb; to hit (as if by a single blow and less violently than G-5180); spec. to sting (as a scorpion):--smite, strike.

.... G-3819. palai,   pal'-ahee;

          prob. another form for G-3825 (through the idea of retrocession); (adv.) formerly, or (by rel.) sometime since; (ellipt. as adj.) ancient:--any while, a great while ago, (of) old, in time past.

.... G-3823. pale,   pal'-ay;

          from  pallo (to vibrate; another form for G-906); wrestling:--+ wrestle.

.... G-3825. palin,   pal'-in;

          prob. from the same as G-3823 (through the idea of oscillatory repetition); (adv.) anew, i.e. (of place) back, (of time) once more, or (conj.) furthermore or on the other hand:--again.

.... G-3960. patasso,   pat-as'-so;

          prob. prol. from G-3817; to knock (gently or with a weapon or fatally):--smite, strike. Comp. G-5180.

.... G-3961. pateo,   pat-eh'-o;

          from a der. prob. of G-3817 (mean. a "path"); to trample (lit. or fig.):--tread (down, under foot).

.... G-4007. per,   per;

          from the base of G-4008; an enclitic particle significant of abundance (thoroughness), i.e. emphasis; much, very or ever:--[whom-] soever.

.... G-4008. peran,   per'-an;

          appar. acc. of an obsol. der. of  peiro (to "pierce"); through (as adv. or prep.), i.e. across:--beyond, farther (other) side, over.

.... G-4072. petomai,   pet'-om-ahee;

          or prol.  petaomai,   pet-ah'-om-ahee;

          or contr.  ptaomai,   ptah'-om-ahee;

          mid. of a prim. verb; to fly:--fly (-ing).

.... G-4098. pipto,   pip'-to;

          a redupl. and contr. form of  peto,   pet'-o,

          (which occurs only as an alt. in cert. tenses); prob. akin to G-4072 through the idea of alighting; to fall (lit. or fig.):--fail, fall (down), light on.

.... G-4111. plasso,   plas'-so;

          a prim. verb; to mould, i.e. shape or fabricate:--form.

.... G-4141. plesso,   place'-so;

          appar. another form of G-4111 (through the idea of flattening out); to pound, i.e. (fig.) to inflict with (calamity):--smite. Comp. G-5180.

.... G-4154. pneo,   pneh'-o;

          a prim. word; to breathe hard, i.e. breeze:--blow. Comp. G-5594.

.... G-4214. posos,   pos'-os;

          from an obsol.  pos (who, what) and G-3739; interrog. pron. (of amount) how much (large, long or [plur.] many):--how great (long, many), what.

.... G-4225. pou,   poo;

          gen. of an indef. pron.  pos (some) otherwise obsol. (comp. G-4214); as adv. of place, somewhere, i.e. nearly:--about, a certain place.

.... G-4422. ptoeo,   pto-eh'-o;

          prob. akin to the alt. of G-4098 (through the idea of causing to fall) or to G-4072 (through that of causing to fly away); to scare:--frighten.

.... G-4426. pturo,   ptoo'-ro;

          from a presumed der. of G-4429 (and thus akin to G-4422); to frighten:--terrify.

.... G-4428. ptusso,   ptoos'-so;

          prob. akin to  petannumi (to spread; and thus appar. allied to G-4072 through the idea of expansion, and to G-4429 through that of flattening; comp. G-3961); to fold, i.e. furl a scroll:--close.

.... G-4429. ptuo,   ptoo'-o;

          a prim. verb (comp. G-4428); to spit:--spit.

.... G-4458. pos,   poce;

          adv. from the base of G-4225; an enclitic particle of indefiniteness of manner; somehow or anyhow; used only in comp.:--haply, by any (some) means, perhaps. See G-1513, G-3381. Comp. G-4459.

.... G-4459. pos,   poce;

          adv. from the base of G-4426; an interrog. particle of manner; in what way? (sometimes the question is indirect, how?); also as exclamation, how much!:--how, after (by) what manner (means), that. [Occasionally unexpressed in English.]

.... G-4474. rhapizo,   hrap-id'-zo;

          from a der. of a prim.  rhepo (to let fall, "rap"); to slap:--smite (with the palm of the hand). Comp. G-5180.

.... G-4496. rhipto,   hrip'-to;

          a prim. verb (perh. rather akin to the base of G-4474, through the idea of sudden motion); to fling (probably with a quick toss, thus differing from G-906, which denotes a deliberate hurl; and from  teino [see in G-1614], which indicates an extended projection); by qualification, to deposit (as if a load); by extens. to disperse:--cast (down, out), scatter abroad, throw.

.... G-5088. tikto,   tik'-to;

          a strengthened form of a prim.  teko,   tek'-o

          (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to produce (from seed, as a mother, a plant, the earth, etc.), lit. or fig.:--bear, be born, bring forth, be delivered, be in travail.

.... G-5100. tis,   tis;

          an enclit. indef. pron.; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, -thing, -what), (+ that no-) thing, what (-soever), X wherewith, whom [-soever], whose ([-soever]).

.... G-5104. toi,   toy;

          prob. for the dat. of G-3588; an enclit. particle of asseveration by way of contrast; in sooth:--[used only with other particles in comp., as G-2544, G-3305, G-5105, G-5106, etc.]

.... G-5105. toigaroun,   toy-gar-oon';

          from G-5104 and G-1063 and G-3767; truly for then, i.e. consequently:--there- (where-) fore.

.... G-5106. toinun,   toy'-noon;

          from G-5104 and G-3568; truly now, i.e. accordingly:--then, therefore.

.... G-5177. tugchano,   toong-khan'-o;

          prob. for an obsol.  tucho (for which the mid. of another alt.  teucho (to make ready or bring to pass] is used in cert. tenses; akin to the base of G-5088 through the idea of effecting; probably to affect; or (spec.) to hit or light upon (as a mark to be reached), i.e.(trans.) to attain or secure an object or end, or (intrans.) to happen (as if meeting with); but in the latter application only impers. (with G-1487), i.e. perchance; or (pres. part.) as adj. usual (as if commonly met with, with G-3756, extraordinary), neut. (as adv.) perhaps; or (with another verb) as adv. by accident (as it were):--be, chance, enjoy, little, obtain, X refresh . . . self, + special. Comp. G-5180.

.... G-5180. tupto,   toop'-to;

          a prim. verb (in a strength. form); to "thump", i.e. cudgel or pummel (probably with a stick or bastinado), but in any case by repeated blows; thus differing from G-3817 and G-3960, which denote a [usually single] blow with the hand or any instrument, or G-4141 with the fist [or a hammer], or G-4474 with the palm; as well as from G-5177, an accidental collision); by impl. to punish; fig. to offend (the conscience):--beat, smite, strike, wound.

.... G-5594. psucho,   psoo'-kho;

          a prim. verb; to breathe (voluntarily but gently; thus differing on the one hand from G-4154, which denotes probably a forcible respiration; and on the other from the base of G-109, which refers probably to an inanimate breeze), i.e. (by impl. of reduction of temperature by evaporation) to chill (fig.):--wax cold.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3822. palaioo,   pal-ah-yo'-o;

          from G-3820; to make (pass become) worn out, or declare obsolete:--decay, make (wax) old.

 

.... G-3820. palaios,   pal-ah-yos';

          from G-3819; antique, i.e. not recent, worn out:--old.

.... G-109. aer,   ah-ayr';

          from  aemi (to breathe unconsciously, i.e. respire; by anal. to blow ); "air" (as naturally circumambient): --air. Comp. G-5594.

.... G-302. an,   an;

          a prim. particle, denoting a supposition, wish, possibility or uncertainty:--[what-, where-, whither-, who-]soever. Usually unexpressed except by the subjunctive or potential mood. Also contr. for G-1437.

.... G-846. autos,   ow-tos';

          from the particle  au [perh. akin to the base of G-109 through the idea of a baffling wind] (backward); the reflex. pron. self, used (alone or in the comp. G-1438) of the third pers., and (with the probably pers. pron.) of the other persons:--her, it (-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, ([self-], the) same, ([him-, my-, thy-]) self, [your-] selves, she, that, their (-s), them ([-selves]), there [-at, -by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with], they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Comp. G-848.

.... G-848. hautou,   how-too';

          contr. for G-1438; self (in some oblique case or reflex. relation):--her (own), (of) him (-self), his (own), of it, thee, their (own), them (-selves), they.

.... G-906. ballo,   bal'-lo;

          a prim. verb; to throw (in various applications, more or less violent or intense):--arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put (up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust. Comp. G-4496.

.... G-1063. gar,   gar;

          a prim. particle; probably assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.

.... G-1065. ge,   gheh;

          a prim. particle of emphasis or qualification (often used with other particles prefixed):--and besides, doubtless, at least, yet.

.... G-1161. de,   deh;

          a prim. particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now [often unexpressed in English].

.... G-1211. de,   day;

          prob. akin to G-1161; a particle of emphasis or explicitness; now, then, etc.:--also, and, doubtless, now, therefore.

.... G-1437. ean,   eh-an';

          from G-1487 and G-302; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-) soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, [who-] so (-ever). See G-3361.

.... G-1438. heautou,   heh-ow-too',

          (incl. all the other cases); from a reflex. pron. otherwise obsol. and the gen. (dat. or acc.) of G-846; him- (her-, it-, them-, also [in conjunction with the pers. pron. of the other persons] my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own (-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them (-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).

.... G-1487. ei,   i;

          a prim. particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, ([al-]) though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, espec. as in G-1489, G-1490, G-1499, G-1508, G-1509, G-1512, G-1513, G-1536, G-1537. See also G-1437.

.... G-1489. eige,   i'-gheh;

          from G-1487 and G-1065; if indeed, seeing that, unless, (with neg.) otherwise:--if (so be that, yet).

.... G-1490. ei de me,   i deh may' ;

          or  ei de me ge,   i deh may' gheh;

          from G-1487, G-1161 and G-3361 (sometimes with G-1065 added); but if not:--(or) else, if (not, otherwise), otherwise.

.... G-1499. ei kai,   i kahee;

          from G-1487 and G-2532; if also (or even):--if (that), though.

.... G-1508. ei me,   i may;

          from G-1487 and G-3361; if not:--but, except (that), if not, more than, save (only) that, saving, till.

.... G-1509. ei me ti,   i may tee;

          from G-1508 and the neut. of G-5100; if not somewhat:--except.

.... G-1512. ei per,   i per;

          from G-1487 and G-4007; if perhaps:--if so be (that), seeing, though.

.... G-1513. ei pos,   i poce;

          from G-1487 and G-4458; if somehow:--if by any means.

.... G-1536. ei tis,   i tis;

          from G-1487 and G-5100; if any:--he that, if a (-ny) man ('s thing, from any, ought), whether any, whosoever.

.... G-1537. ek,   ek;

          or ex,   ex;

          a prim. prep. denoting origin (the point whence motion or action proceeds), from, out (of place, time or cause; lit. or fig.; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at betwixt (-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for (-th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, . . . ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with (-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.

.... G-1614. ekteino,   ek-ti'-no;

          from G-1537 and  teino (to stretch); to extend:--cast, put forth, stretch forth (out).

.... G-2228. e,   ay;

          a prim. particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-) either, except it be, (n-) or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Comp. especially G-2235, G-2260, G-2273.

.... G-2229. e,   ay;

          an adv. of confirmation; perh. intens. of G-2228; used only (in the N.T.) before G-3303; assuredly:--surely.

.... G-2235. ede,   ay'-day;

          appar. from G-2228 (or possibly G-2229) and G-1211; even now:--already, (even) now (already), by this time.

.... G-2260. eper,   ay'-per;

          from G-2228 and G-4007; than at all (or than perhaps, than indeed):--than.

.... G-2273. etoi,   ay'-toy;

          from G-2228 and G-5104; either indeed:--whether.

.... G-2443. hina,   hin'-ah;

          prob. from the same as the former part of G-1438 (through the demonstrative idea; comp. G-3588); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Comp. G-3363.

.... G-2532. kai,   kahee;

          appar. a prim. particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so, then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, indeed, likewise, moreover, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yea, yet.

.... G-2543. kaitoi,   kah'-ee-toy;

          from G-2532 and G-5104; and yet, i.e. nevertheless:--although.

.... G-2544. kaitoige,   kah'ee-foyg-eh;

          from G-2543 and G-1065; and yet indeed, i.e. although really:--nevertheless, though.

.... G-3173. megas,   meg'-as

          [includ. the prol. forms, fem.  megale, plur.  megaloi, etc.; comp. also G-3176, G-3187]; big (lit. or fig., in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great (-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.

.... G-3176. megistos,   meg'-is-tos;

          superl. of G-3173; greatest or very great:--exceeding great.

.... G-3187. meizon,   mide'-zone;

          irreg. compar. of G-3173; larger (lit. or fig., spec. in age):--elder, greater (-est), more.

.... G-3303. men,   men;

          a prim. particle; probably indic. of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with G-1161 (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.

.... G-3305. mentoi,   men'-toy;

          from G-3303 and G-5104; indeed though, i.e. however:--also, but, howbeit, nevertheless, yet.

.... G-3361. me,   may;

          a prim. particle of qualified negation (whereas G-3756 expresses an absolute denial); (adv.) not, (conj.) lest; also (as interrog. implying a neg. answer [whereas G-3756 expects an affirm. one]) whether:--any, but, (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, [can-] not, nothing, that not, un [-taken], without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also G-3362, G-3363, G-3364, G-3372, G-3373, G-3375, G-3378.

.... G-3362. ean me,   eh-an' may;

          i.e. G-1437 and G-3361; if not, i.e. unless:--X before, but, except, if no, (if, + whosoever) not.

.... G-3363. hina me,   hin'-ah may;

          i.e. G-2443 and G-3361; in order (or so) that not:--albeit not, lest, that no (-t, [-thing]).

.... G-3364. ou me,   oo may;

          i.e. G-3756 and G-3361; a double neg. strengthening the denial; not at all:--any more, at all, by any (no) means, neither, never, no (at all), in no case (wise), nor ever, not (at all, in any wise). Comp. G-3378.

.... G-3372. mekos,   may'-kos;

          prob. akin to G-3173; length (lit. or fig.):--length.

.... G-3373. mekuno,   may-koo'-no;

          from G-3372; to lengthen, i.e. (mid.) to enlarge:--grow up.

.... G-3375. men,   mane;

          a stronger form of G-3303; a particle of affirmation (only with G-2229); assuredly:--+ surely.

.... G-3378. me ouk,   may ook;

          i.e. G-3361 and G-3756; as interrog. and neg. is it not that?:--neither (followed by no), + never, not. Comp. G-3364.

.... G-3381. mepos,   may'-poce;

          or  me pos,   may poce;

          from G-3361 and G-4458; lest somehow:--lest (by any means, by some means, haply, perhaps).

.... G-3568. nun,   noon;

          a prim. particle of present time; "now" (as adv. of date, a transition or emphasis); also as noun or adj. present or immediate:--henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this (time). See also G-3569, G-3570.

.... G-3569. tanun,   tan-oon';

          or  ta nun,   tah noon;

          from neut. plur. of G-3588 and G-3568; the things now, i.e. (adv.) at present:--(but) now.

.... G-3570. nuni,   noo-nee';

          a prol. form of G-3568 for emphasis; just now:--now.

.... G-3588. ho,   ho;

          includ. the fem., he,   hay;

          and the neut., to,   to,

          in all their inflections; the def. article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.

.... G-3739. hos,   hos;

          includ. fem.,  he,   hay;

          and neut.,  ho,   ho;

          prob. a prim. word (or perh. a form of the art. G-3588); the rel. (sometimes demonstrative) pron., who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who (-m, -se), etc. See also G-3757.

.... G-3756. ou,   oo;

          also (before a vowel)  ouk,   ook;

          and (before an aspirate)  ouch,   ookh;

          a prim. word; the absol. neg. [comp. G-3361] adv.; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, [can-] not, + nothing, + special, un ([-worthy]), when, + without, + yet but. See also G-3364, G-3372.

.... G-3757. hou,   hoo;

          gen. of G-3739 as adv.; at which place, i.e. where:--where (-in), whither ([-soever]).

.... G-3767. oun,   oon;

          appar. a prim. word; (adv.) certainly, or (conj.) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.

.... G-3817. paio,   pah'-yo;

          a prim. verb; to hit (as if by a single blow and less violently than G-5180); spec. to sting (as a scorpion):--smite, strike.

.... G-3819. palai,   pal'-ahee;

          prob. another form for G-3825 (through the idea of retrocession); (adv.) formerly, or (by rel.) sometime since; (ellipt. as adj.) ancient:--any while, a great while ago, (of) old, in time past.

.... G-3823. pale,   pal'-ay;

          from  pallo (to vibrate; another form for G-906); wrestling:--+ wrestle.

.... G-3825. palin,   pal'-in;

          prob. from the same as G-3823 (through the idea of oscillatory repetition); (adv.) anew, i.e. (of place) back, (of time) once more, or (conj.) furthermore or on the other hand:--again.

.... G-3960. patasso,   pat-as'-so;

          prob. prol. from G-3817; to knock (gently or with a weapon or fatally):--smite, strike. Comp. G-5180.

.... G-3961. pateo,   pat-eh'-o;

          from a der. prob. of G-3817 (mean. a "path"); to trample (lit. or fig.):--tread (down, under foot).

.... G-4007. per,   per;

          from the base of G-4008; an enclitic particle significant of abundance (thoroughness), i.e. emphasis; much, very or ever:--[whom-] soever.

.... G-4008. peran,   per'-an;

          appar. acc. of an obsol. der. of  peiro (to "pierce"); through (as adv. or prep.), i.e. across:--beyond, farther (other) side, over.

.... G-4072. petomai,   pet'-om-ahee;

          or prol.  petaomai,   pet-ah'-om-ahee;

          or contr.  ptaomai,   ptah'-om-ahee;

          mid. of a prim. verb; to fly:--fly (-ing).

.... G-4098. pipto,   pip'-to;

          a redupl. and contr. form of  peto,   pet'-o,

          (which occurs only as an alt. in cert. tenses); prob. akin to G-4072 through the idea of alighting; to fall (lit. or fig.):--fail, fall (down), light on.

.... G-4111. plasso,   plas'-so;

          a prim. verb; to mould, i.e. shape or fabricate:--form.

.... G-4141. plesso,   place'-so;

          appar. another form of G-4111 (through the idea of flattening out); to pound, i.e. (fig.) to inflict with (calamity):--smite. Comp. G-5180.

.... G-4154. pneo,   pneh'-o;

          a prim. word; to breathe hard, i.e. breeze:--blow. Comp. G-5594.

.... G-4214. posos,   pos'-os;

          from an obsol.  pos (who, what) and G-3739; interrog. pron. (of amount) how much (large, long or [plur.] many):--how great (long, many), what.

.... G-4225. pou,   poo;

          gen. of an indef. pron.  pos (some) otherwise obsol. (comp. G-4214); as adv. of place, somewhere, i.e. nearly:--about, a certain place.

.... G-4422. ptoeo,   pto-eh'-o;

          prob. akin to the alt. of G-4098 (through the idea of causing to fall) or to G-4072 (through that of causing to fly away); to scare:--frighten.

.... G-4426. pturo,   ptoo'-ro;

          from a presumed der. of G-4429 (and thus akin to G-4422); to frighten:--terrify.

.... G-4428. ptusso,   ptoos'-so;

          prob. akin to  petannumi (to spread; and thus appar. allied to G-4072 through the idea of expansion, and to G-4429 through that of flattening; comp. G-3961); to fold, i.e. furl a scroll:--close.

.... G-4429. ptuo,   ptoo'-o;

          a prim. verb (comp. G-4428); to spit:--spit.

.... G-4458. pos,   poce;

          adv. from the base of G-4225; an enclitic particle of indefiniteness of manner; somehow or anyhow; used only in comp.:--haply, by any (some) means, perhaps. See G-1513, G-3381. Comp. G-4459.

.... G-4459. pos,   poce;

          adv. from the base of G-4426; an interrog. particle of manner; in what way? (sometimes the question is indirect, how?); also as exclamation, how much!:--how, after (by) what manner (means), that. [Occasionally unexpressed in English.]

.... G-4474. rhapizo,   hrap-id'-zo;

          from a der. of a prim.  rhepo (to let fall, "rap"); to slap:--smite (with the palm of the hand). Comp. G-5180.

.... G-4496. rhipto,   hrip'-to;

          a prim. verb (perh. rather akin to the base of G-4474, through the idea of sudden motion); to fling (probably with a quick toss, thus differing from G-906, which denotes a deliberate hurl; and from  teino [see in G-1614], which indicates an extended projection); by qualification, to deposit (as if a load); by extens. to disperse:--cast (down, out), scatter abroad, throw.

.... G-5088. tikto,   tik'-to;

          a strengthened form of a prim.  teko,   tek'-o

          (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to produce (from seed, as a mother, a plant, the earth, etc.), lit. or fig.:--bear, be born, bring forth, be delivered, be in travail.

.... G-5100. tis,   tis;

          an enclit. indef. pron.; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, -thing, -what), (+ that no-) thing, what (-soever), X wherewith, whom [-soever], whose ([-soever]).

.... G-5104. toi,   toy;

          prob. for the dat. of G-3588; an enclit. particle of asseveration by way of contrast; in sooth:--[used only with other particles in comp., as G-2544, G-3305, G-5105, G-5106, etc.]

.... G-5105. toigaroun,   toy-gar-oon';

          from G-5104 and G-1063 and G-3767; truly for then, i.e. consequently:--there- (where-) fore.

.... G-5106. toinun,   toy'-noon;

          from G-5104 and G-3568; truly now, i.e. accordingly:--then, therefore.

.... G-5177. tugchano,   toong-khan'-o;

          prob. for an obsol.  tucho (for which the mid. of another alt.  teucho (to make ready or bring to pass] is used in cert. tenses; akin to the base of G-5088 through the idea of effecting; probably to affect; or (spec.) to hit or light upon (as a mark to be reached), i.e.(trans.) to attain or secure an object or end, or (intrans.) to happen (as if meeting with); but in the latter application only impers. (with G-1487), i.e. perchance; or (pres. part.) as adj. usual (as if commonly met with, with G-3756, extraordinary), neut. (as adv.) perhaps; or (with another verb) as adv. by accident (as it were):--be, chance, enjoy, little, obtain, X refresh . . . self, + special. Comp. G-5180.

.... G-5180. tupto,   toop'-to;

          a prim. verb (in a strength. form); to "thump", i.e. cudgel or pummel (probably with a stick or bastinado), but in any case by repeated blows; thus differing from G-3817 and G-3960, which denote a [usually single] blow with the hand or any instrument, or G-4141 with the fist [or a hammer], or G-4474 with the palm; as well as from G-5177, an accidental collision); by impl. to punish; fig. to offend (the conscience):--beat, smite, strike, wound.

.... G-5594. psucho,   psoo'-kho;

          a prim. verb; to breathe (voluntarily but gently; thus differing on the one hand from G-4154, which denotes probably a forcible respiration; and on the other from the base of G-109, which refers probably to an inanimate breeze), i.e. (by impl. of reduction of temperature by evaporation) to chill (fig.):--wax cold.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3823. pale,   pal'-ay;

          from  pallo (to vibrate; another form for G-906); wrestling:--+ wrestle.

 

.... G-906. ballo,   bal'-lo;

          a prim. verb; to throw (in various applications, more or less violent or intense):--arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put (up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust. Comp. G-4496.

.... G-109. aer,   ah-ayr';

          from  aemi (to breathe unconsciously, i.e. respire; by anal. to blow ); "air" (as naturally circumambient): --air. Comp. G-5594.

.... G-302. an,   an;

          a prim. particle, denoting a supposition, wish, possibility or uncertainty:--[what-, where-, whither-, who-]soever. Usually unexpressed except by the subjunctive or potential mood. Also contr. for G-1437.

.... G-846. autos,   ow-tos';

          from the particle  au [perh. akin to the base of G-109 through the idea of a baffling wind] (backward); the reflex. pron. self, used (alone or in the comp. G-1438) of the third pers., and (with the probably pers. pron.) of the other persons:--her, it (-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, ([self-], the) same, ([him-, my-, thy-]) self, [your-] selves, she, that, their (-s), them ([-selves]), there [-at, -by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with], they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Comp. G-848.

.... G-848. hautou,   how-too';

          contr. for G-1438; self (in some oblique case or reflex. relation):--her (own), (of) him (-self), his (own), of it, thee, their (own), them (-selves), they.

.... G-1063. gar,   gar;

          a prim. particle; probably assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.

.... G-1065. ge,   gheh;

          a prim. particle of emphasis or qualification (often used with other particles prefixed):--and besides, doubtless, at least, yet.

.... G-1161. de,   deh;

          a prim. particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now [often unexpressed in English].

.... G-1211. de,   day;

          prob. akin to G-1161; a particle of emphasis or explicitness; now, then, etc.:--also, and, doubtless, now, therefore.

.... G-1437. ean,   eh-an';

          from G-1487 and G-302; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-) soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, [who-] so (-ever). See G-3361.

.... G-1438. heautou,   heh-ow-too',

          (incl. all the other cases); from a reflex. pron. otherwise obsol. and the gen. (dat. or acc.) of G-846; him- (her-, it-, them-, also [in conjunction with the pers. pron. of the other persons] my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own (-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them (-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).

.... G-1487. ei,   i;

          a prim. particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, ([al-]) though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, espec. as in G-1489, G-1490, G-1499, G-1508, G-1509, G-1512, G-1513, G-1536, G-1537. See also G-1437.

.... G-1489. eige,   i'-gheh;

          from G-1487 and G-1065; if indeed, seeing that, unless, (with neg.) otherwise:--if (so be that, yet).

.... G-1490. ei de me,   i deh may' ;

          or  ei de me ge,   i deh may' gheh;

          from G-1487, G-1161 and G-3361 (sometimes with G-1065 added); but if not:--(or) else, if (not, otherwise), otherwise.

.... G-1499. ei kai,   i kahee;

          from G-1487 and G-2532; if also (or even):--if (that), though.

.... G-1508. ei me,   i may;

          from G-1487 and G-3361; if not:--but, except (that), if not, more than, save (only) that, saving, till.

.... G-1509. ei me ti,   i may tee;

          from G-1508 and the neut. of G-5100; if not somewhat:--except.

.... G-1512. ei per,   i per;

          from G-1487 and G-4007; if perhaps:--if so be (that), seeing, though.

.... G-1513. ei pos,   i poce;

          from G-1487 and G-4458; if somehow:--if by any means.

.... G-1536. ei tis,   i tis;

          from G-1487 and G-5100; if any:--he that, if a (-ny) man ('s thing, from any, ought), whether any, whosoever.

.... G-1537. ek,   ek;

          or ex,   ex;

          a prim. prep. denoting origin (the point whence motion or action proceeds), from, out (of place, time or cause; lit. or fig.; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at betwixt (-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for (-th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, . . . ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with (-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.

.... G-1614. ekteino,   ek-ti'-no;

          from G-1537 and  teino (to stretch); to extend:--cast, put forth, stretch forth (out).

.... G-2228. e,   ay;

          a prim. particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-) either, except it be, (n-) or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Comp. especially G-2235, G-2260, G-2273.

.... G-2229. e,   ay;

          an adv. of confirmation; perh. intens. of G-2228; used only (in the N.T.) before G-3303; assuredly:--surely.

.... G-2235. ede,   ay'-day;

          appar. from G-2228 (or possibly G-2229) and G-1211; even now:--already, (even) now (already), by this time.

.... G-2260. eper,   ay'-per;

          from G-2228 and G-4007; than at all (or than perhaps, than indeed):--than.

.... G-2273. etoi,   ay'-toy;

          from G-2228 and G-5104; either indeed:--whether.

.... G-2443. hina,   hin'-ah;

          prob. from the same as the former part of G-1438 (through the demonstrative idea; comp. G-3588); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Comp. G-3363.

.... G-2532. kai,   kahee;

          appar. a prim. particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so, then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, indeed, likewise, moreover, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yea, yet.

.... G-2543. kaitoi,   kah'-ee-toy;

          from G-2532 and G-5104; and yet, i.e. nevertheless:--although.

.... G-2544. kaitoige,   kah'ee-foyg-eh;

          from G-2543 and G-1065; and yet indeed, i.e. although really:--nevertheless, though.

.... G-3173. megas,   meg'-as

          [includ. the prol. forms, fem.  megale, plur.  megaloi, etc.; comp. also G-3176, G-3187]; big (lit. or fig., in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great (-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.

.... G-3176. megistos,   meg'-is-tos;

          superl. of G-3173; greatest or very great:--exceeding great.

.... G-3187. meizon,   mide'-zone;

          irreg. compar. of G-3173; larger (lit. or fig., spec. in age):--elder, greater (-est), more.

.... G-3303. men,   men;

          a prim. particle; probably indic. of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with G-1161 (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.

.... G-3305. mentoi,   men'-toy;

          from G-3303 and G-5104; indeed though, i.e. however:--also, but, howbeit, nevertheless, yet.

.... G-3361. me,   may;

          a prim. particle of qualified negation (whereas G-3756 expresses an absolute denial); (adv.) not, (conj.) lest; also (as interrog. implying a neg. answer [whereas G-3756 expects an affirm. one]) whether:--any, but, (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, [can-] not, nothing, that not, un [-taken], without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also G-3362, G-3363, G-3364, G-3372, G-3373, G-3375, G-3378.

.... G-3362. ean me,   eh-an' may;

          i.e. G-1437 and G-3361; if not, i.e. unless:--X before, but, except, if no, (if, + whosoever) not.

.... G-3363. hina me,   hin'-ah may;

          i.e. G-2443 and G-3361; in order (or so) that not:--albeit not, lest, that no (-t, [-thing]).

.... G-3364. ou me,   oo may;

          i.e. G-3756 and G-3361; a double neg. strengthening the denial; not at all:--any more, at all, by any (no) means, neither, never, no (at all), in no case (wise), nor ever, not (at all, in any wise). Comp. G-3378.

.... G-3372. mekos,   may'-kos;

          prob. akin to G-3173; length (lit. or fig.):--length.

.... G-3373. mekuno,   may-koo'-no;

          from G-3372; to lengthen, i.e. (mid.) to enlarge:--grow up.

.... G-3375. men,   mane;

          a stronger form of G-3303; a particle of affirmation (only with G-2229); assuredly:--+ surely.

.... G-3378. me ouk,   may ook;

          i.e. G-3361 and G-3756; as interrog. and neg. is it not that?:--neither (followed by no), + never, not. Comp. G-3364.

.... G-3381. mepos,   may'-poce;

          or  me pos,   may poce;

          from G-3361 and G-4458; lest somehow:--lest (by any means, by some means, haply, perhaps).

.... G-3568. nun,   noon;

          a prim. particle of present time; "now" (as adv. of date, a transition or emphasis); also as noun or adj. present or immediate:--henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this (time). See also G-3569, G-3570.

.... G-3569. tanun,   tan-oon';

          or  ta nun,   tah noon;

          from neut. plur. of G-3588 and G-3568; the things now, i.e. (adv.) at present:--(but) now.

.... G-3570. nuni,   noo-nee';

          a prol. form of G-3568 for emphasis; just now:--now.

.... G-3588. ho,   ho;

          includ. the fem., he,   hay;

          and the neut., to,   to,

          in all their inflections; the def. article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.

.... G-3739. hos,   hos;

          includ. fem.,  he,   hay;

          and neut.,  ho,   ho;

          prob. a prim. word (or perh. a form of the art. G-3588); the rel. (sometimes demonstrative) pron., who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who (-m, -se), etc. See also G-3757.

.... G-3756. ou,   oo;

          also (before a vowel)  ouk,   ook;

          and (before an aspirate)  ouch,   ookh;

          a prim. word; the absol. neg. [comp. G-3361] adv.; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, [can-] not, + nothing, + special, un ([-worthy]), when, + without, + yet but. See also G-3364, G-3372.

.... G-3757. hou,   hoo;

          gen. of G-3739 as adv.; at which place, i.e. where:--where (-in), whither ([-soever]).

.... G-3767. oun,   oon;

          appar. a prim. word; (adv.) certainly, or (conj.) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.

.... G-3817. paio,   pah'-yo;

          a prim. verb; to hit (as if by a single blow and less violently than G-5180); spec. to sting (as a scorpion):--smite, strike.

.... G-3960. patasso,   pat-as'-so;

          prob. prol. from G-3817; to knock (gently or with a weapon or fatally):--smite, strike. Comp. G-5180.

.... G-3961. pateo,   pat-eh'-o;

          from a der. prob. of G-3817 (mean. a "path"); to trample (lit. or fig.):--tread (down, under foot).

.... G-4007. per,   per;

          from the base of G-4008; an enclitic particle significant of abundance (thoroughness), i.e. emphasis; much, very or ever:--[whom-] soever.

.... G-4008. peran,   per'-an;

          appar. acc. of an obsol. der. of  peiro (to "pierce"); through (as adv. or prep.), i.e. across:--beyond, farther (other) side, over.

.... G-4072. petomai,   pet'-om-ahee;

          or prol.  petaomai,   pet-ah'-om-ahee;

          or contr.  ptaomai,   ptah'-om-ahee;

          mid. of a prim. verb; to fly:--fly (-ing).

.... G-4098. pipto,   pip'-to;

          a redupl. and contr. form of  peto,   pet'-o,

          (which occurs only as an alt. in cert. tenses); prob. akin to G-4072 through the idea of alighting; to fall (lit. or fig.):--fail, fall (down), light on.

.... G-4111. plasso,   plas'-so;

          a prim. verb; to mould, i.e. shape or fabricate:--form.

.... G-4141. plesso,   place'-so;

          appar. another form of G-4111 (through the idea of flattening out); to pound, i.e. (fig.) to inflict with (calamity):--smite. Comp. G-5180.

.... G-4154. pneo,   pneh'-o;

          a prim. word; to breathe hard, i.e. breeze:--blow. Comp. G-5594.

.... G-4214. posos,   pos'-os;

          from an obsol.  pos (who, what) and G-3739; interrog. pron. (of amount) how much (large, long or [plur.] many):--how great (long, many), what.

.... G-4225. pou,   poo;

          gen. of an indef. pron.  pos (some) otherwise obsol. (comp. G-4214); as adv. of place, somewhere, i.e. nearly:--about, a certain place.

.... G-4422. ptoeo,   pto-eh'-o;

          prob. akin to the alt. of G-4098 (through the idea of causing to fall) or to G-4072 (through that of causing to fly away); to scare:--frighten.

.... G-4426. pturo,   ptoo'-ro;

          from a presumed der. of G-4429 (and thus akin to G-4422); to frighten:--terrify.

.... G-4428. ptusso,   ptoos'-so;

          prob. akin to  petannumi (to spread; and thus appar. allied to G-4072 through the idea of expansion, and to G-4429 through that of flattening; comp. G-3961); to fold, i.e. furl a scroll:--close.

.... G-4429. ptuo,   ptoo'-o;

          a prim. verb (comp. G-4428); to spit:--spit.

.... G-4458. pos,   poce;

          adv. from the base of G-4225; an enclitic particle of indefiniteness of manner; somehow or anyhow; used only in comp.:--haply, by any (some) means, perhaps. See G-1513, G-3381. Comp. G-4459.

.... G-4459. pos,   poce;

          adv. from the base of G-4426; an interrog. particle of manner; in what way? (sometimes the question is indirect, how?); also as exclamation, how much!:--how, after (by) what manner (means), that. [Occasionally unexpressed in English.]

.... G-4474. rhapizo,   hrap-id'-zo;

          from a der. of a prim.  rhepo (to let fall, "rap"); to slap:--smite (with the palm of the hand). Comp. G-5180.

.... G-4496. rhipto,   hrip'-to;

          a prim. verb (perh. rather akin to the base of G-4474, through the idea of sudden motion); to fling (probably with a quick toss, thus differing from G-906, which denotes a deliberate hurl; and from  teino [see in G-1614], which indicates an extended projection); by qualification, to deposit (as if a load); by extens. to disperse:--cast (down, out), scatter abroad, throw.

.... G-5088. tikto,   tik'-to;

          a strengthened form of a prim.  teko,   tek'-o

          (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to produce (from seed, as a mother, a plant, the earth, etc.), lit. or fig.:--bear, be born, bring forth, be delivered, be in travail.

.... G-5100. tis,   tis;

          an enclit. indef. pron.; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, -thing, -what), (+ that no-) thing, what (-soever), X wherewith, whom [-soever], whose ([-soever]).

.... G-5104. toi,   toy;

          prob. for the dat. of G-3588; an enclit. particle of asseveration by way of contrast; in sooth:--[used only with other particles in comp., as G-2544, G-3305, G-5105, G-5106, etc.]

.... G-5105. toigaroun,   toy-gar-oon';

          from G-5104 and G-1063 and G-3767; truly for then, i.e. consequently:--there- (where-) fore.

.... G-5106. toinun,   toy'-noon;

          from G-5104 and G-3568; truly now, i.e. accordingly:--then, therefore.

.... G-5177. tugchano,   toong-khan'-o;

          prob. for an obsol.  tucho (for which the mid. of another alt.  teucho (to make ready or bring to pass] is used in cert. tenses; akin to the base of G-5088 through the idea of effecting; probably to affect; or (spec.) to hit or light upon (as a mark to be reached), i.e.(trans.) to attain or secure an object or end, or (intrans.) to happen (as if meeting with); but in the latter application only impers. (with G-1487), i.e. perchance; or (pres. part.) as adj. usual (as if commonly met with, with G-3756, extraordinary), neut. (as adv.) perhaps; or (with another verb) as adv. by accident (as it were):--be, chance, enjoy, little, obtain, X refresh . . . self, + special. Comp. G-5180.

.... G-5180. tupto,   toop'-to;

          a prim. verb (in a strength. form); to "thump", i.e. cudgel or pummel (probably with a stick or bastinado), but in any case by repeated blows; thus differing from G-3817 and G-3960, which denote a [usually single] blow with the hand or any instrument, or G-4141 with the fist [or a hammer], or G-4474 with the palm; as well as from G-5177, an accidental collision); by impl. to punish; fig. to offend (the conscience):--beat, smite, strike, wound.

.... G-5594. psucho,   psoo'-kho;

          a prim. verb; to breathe (voluntarily but gently; thus differing on the one hand from G-4154, which denotes probably a forcible respiration; and on the other from the base of G-109, which refers probably to an inanimate breeze), i.e. (by impl. of reduction of temperature by evaporation) to chill (fig.):--wax cold.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3824. paliggenesia,   pal-ing-ghen-es-ee'-ah;

          from {A.}G-3825 and {B.}G-1078; (spiritual) rebirth (the state or the act), i.e. (fig.) spiritual renovation; spec. Messianic restoration:--regeneration.

 

{A.} G-3825. palin,   pal'-in;

          prob. from the same as G-3823 (through the idea of oscillatory repetition); (adv.) anew, i.e. (of place) back, (of time) once more, or (conj.) furthermore or on the other hand:--again.

{B.} G-1078. genesis,   ghen'-es-is;

          from the same as G-1074; nativity; fig. nature:--generation, nature (-ral).

.... G-109. aer,   ah-ayr';

          from  aemi (to breathe unconsciously, i.e. respire; by anal. to blow ); "air" (as naturally circumambient): --air. Comp. G-5594.

.... G-302. an,   an;

          a prim. particle, denoting a supposition, wish, possibility or uncertainty:--[what-, where-, whither-, who-]soever. Usually unexpressed except by the subjunctive or potential mood. Also contr. for G-1437.

.... G-846. autos,   ow-tos';

          from the particle  au [perh. akin to the base of G-109 through the idea of a baffling wind] (backward); the reflex. pron. self, used (alone or in the comp. G-1438) of the third pers., and (with the probably pers. pron.) of the other persons:--her, it (-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, ([self-], the) same, ([him-, my-, thy-]) self, [your-] selves, she, that, their (-s), them ([-selves]), there [-at, -by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with], they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Comp. G-848.

.... G-848. hautou,   how-too';

          contr. for G-1438; self (in some oblique case or reflex. relation):--her (own), (of) him (-self), his (own), of it, thee, their (own), them (-selves), they.

.... G-906. ballo,   bal'-lo;

          a prim. verb; to throw (in various applications, more or less violent or intense):--arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put (up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust. Comp. G-4496.

.... G-1063. gar,   gar;

          a prim. particle; probably assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.

.... G-1065. ge,   gheh;

          a prim. particle of emphasis or qualification (often used with other particles prefixed):--and besides, doubtless, at least, yet.

.... G-1074. genea,   ghen-eh-ah';

          from (a presumed der. of) G-1085; a generation; by impl. an age (the period or the persons):--age, generation, nation, time.

.... G-1085. genos,   ghen'-os;

          from G-1096; "kin" (abstr. or concr., lit. or fig., indiv. or coll.):--born, country (-man), diversity, generation, kind (-red), nation, offspring, stock.

.... G-1096. ginomai,   ghin'-om-ahee;

          a prol. and mid. form of a prim. verb; to cause to be ("gen"-erate), i.e. (reflex.) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (lit. fig., intens., etc.):--arise be assembled, be (come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, be done, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.

.... G-1161. de,   deh;

          a prim. particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now [often unexpressed in English].

.... G-1211. de,   day;

          prob. akin to G-1161; a particle of emphasis or explicitness; now, then, etc.:--also, and, doubtless, now, therefore.

.... G-1437. ean,   eh-an';

          from G-1487 and G-302; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-) soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, [who-] so (-ever). See G-3361.

.... G-1438. heautou,   heh-ow-too',

          (incl. all the other cases); from a reflex. pron. otherwise obsol. and the gen. (dat. or acc.) of G-846; him- (her-, it-, them-, also [in conjunction with the pers. pron. of the other persons] my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own (-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them (-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).

.... G-1487. ei,   i;

          a prim. particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, ([al-]) though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, espec. as in G-1489, G-1490, G-1499, G-1508, G-1509, G-1512, G-1513, G-1536, G-1537. See also G-1437.

.... G-1489. eige,   i'-gheh;

          from G-1487 and G-1065; if indeed, seeing that, unless, (with neg.) otherwise:--if (so be that, yet).

.... G-1490. ei de me,   i deh may' ;

          or  ei de me ge,   i deh may' gheh;

          from G-1487, G-1161 and G-3361 (sometimes with G-1065 added); but if not:--(or) else, if (not, otherwise), otherwise.

.... G-1499. ei kai,   i kahee;

          from G-1487 and G-2532; if also (or even):--if (that), though.

.... G-1508. ei me,   i may;

          from G-1487 and G-3361; if not:--but, except (that), if not, more than, save (only) that, saving, till.

.... G-1509. ei me ti,   i may tee;

          from G-1508 and the neut. of G-5100; if not somewhat:--except.

.... G-1512. ei per,   i per;

          from G-1487 and G-4007; if perhaps:--if so be (that), seeing, though.

.... G-1513. ei pos,   i poce;

          from G-1487 and G-4458; if somehow:--if by any means.

.... G-1536. ei tis,   i tis;

          from G-1487 and G-5100; if any:--he that, if a (-ny) man ('s thing, from any, ought), whether any, whosoever.

.... G-1537. ek,   ek;

          or ex,   ex;

          a prim. prep. denoting origin (the point whence motion or action proceeds), from, out (of place, time or cause; lit. or fig.; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at betwixt (-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for (-th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, . . . ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with (-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.

.... G-1614. ekteino,   ek-ti'-no;

          from G-1537 and  teino (to stretch); to extend:--cast, put forth, stretch forth (out).

.... G-2228. e,   ay;

          a prim. particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-) either, except it be, (n-) or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Comp. especially G-2235, G-2260, G-2273.

.... G-2229. e,   ay;

          an adv. of confirmation; perh. intens. of G-2228; used only (in the N.T.) before G-3303; assuredly:--surely.

.... G-2235. ede,   ay'-day;

          appar. from G-2228 (or possibly G-2229) and G-1211; even now:--already, (even) now (already), by this time.

.... G-2260. eper,   ay'-per;

          from G-2228 and G-4007; than at all (or than perhaps, than indeed):--than.

.... G-2273. etoi,   ay'-toy;

          from G-2228 and G-5104; either indeed:--whether.

.... G-2443. hina,   hin'-ah;

          prob. from the same as the former part of G-1438 (through the demonstrative idea; comp. G-3588); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Comp. G-3363.

.... G-2532. kai,   kahee;

          appar. a prim. particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so, then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, indeed, likewise, moreover, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yea, yet.

.... G-2543. kaitoi,   kah'-ee-toy;

          from G-2532 and G-5104; and yet, i.e. nevertheless:--although.

.... G-2544. kaitoige,   kah'ee-foyg-eh;

          from G-2543 and G-1065; and yet indeed, i.e. although really:--nevertheless, though.

.... G-3173. megas,   meg'-as

          [includ. the prol. forms, fem.  megale, plur.  megaloi, etc.; comp. also G-3176, G-3187]; big (lit. or fig., in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great (-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.

.... G-3176. megistos,   meg'-is-tos;

          superl. of G-3173; greatest or very great:--exceeding great.

.... G-3187. meizon,   mide'-zone;

          irreg. compar. of G-3173; larger (lit. or fig., spec. in age):--elder, greater (-est), more.

.... G-3303. men,   men;

          a prim. particle; probably indic. of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with G-1161 (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.

.... G-3305. mentoi,   men'-toy;

          from G-3303 and G-5104; indeed though, i.e. however:--also, but, howbeit, nevertheless, yet.

.... G-3361. me,   may;

          a prim. particle of qualified negation (whereas G-3756 expresses an absolute denial); (adv.) not, (conj.) lest; also (as interrog. implying a neg. answer [whereas G-3756 expects an affirm. one]) whether:--any, but, (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, [can-] not, nothing, that not, un [-taken], without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also G-3362, G-3363, G-3364, G-3372, G-3373, G-3375, G-3378.

.... G-3362. ean me,   eh-an' may;

          i.e. G-1437 and G-3361; if not, i.e. unless:--X before, but, except, if no, (if, + whosoever) not.

.... G-3363. hina me,   hin'-ah may;

          i.e. G-2443 and G-3361; in order (or so) that not:--albeit not, lest, that no (-t, [-thing]).

.... G-3364. ou me,   oo may;

          i.e. G-3756 and G-3361; a double neg. strengthening the denial; not at all:--any more, at all, by any (no) means, neither, never, no (at all), in no case (wise), nor ever, not (at all, in any wise). Comp. G-3378.

.... G-3372. mekos,   may'-kos;

          prob. akin to G-3173; length (lit. or fig.):--length.

.... G-3373. mekuno,   may-koo'-no;

          from G-3372; to lengthen, i.e. (mid.) to enlarge:--grow up.

.... G-3375. men,   mane;

          a stronger form of G-3303; a particle of affirmation (only with G-2229); assuredly:--+ surely.

.... G-3378. me ouk,   may ook;

          i.e. G-3361 and G-3756; as interrog. and neg. is it not that?:--neither (followed by no), + never, not. Comp. G-3364.

.... G-3381. mepos,   may'-poce;

          or  me pos,   may poce;

          from G-3361 and G-4458; lest somehow:--lest (by any means, by some means, haply, perhaps).

.... G-3568. nun,   noon;

          a prim. particle of present time; "now" (as adv. of date, a transition or emphasis); also as noun or adj. present or immediate:--henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this (time). See also G-3569, G-3570.

.... G-3569. tanun,   tan-oon';

          or  ta nun,   tah noon;

          from neut. plur. of G-3588 and G-3568; the things now, i.e. (adv.) at present:--(but) now.

.... G-3570. nuni,   noo-nee';

          a prol. form of G-3568 for emphasis; just now:--now.

.... G-3588. ho,   ho;

          includ. the fem., he,   hay;

          and the neut., to,   to,

          in all their inflections; the def. article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.

.... G-3739. hos,   hos;

          includ. fem.,  he,   hay;

          and neut.,  ho,   ho;

          prob. a prim. word (or perh. a form of the art. G-3588); the rel. (sometimes demonstrative) pron., who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who (-m, -se), etc. See also G-3757.

.... G-3756. ou,   oo;

          also (before a vowel)  ouk,   ook;

          and (before an aspirate)  ouch,   ookh;

          a prim. word; the absol. neg. [comp. G-3361] adv.; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, [can-] not, + nothing, + special, un ([-worthy]), when, + without, + yet but. See also G-3364, G-3372.

.... G-3757. hou,   hoo;

          gen. of G-3739 as adv.; at which place, i.e. where:--where (-in), whither ([-soever]).

.... G-3767. oun,   oon;

          appar. a prim. word; (adv.) certainly, or (conj.) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.

.... G-3817. paio,   pah'-yo;

          a prim. verb; to hit (as if by a single blow and less violently than G-5180); spec. to sting (as a scorpion):--smite, strike.

.... G-3823. pale,   pal'-ay;

          from  pallo (to vibrate; another form for G-906); wrestling:--+ wrestle.

.... G-3960. patasso,   pat-as'-so;

          prob. prol. from G-3817; to knock (gently or with a weapon or fatally):--smite, strike. Comp. G-5180.

.... G-3961. pateo,   pat-eh'-o;

          from a der. prob. of G-3817 (mean. a "path"); to trample (lit. or fig.):--tread (down, under foot).

.... G-4007. per,   per;

          from the base of G-4008; an enclitic particle significant of abundance (thoroughness), i.e. emphasis; much, very or ever:--[whom-] soever.

.... G-4008. peran,   per'-an;

          appar. acc. of an obsol. der. of  peiro (to "pierce"); through (as adv. or prep.), i.e. across:--beyond, farther (other) side, over.

.... G-4072. petomai,   pet'-om-ahee;

          or prol.  petaomai,   pet-ah'-om-ahee;

          or contr.  ptaomai,   ptah'-om-ahee;

          mid. of a prim. verb; to fly:--fly (-ing).

.... G-4098. pipto,   pip'-to;

          a redupl. and contr. form of  peto,   pet'-o,

          (which occurs only as an alt. in cert. tenses); prob. akin to G-4072 through the idea of alighting; to fall (lit. or fig.):--fail, fall (down), light on.

.... G-4111. plasso,   plas'-so;

          a prim. verb; to mould, i.e. shape or fabricate:--form.

.... G-4141. plesso,   place'-so;

          appar. another form of G-4111 (through the idea of flattening out); to pound, i.e. (fig.) to inflict with (calamity):--smite. Comp. G-5180.

.... G-4154. pneo,   pneh'-o;

          a prim. word; to breathe hard, i.e. breeze:--blow. Comp. G-5594.

.... G-4214. posos,   pos'-os;

          from an obsol.  pos (who, what) and G-3739; interrog. pron. (of amount) how much (large, long or [plur.] many):--how great (long, many), what.

.... G-4225. pou,   poo;

          gen. of an indef. pron.  pos (some) otherwise obsol. (comp. G-4214); as adv. of place, somewhere, i.e. nearly:--about, a certain place.

.... G-4422. ptoeo,   pto-eh'-o;

          prob. akin to the alt. of G-4098 (through the idea of causing to fall) or to G-4072 (through that of causing to fly away); to scare:--frighten.

.... G-4426. pturo,   ptoo'-ro;

          from a presumed der. of G-4429 (and thus akin to G-4422); to frighten:--terrify.

.... G-4428. ptusso,   ptoos'-so;

          prob. akin to  petannumi (to spread; and thus appar. allied to G-4072 through the idea of expansion, and to G-4429 through that of flattening; comp. G-3961); to fold, i.e. furl a scroll:--close.

.... G-4429. ptuo,   ptoo'-o;

          a prim. verb (comp. G-4428); to spit:--spit.

.... G-4458. pos,   poce;

          adv. from the base of G-4225; an enclitic particle of indefiniteness of manner; somehow or anyhow; used only in comp.:--haply, by any (some) means, perhaps. See G-1513, G-3381. Comp. G-4459.

.... G-4459. pos,   poce;

          adv. from the base of G-4426; an interrog. particle of manner; in what way? (sometimes the question is indirect, how?); also as exclamation, how much!:--how, after (by) what manner (means), that. [Occasionally unexpressed in English.]

.... G-4474. rhapizo,   hrap-id'-zo;

          from a der. of a prim.  rhepo (to let fall, "rap"); to slap:--smite (with the palm of the hand). Comp. G-5180.

.... G-4496. rhipto,   hrip'-to;

          a prim. verb (perh. rather akin to the base of G-4474, through the idea of sudden motion); to fling (probably with a quick toss, thus differing from G-906, which denotes a deliberate hurl; and from  teino [see in G-1614], which indicates an extended projection); by qualification, to deposit (as if a load); by extens. to disperse:--cast (down, out), scatter abroad, throw.

.... G-5088. tikto,   tik'-to;

          a strengthened form of a prim.  teko,   tek'-o

          (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to produce (from seed, as a mother, a plant, the earth, etc.), lit. or fig.:--bear, be born, bring forth, be delivered, be in travail.

.... G-5100. tis,   tis;

          an enclit. indef. pron.; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, -thing, -what), (+ that no-) thing, what (-soever), X wherewith, whom [-soever], whose ([-soever]).

.... G-5104. toi,   toy;

          prob. for the dat. of G-3588; an enclit. particle of asseveration by way of contrast; in sooth:--[used only with other particles in comp., as G-2544, G-3305, G-5105, G-5106, etc.]

.... G-5105. toigaroun,   toy-gar-oon';

          from G-5104 and G-1063 and G-3767; truly for then, i.e. consequently:--there- (where-) fore.

.... G-5106. toinun,   toy'-noon;

          from G-5104 and G-3568; truly now, i.e. accordingly:--then, therefore.

.... G-5177. tugchano,   toong-khan'-o;

          prob. for an obsol.  tucho (for which the mid. of another alt.  teucho (to make ready or bring to pass] is used in cert. tenses; akin to the base of G-5088 through the idea of effecting; probably to affect; or (spec.) to hit or light upon (as a mark to be reached), i.e.(trans.) to attain or secure an object or end, or (intrans.) to happen (as if meeting with); but in the latter application only impers. (with G-1487), i.e. perchance; or (pres. part.) as adj. usual (as if commonly met with, with G-3756, extraordinary), neut. (as adv.) perhaps; or (with another verb) as adv. by accident (as it were):--be, chance, enjoy, little, obtain, X refresh . . . self, + special. Comp. G-5180.

.... G-5180. tupto,   toop'-to;

          a prim. verb (in a strength. form); to "thump", i.e. cudgel or pummel (probably with a stick or bastinado), but in any case by repeated blows; thus differing from G-3817 and G-3960, which denote a [usually single] blow with the hand or any instrument, or G-4141 with the fist [or a hammer], or G-4474 with the palm; as well as from G-5177, an accidental collision); by impl. to punish; fig. to offend (the conscience):--beat, smite, strike, wound.

.... G-5594. psucho,   psoo'-kho;

          a prim. verb; to breathe (voluntarily but gently; thus differing on the one hand from G-4154, which denotes probably a forcible respiration; and on the other from the base of G-109, which refers probably to an inanimate breeze), i.e. (by impl. of reduction of temperature by evaporation) to chill (fig.):--wax cold.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3825. palin,   pal'-in;

          prob. from the same as G-3823 (through the idea of oscillatory repetition); (adv.) anew, i.e. (of place) back, (of time) once more, or (conj.) furthermore or on the other hand:--again.

 

.... G-3823. pale,   pal'-ay;

          from  pallo (to vibrate; another form for G-906); wrestling:--+ wrestle.

.... G-109. aer,   ah-ayr';

          from  aemi (to breathe unconsciously, i.e. respire; by anal. to blow ); "air" (as naturally circumambient): --air. Comp. G-5594.

.... G-302. an,   an;

          a prim. particle, denoting a supposition, wish, possibility or uncertainty:--[what-, where-, whither-, who-]soever. Usually unexpressed except by the subjunctive or potential mood. Also contr. for G-1437.

.... G-846. autos,   ow-tos';

          from the particle  au [perh. akin to the base of G-109 through the idea of a baffling wind] (backward); the reflex. pron. self, used (alone or in the comp. G-1438) of the third pers., and (with the probably pers. pron.) of the other persons:--her, it (-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, ([self-], the) same, ([him-, my-, thy-]) self, [your-] selves, she, that, their (-s), them ([-selves]), there [-at, -by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with], they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Comp. G-848.

.... G-848. hautou,   how-too';

          contr. for G-1438; self (in some oblique case or reflex. relation):--her (own), (of) him (-self), his (own), of it, thee, their (own), them (-selves), they.

.... G-906. ballo,   bal'-lo;

          a prim. verb; to throw (in various applications, more or less violent or intense):--arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put (up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust. Comp. G-4496.

.... G-1063. gar,   gar;

          a prim. particle; probably assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.

.... G-1065. ge,   gheh;

          a prim. particle of emphasis or qualification (often used with other particles prefixed):--and besides, doubtless, at least, yet.

.... G-1161. de,   deh;

          a prim. particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now [often unexpressed in English].

.... G-1211. de,   day;

          prob. akin to G-1161; a particle of emphasis or explicitness; now, then, etc.:--also, and, doubtless, now, therefore.

.... G-1437. ean,   eh-an';

          from G-1487 and G-302; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-) soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, [who-] so (-ever). See G-3361.

.... G-1438. heautou,   heh-ow-too',

          (incl. all the other cases); from a reflex. pron. otherwise obsol. and the gen. (dat. or acc.) of G-846; him- (her-, it-, them-, also [in conjunction with the pers. pron. of the other persons] my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own (-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them (-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).

.... G-1487. ei,   i;

          a prim. particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, ([al-]) though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, espec. as in G-1489, G-1490, G-1499, G-1508, G-1509, G-1512, G-1513, G-1536, G-1537. See also G-1437.

.... G-1489. eige,   i'-gheh;

          from G-1487 and G-1065; if indeed, seeing that, unless, (with neg.) otherwise:--if (so be that, yet).

.... G-1490. ei de me,   i deh may' ;

          or  ei de me ge,   i deh may' gheh;

          from G-1487, G-1161 and G-3361 (sometimes with G-1065 added); but if not:--(or) else, if (not, otherwise), otherwise.

.... G-1499. ei kai,   i kahee;

          from G-1487 and G-2532; if also (or even):--if (that), though.

.... G-1508. ei me,   i may;

          from G-1487 and G-3361; if not:--but, except (that), if not, more than, save (only) that, saving, till.

.... G-1509. ei me ti,   i may tee;

          from G-1508 and the neut. of G-5100; if not somewhat:--except.

.... G-1512. ei per,   i per;

          from G-1487 and G-4007; if perhaps:--if so be (that), seeing, though.

.... G-1513. ei pos,   i poce;

          from G-1487 and G-4458; if somehow:--if by any means.

.... G-1536. ei tis,   i tis;

          from G-1487 and G-5100; if any:--he that, if a (-ny) man ('s thing, from any, ought), whether any, whosoever.

.... G-1537. ek,   ek;

          or ex,   ex;

          a prim. prep. denoting origin (the point whence motion or action proceeds), from, out (of place, time or cause; lit. or fig.; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at betwixt (-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for (-th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, . . . ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with (-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.

.... G-1614. ekteino,   ek-ti'-no;

          from G-1537 and  teino (to stretch); to extend:--cast, put forth, stretch forth (out).

.... G-2228. e,   ay;

          a prim. particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-) either, except it be, (n-) or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Comp. especially G-2235, G-2260, G-2273.

.... G-2229. e,   ay;

          an adv. of confirmation; perh. intens. of G-2228; used only (in the N.T.) before G-3303; assuredly:--surely.

.... G-2235. ede,   ay'-day;

          appar. from G-2228 (or possibly G-2229) and G-1211; even now:--already, (even) now (already), by this time.

.... G-2260. eper,   ay'-per;

          from G-2228 and G-4007; than at all (or than perhaps, than indeed):--than.

.... G-2273. etoi,   ay'-toy;

          from G-2228 and G-5104; either indeed:--whether.

.... G-2443. hina,   hin'-ah;

          prob. from the same as the former part of G-1438 (through the demonstrative idea; comp. G-3588); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Comp. G-3363.

.... G-2532. kai,   kahee;

          appar. a prim. particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so, then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, indeed, likewise, moreover, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yea, yet.

.... G-2543. kaitoi,   kah'-ee-toy;

          from G-2532 and G-5104; and yet, i.e. nevertheless:--although.

.... G-2544. kaitoige,   kah'ee-foyg-eh;

          from G-2543 and G-1065; and yet indeed, i.e. although really:--nevertheless, though.

.... G-3173. megas,   meg'-as

          [includ. the prol. forms, fem.  megale, plur.  megaloi, etc.; comp. also G-3176, G-3187]; big (lit. or fig., in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great (-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.

.... G-3176. megistos,   meg'-is-tos;

          superl. of G-3173; greatest or very great:--exceeding great.

.... G-3187. meizon,   mide'-zone;

          irreg. compar. of G-3173; larger (lit. or fig., spec. in age):--elder, greater (-est), more.

.... G-3303. men,   men;

          a prim. particle; probably indic. of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with G-1161 (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.

.... G-3305. mentoi,   men'-toy;

          from G-3303 and G-5104; indeed though, i.e. however:--also, but, howbeit, nevertheless, yet.

.... G-3361. me,   may;

          a prim. particle of qualified negation (whereas G-3756 expresses an absolute denial); (adv.) not, (conj.) lest; also (as interrog. implying a neg. answer [whereas G-3756 expects an affirm. one]) whether:--any, but, (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, [can-] not, nothing, that not, un [-taken], without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also G-3362, G-3363, G-3364, G-3372, G-3373, G-3375, G-3378.

.... G-3362. ean me,   eh-an' may;

          i.e. G-1437 and G-3361; if not, i.e. unless:--X before, but, except, if no, (if, + whosoever) not.

.... G-3363. hina me,   hin'-ah may;

          i.e. G-2443 and G-3361; in order (or so) that not:--albeit not, lest, that no (-t, [-thing]).

.... G-3364. ou me,   oo may;

          i.e. G-3756 and G-3361; a double neg. strengthening the denial; not at all:--any more, at all, by any (no) means, neither, never, no (at all), in no case (wise), nor ever, not (at all, in any wise). Comp. G-3378.

.... G-3372. mekos,   may'-kos;

          prob. akin to G-3173; length (lit. or fig.):--length.

.... G-3373. mekuno,   may-koo'-no;

          from G-3372; to lengthen, i.e. (mid.) to enlarge:--grow up.

.... G-3375. men,   mane;

          a stronger form of G-3303; a particle of affirmation (only with G-2229); assuredly:--+ surely.

.... G-3378. me ouk,   may ook;

          i.e. G-3361 and G-3756; as interrog. and neg. is it not that?:--neither (followed by no), + never, not. Comp. G-3364.

.... G-3381. mepos,   may'-poce;

          or  me pos,   may poce;

          from G-3361 and G-4458; lest somehow:--lest (by any means, by some means, haply, perhaps).

.... G-3568. nun,   noon;

          a prim. particle of present time; "now" (as adv. of date, a transition or emphasis); also as noun or adj. present or immediate:--henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this (time). See also G-3569, G-3570.

.... G-3569. tanun,   tan-oon';

          or  ta nun,   tah noon;

          from neut. plur. of G-3588 and G-3568; the things now, i.e. (adv.) at present:--(but) now.

.... G-3570. nuni,   noo-nee';

          a prol. form of G-3568 for emphasis; just now:--now.

.... G-3588. ho,   ho;

          includ. the fem., he,   hay;

          and the neut., to,   to,

          in all their inflections; the def. article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.

.... G-3739. hos,   hos;

          includ. fem.,  he,   hay;

          and neut.,  ho,   ho;

          prob. a prim. word (or perh. a form of the art. G-3588); the rel. (sometimes demonstrative) pron., who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who (-m, -se), etc. See also G-3757.

.... G-3756. ou,   oo;

          also (before a vowel)  ouk,   ook;

          and (before an aspirate)  ouch,   ookh;

          a prim. word; the absol. neg. [comp. G-3361] adv.; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, [can-] not, + nothing, + special, un ([-worthy]), when, + without, + yet but. See also G-3364, G-3372.

.... G-3757. hou,   hoo;

          gen. of G-3739 as adv.; at which place, i.e. where:--where (-in), whither ([-soever]).

.... G-3767. oun,   oon;

          appar. a prim. word; (adv.) certainly, or (conj.) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.

.... G-3817. paio,   pah'-yo;

          a prim. verb; to hit (as if by a single blow and less violently than G-5180); spec. to sting (as a scorpion):--smite, strike.

.... G-3960. patasso,   pat-as'-so;

          prob. prol. from G-3817; to knock (gently or with a weapon or fatally):--smite, strike. Comp. G-5180.

.... G-3961. pateo,   pat-eh'-o;

          from a der. prob. of G-3817 (mean. a "path"); to trample (lit. or fig.):--tread (down, under foot).

.... G-4007. per,   per;

          from the base of G-4008; an enclitic particle significant of abundance (thoroughness), i.e. emphasis; much, very or ever:--[whom-] soever.

.... G-4008. peran,   per'-an;

          appar. acc. of an obsol. der. of  peiro (to "pierce"); through (as adv. or prep.), i.e. across:--beyond, farther (other) side, over.

.... G-4072. petomai,   pet'-om-ahee;

          or prol.  petaomai,   pet-ah'-om-ahee;

          or contr.  ptaomai,   ptah'-om-ahee;

          mid. of a prim. verb; to fly:--fly (-ing).

.... G-4098. pipto,   pip'-to;

          a redupl. and contr. form of  peto,   pet'-o,

          (which occurs only as an alt. in cert. tenses); prob. akin to G-4072 through the idea of alighting; to fall (lit. or fig.):--fail, fall (down), light on.

.... G-4111. plasso,   plas'-so;

          a prim. verb; to mould, i.e. shape or fabricate:--form.

.... G-4141. plesso,   place'-so;

          appar. another form of G-4111 (through the idea of flattening out); to pound, i.e. (fig.) to inflict with (calamity):--smite. Comp. G-5180.

.... G-4154. pneo,   pneh'-o;

          a prim. word; to breathe hard, i.e. breeze:--blow. Comp. G-5594.

.... G-4214. posos,   pos'-os;

          from an obsol.  pos (who, what) and G-3739; interrog. pron. (of amount) how much (large, long or [plur.] many):--how great (long, many), what.

.... G-4225. pou,   poo;

          gen. of an indef. pron.  pos (some) otherwise obsol. (comp. G-4214); as adv. of place, somewhere, i.e. nearly:--about, a certain place.

.... G-4422. ptoeo,   pto-eh'-o;

          prob. akin to the alt. of G-4098 (through the idea of causing to fall) or to G-4072 (through that of causing to fly away); to scare:--frighten.

.... G-4426. pturo,   ptoo'-ro;

          from a presumed der. of G-4429 (and thus akin to G-4422); to frighten:--terrify.

.... G-4428. ptusso,   ptoos'-so;

          prob. akin to  petannumi (to spread; and thus appar. allied to G-4072 through the idea of expansion, and to G-4429 through that of flattening; comp. G-3961); to fold, i.e. furl a scroll:--close.

.... G-4429. ptuo,   ptoo'-o;

          a prim. verb (comp. G-4428); to spit:--spit.

.... G-4458. pos,   poce;

          adv. from the base of G-4225; an enclitic particle of indefiniteness of manner; somehow or anyhow; used only in comp.:--haply, by any (some) means, perhaps. See G-1513, G-3381. Comp. G-4459.

.... G-4459. pos,   poce;

          adv. from the base of G-4426; an interrog. particle of manner; in what way? (sometimes the question is indirect, how?); also as exclamation, how much!:--how, after (by) what manner (means), that. [Occasionally unexpressed in English.]

.... G-4474. rhapizo,   hrap-id'-zo;

          from a der. of a prim.  rhepo (to let fall, "rap"); to slap:--smite (with the palm of the hand). Comp. G-5180.

.... G-4496. rhipto,   hrip'-to;

          a prim. verb (perh. rather akin to the base of G-4474, through the idea of sudden motion); to fling (probably with a quick toss, thus differing from G-906, which denotes a deliberate hurl; and from  teino [see in G-1614], which indicates an extended projection); by qualification, to deposit (as if a load); by extens. to disperse:--cast (down, out), scatter abroad, throw.

.... G-5088. tikto,   tik'-to;

          a strengthened form of a prim.  teko,   tek'-o

          (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to produce (from seed, as a mother, a plant, the earth, etc.), lit. or fig.:--bear, be born, bring forth, be delivered, be in travail.

.... G-5100. tis,   tis;

          an enclit. indef. pron.; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, -thing, -what), (+ that no-) thing, what (-soever), X wherewith, whom [-soever], whose ([-soever]).

.... G-5104. toi,   toy;

          prob. for the dat. of G-3588; an enclit. particle of asseveration by way of contrast; in sooth:--[used only with other particles in comp., as G-2544, G-3305, G-5105, G-5106, etc.]

.... G-5105. toigaroun,   toy-gar-oon';

          from G-5104 and G-1063 and G-3767; truly for then, i.e. consequently:--there- (where-) fore.

.... G-5106. toinun,   toy'-noon;

          from G-5104 and G-3568; truly now, i.e. accordingly:--then, therefore.

.... G-5177. tugchano,   toong-khan'-o;

          prob. for an obsol.  tucho (for which the mid. of another alt.  teucho (to make ready or bring to pass] is used in cert. tenses; akin to the base of G-5088 through the idea of effecting; probably to affect; or (spec.) to hit or light upon (as a mark to be reached), i.e.(trans.) to attain or secure an object or end, or (intrans.) to happen (as if meeting with); but in the latter application only impers. (with G-1487), i.e. perchance; or (pres. part.) as adj. usual (as if commonly met with, with G-3756, extraordinary), neut. (as adv.) perhaps; or (with another verb) as adv. by accident (as it were):--be, chance, enjoy, little, obtain, X refresh . . . self, + special. Comp. G-5180.

.... G-5180. tupto,   toop'-to;

          a prim. verb (in a strength. form); to "thump", i.e. cudgel or pummel (probably with a stick or bastinado), but in any case by repeated blows; thus differing from G-3817 and G-3960, which denote a [usually single] blow with the hand or any instrument, or G-4141 with the fist [or a hammer], or G-4474 with the palm; as well as from G-5177, an accidental collision); by impl. to punish; fig. to offend (the conscience):--beat, smite, strike, wound.

.... G-5594. psucho,   psoo'-kho;

          a prim. verb; to breathe (voluntarily but gently; thus differing on the one hand from G-4154, which denotes probably a forcible respiration; and on the other from the base of G-109, which refers probably to an inanimate breeze), i.e. (by impl. of reduction of temperature by evaporation) to chill (fig.):--wax cold.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3826. pamplethei,   pam-play-thi';

          dat. (adv.) of a comp. of {A.}G-3956 and {B.}G-4128; in full multitude, i.e. concertedly or simultaneously:--all at once.

 

{A.} G-3956. pas,   pas;

          includ. all the forms of declension; appar. a prim. word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means) alway (-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no (-thing), X throughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.

{B.} G-4128. plethos,   play'-thos;

          from G-4130; a fulness, i.e. a large number, throng, populace:--bundle, company, multitude.

.... G-4130. pletho,   play'-tho;

          a prol. form of a prim.  pleo,   pleh'-o,

          (which appears only as an alt. in certain tenses and in the redupl. form  pimplemi); to "fill" (lit. or fig. [imbue, influence, supply]); spec. to fulfil (time):--accomplish, full (. . . come), furnish.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3827. pampolus,   pam-pol-ooce;

          from {A.}G-3956 and {B.}G-4183; full many, i.e. immense:--very great.

 

{A.} G-3956. pas,   pas;

          includ. all the forms of declension; appar. a prim. word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means) alway (-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no (-thing), X throughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.

{B.} G-4183. polus,   pol-oos';

          includ. the forms from the alt.  pollos; (sing.) much (in any respect) or (plur.) many; neut. (sing.) as adv. largely; neut. (plur.) as adv. or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft (-en [-times]), plenteous, sore, straitly. Comp. G-4118, G-4119.

.... G-4118. pleistos,   plice'-tos;

          irreg. superl. of G-4183; the largest number or very large:--very great, most.

.... G-4119. pleion,   pli-own;

          neut.,  pleion,   pli'-on;

          or  pleon,   pleh'-on;

          compar. of G-4183; more in quantity, number, or quality; also (in plur.) the major portion:--X above, + exceed, more excellent, further, (very) great (-er), long (-er), (very) many, greater (more) part, + yet but.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3828. Pamphulia,   pam-fool-ee'-ah;

          from a comp. of {A.}G-3956 and {B.}G-5443; every-tribal, i.e. heterogeneous ({C.}G-5561 being impl.); Pamphylia, a region of Asia Minor:--Pamphylia.

 

{A.} G-3956. pas,   pas;

          includ. all the forms of declension; appar. a prim. word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means) alway (-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no (-thing), X throughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.

{B.} G-5443. phule,   foo-lay';

          from G-5453 (comp. G-5444); an offshoot, i.e. race or clan:--kindred, tribe.

{C.} G-5461. photizo,   fo-tid'-zo;

          from G-5457; to shed rays, i.e. to shine or (trans.) to brighten up (lit. or fig.):--enlighten, illuminate, (bring to, give) light, make to see.

.... G-5453. phuo,   foo'-o;

          a prim. verb; prob. orig. to "puff" or blow, i.e. to swell up; but only used in the impl. sense, to germinate or grow (sprout, produce), lit. or fig.:--spring (up).

.... G-5444. phullon,   fool'-lon;

          from the same as G-5443; a sprout, i.e. leaf:--leaf.

.... G-5457. phos,   foce;

          from an obsol.  phao (to shine or make manifest, espec. by rays; comp. G-5316, G-5346); luminousness (in the widest application, nat. or artificial, abstr. or concr., lit. or fig.):--fire, light.

.... G-5316. phaino,   fah'ee-no;

          prol. for the base of G-5457; to lighten (shine), i.e. show (trans. or intrans., lit. or fig.):--appear, seem, be seen, shine, X think.

.... G-5346. phemi,   fay-mee';

          probably the same as the base of G-5457 and G-5316; to show or make known one's thoughts, i.e. speak or say:--affirm, say. Comp. G-3004.

.... G-3004. lego,   leg'-o;

          a prim. verb; probably to "lay" forth, i.e. (fig.) relate (in words [usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas G-2036 and G-5346 generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while G-4483 is probably to break silence merely, and G-2980 means an extended or random harangue]); by impl. to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say (-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.

.... G-2036. epo,   ep'-o;

          a prim. verb (used only in the def. past tense, the others being borrowed from G-2046, G-4483 and G-5346); to speak or say (by word or writing):--answer, bid, bring word, call, command, grant, say (on), speak, tell. Comp. G-3004.

.... G-4483. rheo,   hreh'-o;

          for certain tenses of which a prol. form  ereo,   er-eh'-o,

          is used; and both as alternate for G-2036; perh. akin (or ident.) with G-4482 (through the idea of pouring forth); to utter, i.e. speak or say:--command, make, say, speak (of). Comp. G-3004.

.... G-2980. laleo,   lal-eh'-o;

          a prol. form of an otherwise obsol. verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Comp. G-3004.

.... G-2046. ereo,   er-eh'-o;

          prob. a fuller form of G-4483; an alt. for G-2036 in cert. tenses; to utter, i.e. speak or say:--call, say, speak (of), tell.

.... G-4482. rheo,   hreh'-o;

          a prim. verb; for some tenses of which a prol. form  rheuo,   hryoo'-o,

          is used; to flow ("run", as water):--flow.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3829. pandocheion,   pan-dokh-i'-on;

          neut. of a presumed comp. of {A.}G-3956 and a der. of {B.}G-1209; all-receptive, i.e. a public lodging-place (caravanserai or khan):--inn.

 

{A.} G-3956. pas,   pas;

          includ. all the forms of declension; appar. a prim. word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means) alway (-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no (-thing), X throughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.

{B.} G-1209. dechomai,   dekh'-om-ahee;

          mid. of a prim. verb; to receive (in various applications, lit. or fig.):--accept, receive, take. Comp. G-2983.

.... G-2983. lambano,   lam-ban'-o;

          a prol. form of a prim. verb, which is used only as an alt. in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, lit. and fig. [probably obj. or act., to get hold of; whereas G-1209 is rather subj. or pass., to have offered to one; while G-138 is more violent, to seize or remove]):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).

.... G-138. haireomai,   hahee-reh'-om-ahee;

          prob. akin to G-142; to take for oneself, i.e. to prefer:--choose. Some of the forms are borrowed from a cognate  hellomai,   hel'-lom-ahee;

          which is otherwise obsolete.

.... G-142. airo,   ah'ee-ro;

          a prim. verb; to lift; by impl. to take up or away; fig. to raise (the voice), keep in suspense (the mind); spec. to sail away (i.e. weigh anchor); by Heb. [comp. H-5375] to expiate sin:--away with, bear (up), carry, lift up, loose, make to doubt, put away, remove, take (away, up).

.... H-5375. nasa',   naw-saw';

          or  nacah,   naw-saw', (Psa. 4:6, [7];

          a prim. root; to lift, in a great variety of applications, lit. and fig., absol. and rel. (as follows):--accept, advance, arise, (able to, [armour], suffer to) bear (-er, up), bring (forth), burn, carry (away), cast, contain, desire, ease, exact, exalt (self), extol, fetch, forgive, furnish, further, give, go on, help, high, hold up, honourable (+ man), lade, lay, lift (self) up, lofty, marry, magnify, X needs, obtain, pardon, raise (up), receive, regard, respect, set (up), spare, stir up, + swear, take (away, up), X utterly, wear, yield.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3830. pandocheus,   pan-dokh-yoos';

          from the same as G-3829; an innkeeper (warden of a caravanserai):--host.

 

.... G-3829. pandocheion,   pan-dokh-i'-on;

          neut. of a presumed comp. of G-3956 and a der. of G-1209; all-receptive, i.e. a public lodging-place (caravanserai or khan):--inn.

.... G-3956. pas,   pas;

          includ. all the forms of declension; appar. a prim. word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means) alway (-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no (-thing), X throughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.

.... G-1209. dechomai,   dekh'-om-ahee;

          mid. of a prim. verb; to receive (in various applications, lit. or fig.):--accept, receive, take. Comp. G-2983.

.... G-2983. lambano,   lam-ban'-o;

          a prol. form of a prim. verb, which is used only as an alt. in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, lit. and fig. [probably obj. or act., to get hold of; whereas G-1209 is rather subj. or pass., to have offered to one; while G-138 is more violent, to seize or remove]):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).

.... G-138. haireomai,   hahee-reh'-om-ahee;

          prob. akin to G-142; to take for oneself, i.e. to prefer:--choose. Some of the forms are borrowed from a cognate  hellomai,   hel'-lom-ahee;

          which is otherwise obsolete.

.... G-142. airo,   ah'ee-ro;

          a prim. verb; to lift; by impl. to take up or away; fig. to raise (the voice), keep in suspense (the mind); spec. to sail away (i.e. weigh anchor); by Heb. [comp. H-5375] to expiate sin:--away with, bear (up), carry, lift up, loose, make to doubt, put away, remove, take (away, up).

.... H-5375. nasa',   naw-saw';

          or  nacah,   naw-saw', (Psa. 4:6, [7];

          a prim. root; to lift, in a great variety of applications, lit. and fig., absol. and rel. (as follows):--accept, advance, arise, (able to, [armour], suffer to) bear (-er, up), bring (forth), burn, carry (away), cast, contain, desire, ease, exact, exalt (self), extol, fetch, forgive, furnish, further, give, go on, help, high, hold up, honourable (+ man), lade, lay, lift (self) up, lofty, marry, magnify, X needs, obtain, pardon, raise (up), receive, regard, respect, set (up), spare, stir up, + swear, take (away, up), X utterly, wear, yield.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3831. paneguris,   pan-ay'-goo-ris;

          from {A.}G-3956 and a der. of {B.}G-58; a mass-meeting, i.e. (fig.) universal companionship:--general assembly.

 

{A.} G-3956. pas,   pas;

          includ. all the forms of declension; appar. a prim. word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means) alway (-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no (-thing), X throughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.

{B.} G-58. agora,   ag-or-ah';

          from  ageiro (to gather; prob. akin to G-1453); probably the town-square (as a place of public resort); by impl. a market or thoroughfare:--market (-place), street.

.... G-1453. egeiro,   eg-i'-ro;

          prob. akin to the base of G-58 (through the idea of collecting one's faculties); to waken (trans. or intrans.), i.e. rouse (lit. from sleep, from sitting or lying, from disease, from death; or fig. from obscurity, inactivity, ruins, nonexistence):--awake, lift (up), raise (again, up), rear up, (a-) rise (again, up), stand, take up.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3832. panoiki,   pan-oy-kee';

          adv. from {A.}G-3956 and {B.}G-3624; with the whole family:--with all his house.

 

{A.} G-3956. pas,   pas;

          includ. all the forms of declension; appar. a prim. word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means) alway (-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no (-thing), X throughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.

{B.} G-3624. oikos,   oy'-kos;

          of uncert. affin.; a dwelling (more or less extensive, lit. or fig.); by impl. a family (more or less related, lit. or fig.):--home, house (-hold), temple.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3833. panoplia,   pan-op-lee'-ah;

          from a comp. of {A.}G-3956 and {B.}G-3696; full armor ("panoply"):--all (whole) armour.

 

{A.} G-3956. pas,   pas;

          includ. all the forms of declension; appar. a prim. word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means) alway (-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no (-thing), X throughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.

{B.} G-3696. hoplon,   hop'-lon;

          prob. from a prim.  hepo (to be busy about); an implement or utensil or tool (lit. or fig., espec. offensive for war):--armour, instrument, weapon.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3834. panourgia,   pan-oorg-ee'-ah;

          from G-3835; adroitness, i.e. (in a bad sense) trickery or sophistry:--(cunning) craftiness, subtilty.

 

.... G-3835. panourgos,   pan-oor'-gos;

          from G-3956 and G-2041; all-working, i.e. adroit (shrewd):--crafty.

.... G-3956. pas,   pas;

          includ. all the forms of declension; appar. a prim. word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means) alway (-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no (-thing), X throughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.

.... G-2041. ergon,   er'-gon;

          from a prim. (but obsol.)  ergo (to work); toil (as an effort or occupation); by impl. an act:--deed, doing, labour, work.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3835. panourgos,   pan-oor'-gos;

          from {A.}G-3956 and {B.}G-2041; all-working, i.e. adroit (shrewd):--crafty.

 

{A.} G-3956. pas,   pas;

          includ. all the forms of declension; appar. a prim. word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means) alway (-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no (-thing), X throughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.

{B.} G-2041. ergon,   er'-gon;

          from a prim. (but obsol.)  ergo (to work); toil (as an effort or occupation); by impl. an act:--deed, doing, labour, work.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3836. pantachothen,   pan-takh-oth'-en;

          adv. (of source) from G-3837; from all directions:--from every quarter.

 

.... G-3837. pantachou,   pan-takh-oo';

          gen. (as adv. of place) of a presumed der. of G-3956; universally:--in all places, everywhere.

.... G-3956. pas,   pas;

          includ. all the forms of declension; appar. a prim. word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means) alway (-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no (-thing), X throughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3837. pantachou,   pan-takh-oo';

          gen. (as adv. of place) of a presumed der. of G-3956; universally:--in all places, everywhere.

 

.... G-3956. pas,   pas;

          includ. all the forms of declension; appar. a prim. word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means) alway (-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no (-thing), X throughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3838. panteles,   pan-tel-ace';

          from {A.}G-3956 and {B.}G-5056; full-ended, i.e. entire (neut. as noun, completion):-- + in [no] wise, uttermost.

 

{A.} G-3956. pas,   pas;

          includ. all the forms of declension; appar. a prim. word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means) alway (-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no (-thing), X throughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.

{B.} G-5056. telos,   tel'-os;

          from a prim.  tello (to set out for a definite point or goal); probably the point aimed at as a limit, i.e. (by impl.) the conclusion of an act or state (termination [lit., fig. or indef.], result [immed., ultimate or prophetic], purpose); spec. an impost or levy (as paid):--+ continual, custom, end (-ing), finally, uttermost. Comp. G-5411.

.... G-5411. phoros,   for'-os;

          from G-5342; a load (as borne), i.e. (fig.) a tax (probably an individ. assessment on persons or property; whereas G-5056 is usually a gen. toll on goods or travel):--tribute.

.... G-5342. phero,   fer'-o;

          a prim. verb (for which other and appar. not cognate ones are used in certain tenses only; namely,  oio,   oy'-o;

          and  enegko,   en-eng'-ko);

          to "bear" or carry (in a very wide application, lit.and fig., as follows):--be, bear, bring (forth), carry, come, + let her drive, be driven, endure, go on, lay, lead, move, reach, rushing, uphold.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3839. pante,   pan'-tay;

          adv. (of manner) from G-3956; wholly:--always.

 

.... G-3956. pas,   pas;

          includ. all the forms of declension; appar. a prim. word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means) alway (-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no (-thing), X throughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3840. pantothen,   pan-toth'-en;

          adv. (of source) from G-3956; from (i.e. on) all sides:--on every side, round about.

 

.... G-3956. pas,   pas;

          includ. all the forms of declension; appar. a prim. word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means) alway (-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no (-thing), X throughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3841. pantokrator,   pan-tok-rat'-ore;

          from {A.}G-3956 and {B.}G-2904; the all-ruling, i.e. God (as absolute and universal sovereign):--Almighty, Omnipotent.

 

{A.} G-3956. pas,   pas;

          includ. all the forms of declension; appar. a prim. word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means) alway (-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no (-thing), X throughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.

{B.} G-2904. kratos,   krat'-os;

          perh. a prim. word; vigor ["great"] (lit. or fig.):--dominion, might [-ily], power, strength.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3842. pantote,   pan'-tot-eh;

          from {A.}G-3956 and {B.}G-3753; every when, i.e. at all times:--always (-s), ever (-more).

 

{A.} G-3956. pas,   pas;

          includ. all the forms of declension; appar. a prim. word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means) alway (-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no (-thing), X throughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.

{B.} G-3753. hote,   hot'-eh;

          from G-3739 and G-5037; at which (thing) too, i.e. when:--after (that), as soon as, that, when, while.

.... G-3739. hos,   hos;

          includ. fem.,  he,   hay;

          and neut.,  ho,   ho;

          prob. a prim. word (or perh. a form of the art. G-3588); the rel. (sometimes demonstrative) pron., who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who (-m, -se), etc. See also G-3757.

.... G-5037. te,   teh;

          a prim. particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (probably as correl. of G-2532):--also, and, both, even, then whether. Often used in comp., usually as the latter part.

.... G-3588. ho,   ho;

          includ. the fem., he,   hay;

          and the neut., to,   to,

          in all their inflections; the def. article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.

.... G-3757. hou,   hoo;

          gen. of G-3739 as adv.; at which place, i.e. where:--where (-in), whither ([-soever]).

.... G-2532. kai,   kahee;

          appar. a prim. particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so, then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, indeed, likewise, moreover, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yea, yet.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3843. pantos,   pan'-toce;

          adv. from G-3956; entirely; spec. at all events, (with neg. following) in no event:--by all means, altogether, at all, needs, no doubt, in [no] wise, surely.

 

.... G-3956. pas,   pas;

          includ. all the forms of declension; appar. a prim. word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means) alway (-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no (-thing), X throughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3844. para,   par-ah';

          a prim. prep.; probably near, i.e. (with gen.) from beside (lit. or fig.), (with dat.) at (or in) the vicinity of (obj. or subj.), (with acc.) to the proximity with (local [espec. beyond or opposed to] or causal [on account of]):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give [such things as they], + that [she] had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side . . . by, in the sight of, than, [there-] fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3845. parabaino,   par-ab-ah'ee-no;

          from {A.}G-3844 and the base of {B.}G-939; to go contrary to, i.e. violate a command:--(by) transgress (-ion).

 

{A.} G-3844. para,   par-ah';

          a prim. prep.; probably near, i.e. (with gen.) from beside (lit. or fig.), (with dat.) at (or in) the vicinity of (obj. or subj.), (with acc.) to the proximity with (local [espec. beyond or opposed to] or causal [on account of]):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give [such things as they], + that [she] had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side . . . by, in the sight of, than, [there-] fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.

{B.} G-939. basis,   bas'-ece;

          from  baino (to walk); a pace ("base"), i.e. (by impl.) the foot:--foot.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3846. paraballo,   par-ab-al'-lo;

          from {A.}G-3844 and {B.}G-906; to throw alongside, i.e. (reflex.) to reach a place, or (fig.) to liken:--arrive, compare.

 

{A.} G-3844. para,   par-ah';

          a prim. prep.; probably near, i.e. (with gen.) from beside (lit. or fig.), (with dat.) at (or in) the vicinity of (obj. or subj.), (with acc.) to the proximity with (local [espec. beyond or opposed to] or causal [on account of]):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give [such things as they], + that [she] had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side . . . by, in the sight of, than, [there-] fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.

{B.} G-906. ballo,   bal'-lo;

          a prim. verb; to throw (in various applications, more or less violent or intense):--arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put (up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust. Comp. G-4496.

.... G-109. aer,   ah-ayr';

          from  aemi (to breathe unconsciously, i.e. respire; by anal. to blow ); "air" (as naturally circumambient): --air. Comp. G-5594.

.... G-302. an,   an;

          a prim. particle, denoting a supposition, wish, possibility or uncertainty:--[what-, where-, whither-, who-]soever. Usually unexpressed except by the subjunctive or potential mood. Also contr. for G-1437.

.... G-846. autos,   ow-tos';

          from the particle  au [perh. akin to the base of G-109 through the idea of a baffling wind] (backward); the reflex. pron. self, used (alone or in the comp. G-1438) of the third pers., and (with the probably pers. pron.) of the other persons:--her, it (-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, ([self-], the) same, ([him-, my-, thy-]) self, [your-] selves, she, that, their (-s), them ([-selves]), there [-at, -by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with], they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Comp. G-848.

.... G-848. hautou,   how-too';

          contr. for G-1438; self (in some oblique case or reflex. relation):--her (own), (of) him (-self), his (own), of it, thee, their (own), them (-selves), they.

.... G-1063. gar,   gar;

          a prim. particle; probably assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.

.... G-1065. ge,   gheh;

          a prim. particle of emphasis or qualification (often used with other particles prefixed):--and besides, doubtless, at least, yet.

.... G-1161. de,   deh;

          a prim. particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now [often unexpressed in English].

.... G-1211. de,   day;

          prob. akin to G-1161; a particle of emphasis or explicitness; now, then, etc.:--also, and, doubtless, now, therefore.

.... G-1437. ean,   eh-an';

          from G-1487 and G-302; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-) soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, [who-] so (-ever). See G-3361.

.... G-1438. heautou,   heh-ow-too',

          (incl. all the other cases); from a reflex. pron. otherwise obsol. and the gen. (dat. or acc.) of G-846; him- (her-, it-, them-, also [in conjunction with the pers. pron. of the other persons] my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own (-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them (-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).

.... G-1487. ei,   i;

          a prim. particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, ([al-]) though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, espec. as in G-1489, G-1490, G-1499, G-1508, G-1509, G-1512, G-1513, G-1536, G-1537. See also G-1437.

.... G-1489. eige,   i'-gheh;

          from G-1487 and G-1065; if indeed, seeing that, unless, (with neg.) otherwise:--if (so be that, yet).

.... G-1490. ei de me,   i deh may' ;

          or  ei de me ge,   i deh may' gheh;

          from G-1487, G-1161 and G-3361 (sometimes with G-1065 added); but if not:--(or) else, if (not, otherwise), otherwise.

.... G-1499. ei kai,   i kahee;

          from G-1487 and G-2532; if also (or even):--if (that), though.

.... G-1508. ei me,   i may;

          from G-1487 and G-3361; if not:--but, except (that), if not, more than, save (only) that, saving, till.

.... G-1509. ei me ti,   i may tee;

          from G-1508 and the neut. of G-5100; if not somewhat:--except.

.... G-1512. ei per,   i per;

          from G-1487 and G-4007; if perhaps:--if so be (that), seeing, though.

.... G-1513. ei pos,   i poce;

          from G-1487 and G-4458; if somehow:--if by any means.

.... G-1536. ei tis,   i tis;

          from G-1487 and G-5100; if any:--he that, if a (-ny) man ('s thing, from any, ought), whether any, whosoever.

.... G-1537. ek,   ek;

          or ex,   ex;

          a prim. prep. denoting origin (the point whence motion or action proceeds), from, out (of place, time or cause; lit. or fig.; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at betwixt (-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for (-th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, . . . ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with (-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.

.... G-1614. ekteino,   ek-ti'-no;

          from G-1537 and  teino (to stretch); to extend:--cast, put forth, stretch forth (out).

.... G-2228. e,   ay;

          a prim. particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-) either, except it be, (n-) or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Comp. especially G-2235, G-2260, G-2273.

.... G-2229. e,   ay;

          an adv. of confirmation; perh. intens. of G-2228; used only (in the N.T.) before G-3303; assuredly:--surely.

.... G-2235. ede,   ay'-day;

          appar. from G-2228 (or possibly G-2229) and G-1211; even now:--already, (even) now (already), by this time.

.... G-2260. eper,   ay'-per;

          from G-2228 and G-4007; than at all (or than perhaps, than indeed):--than.

.... G-2273. etoi,   ay'-toy;

          from G-2228 and G-5104; either indeed:--whether.

.... G-2443. hina,   hin'-ah;

          prob. from the same as the former part of G-1438 (through the demonstrative idea; comp. G-3588); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Comp. G-3363.

.... G-2532. kai,   kahee;

          appar. a prim. particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so, then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, indeed, likewise, moreover, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yea, yet.

.... G-2543. kaitoi,   kah'-ee-toy;

          from G-2532 and G-5104; and yet, i.e. nevertheless:--although.

.... G-2544. kaitoige,   kah'ee-foyg-eh;

          from G-2543 and G-1065; and yet indeed, i.e. although really:--nevertheless, though.

.... G-3173. megas,   meg'-as

          [includ. the prol. forms, fem.  megale, plur.  megaloi, etc.; comp. also G-3176, G-3187]; big (lit. or fig., in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great (-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.

.... G-3176. megistos,   meg'-is-tos;

          superl. of G-3173; greatest or very great:--exceeding great.

.... G-3187. meizon,   mide'-zone;

          irreg. compar. of G-3173; larger (lit. or fig., spec. in age):--elder, greater (-est), more.

.... G-3303. men,   men;

          a prim. particle; probably indic. of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with G-1161 (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.

.... G-3305. mentoi,   men'-toy;

          from G-3303 and G-5104; indeed though, i.e. however:--also, but, howbeit, nevertheless, yet.

.... G-3361. me,   may;

          a prim. particle of qualified negation (whereas G-3756 expresses an absolute denial); (adv.) not, (conj.) lest; also (as interrog. implying a neg. answer [whereas G-3756 expects an affirm. one]) whether:--any, but, (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, [can-] not, nothing, that not, un [-taken], without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also G-3362, G-3363, G-3364, G-3372, G-3373, G-3375, G-3378.

.... G-3362. ean me,   eh-an' may;

          i.e. G-1437 and G-3361; if not, i.e. unless:--X before, but, except, if no, (if, + whosoever) not.

.... G-3363. hina me,   hin'-ah may;

          i.e. G-2443 and G-3361; in order (or so) that not:--albeit not, lest, that no (-t, [-thing]).

.... G-3364. ou me,   oo may;

          i.e. G-3756 and G-3361; a double neg. strengthening the denial; not at all:--any more, at all, by any (no) means, neither, never, no (at all), in no case (wise), nor ever, not (at all, in any wise). Comp. G-3378.

.... G-3372. mekos,   may'-kos;

          prob. akin to G-3173; length (lit. or fig.):--length.

.... G-3373. mekuno,   may-koo'-no;

          from G-3372; to lengthen, i.e. (mid.) to enlarge:--grow up.

.... G-3375. men,   mane;

          a stronger form of G-3303; a particle of affirmation (only with G-2229); assuredly:--+ surely.

.... G-3378. me ouk,   may ook;

          i.e. G-3361 and G-3756; as interrog. and neg. is it not that?:--neither (followed by no), + never, not. Comp. G-3364.

.... G-3381. mepos,   may'-poce;

          or  me pos,   may poce;

          from G-3361 and G-4458; lest somehow:--lest (by any means, by some means, haply, perhaps).

.... G-3568. nun,   noon;

          a prim. particle of present time; "now" (as adv. of date, a transition or emphasis); also as noun or adj. present or immediate:--henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this (time). See also G-3569, G-3570.

.... G-3569. tanun,   tan-oon';

          or  ta nun,   tah noon;

          from neut. plur. of G-3588 and G-3568; the things now, i.e. (adv.) at present:--(but) now.

.... G-3570. nuni,   noo-nee';

          a prol. form of G-3568 for emphasis; just now:--now.

.... G-3588. ho,   ho;

          includ. the fem., he,   hay;

          and the neut., to,   to,

          in all their inflections; the def. article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.

.... G-3739. hos,   hos;

          includ. fem.,  he,   hay;

          and neut.,  ho,   ho;

          prob. a prim. word (or perh. a form of the art. G-3588); the rel. (sometimes demonstrative) pron., who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who (-m, -se), etc. See also G-3757.

.... G-3756. ou,   oo;

          also (before a vowel)  ouk,   ook;

          and (before an aspirate)  ouch,   ookh;

          a prim. word; the absol. neg. [comp. G-3361] adv.; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, [can-] not, + nothing, + special, un ([-worthy]), when, + without, + yet but. See also G-3364, G-3372.

.... G-3757. hou,   hoo;

          gen. of G-3739 as adv.; at which place, i.e. where:--where (-in), whither ([-soever]).

.... G-3767. oun,   oon;

          appar. a prim. word; (adv.) certainly, or (conj.) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.

.... G-3817. paio,   pah'-yo;

          a prim. verb; to hit (as if by a single blow and less violently than G-5180); spec. to sting (as a scorpion):--smite, strike.

.... G-3960. patasso,   pat-as'-so;

          prob. prol. from G-3817; to knock (gently or with a weapon or fatally):--smite, strike. Comp. G-5180.

.... G-3961. pateo,   pat-eh'-o;

          from a der. prob. of G-3817 (mean. a "path"); to trample (lit. or fig.):--tread (down, under foot).

.... G-4007. per,   per;

          from the base of G-4008; an enclitic particle significant of abundance (thoroughness), i.e. emphasis; much, very or ever:--[whom-] soever.

.... G-4008. peran,   per'-an;

          appar. acc. of an obsol. der. of  peiro (to "pierce"); through (as adv. or prep.), i.e. across:--beyond, farther (other) side, over.

.... G-4072. petomai,   pet'-om-ahee;

          or prol.  petaomai,   pet-ah'-om-ahee;

          or contr.  ptaomai,   ptah'-om-ahee;

          mid. of a prim. verb; to fly:--fly (-ing).

.... G-4098. pipto,   pip'-to;

          a redupl. and contr. form of  peto,   pet'-o,

          (which occurs only as an alt. in cert. tenses); prob. akin to G-4072 through the idea of alighting; to fall (lit. or fig.):--fail, fall (down), light on.

.... G-4111. plasso,   plas'-so;

          a prim. verb; to mould, i.e. shape or fabricate:--form.

.... G-4141. plesso,   place'-so;

          appar. another form of G-4111 (through the idea of flattening out); to pound, i.e. (fig.) to inflict with (calamity):--smite. Comp. G-5180.

.... G-4154. pneo,   pneh'-o;

          a prim. word; to breathe hard, i.e. breeze:--blow. Comp. G-5594.

.... G-4214. posos,   pos'-os;

          from an obsol.  pos (who, what) and G-3739; interrog. pron. (of amount) how much (large, long or [plur.] many):--how great (long, many), what.

.... G-4225. pou,   poo;

          gen. of an indef. pron.  pos (some) otherwise obsol. (comp. G-4214); as adv. of place, somewhere, i.e. nearly:--about, a certain place.

.... G-4422. ptoeo,   pto-eh'-o;

          prob. akin to the alt. of G-4098 (through the idea of causing to fall) or to G-4072 (through that of causing to fly away); to scare:--frighten.

.... G-4426. pturo,   ptoo'-ro;

          from a presumed der. of G-4429 (and thus akin to G-4422); to frighten:--terrify.

.... G-4428. ptusso,   ptoos'-so;

          prob. akin to  petannumi (to spread; and thus appar. allied to G-4072 through the idea of expansion, and to G-4429 through that of flattening; comp. G-3961); to fold, i.e. furl a scroll:--close.

.... G-4429. ptuo,   ptoo'-o;

          a prim. verb (comp. G-4428); to spit:--spit.

.... G-4458. pos,   poce;

          adv. from the base of G-4225; an enclitic particle of indefiniteness of manner; somehow or anyhow; used only in comp.:--haply, by any (some) means, perhaps. See G-1513, G-3381. Comp. G-4459.

.... G-4459. pos,   poce;

          adv. from the base of G-4426; an interrog. particle of manner; in what way? (sometimes the question is indirect, how?); also as exclamation, how much!:--how, after (by) what manner (means), that. [Occasionally unexpressed in English.]

.... G-4474. rhapizo,   hrap-id'-zo;

          from a der. of a prim.  rhepo (to let fall, "rap"); to slap:--smite (with the palm of the hand). Comp. G-5180.

.... G-4496. rhipto,   hrip'-to;

          a prim. verb (perh. rather akin to the base of G-4474, through the idea of sudden motion); to fling (probably with a quick toss, thus differing from G-906, which denotes a deliberate hurl; and from  teino [see in G-1614], which indicates an extended projection); by qualification, to deposit (as if a load); by extens. to disperse:--cast (down, out), scatter abroad, throw.

.... G-5088. tikto,   tik'-to;

          a strengthened form of a prim.  teko,   tek'-o

          (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to produce (from seed, as a mother, a plant, the earth, etc.), lit. or fig.:--bear, be born, bring forth, be delivered, be in travail.

.... G-5100. tis,   tis;

          an enclit. indef. pron.; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, -thing, -what), (+ that no-) thing, what (-soever), X wherewith, whom [-soever], whose ([-soever]).

.... G-5104. toi,   toy;

          prob. for the dat. of G-3588; an enclit. particle of asseveration by way of contrast; in sooth:--[used only with other particles in comp., as G-2544, G-3305, G-5105, G-5106, etc.]

.... G-5105. toigaroun,   toy-gar-oon';

          from G-5104 and G-1063 and G-3767; truly for then, i.e. consequently:--there- (where-) fore.

.... G-5106. toinun,   toy'-noon;

          from G-5104 and G-3568; truly now, i.e. accordingly:--then, therefore.

.... G-5177. tugchano,   toong-khan'-o;

          prob. for an obsol.  tucho (for which the mid. of another alt.  teucho (to make ready or bring to pass] is used in cert. tenses; akin to the base of G-5088 through the idea of effecting; probably to affect; or (spec.) to hit or light upon (as a mark to be reached), i.e.(trans.) to attain or secure an object or end, or (intrans.) to happen (as if meeting with); but in the latter application only impers. (with G-1487), i.e. perchance; or (pres. part.) as adj. usual (as if commonly met with, with G-3756, extraordinary), neut. (as adv.) perhaps; or (with another verb) as adv. by accident (as it were):--be, chance, enjoy, little, obtain, X refresh . . . self, + special. Comp. G-5180.

.... G-5180. tupto,   toop'-to;

          a prim. verb (in a strength. form); to "thump", i.e. cudgel or pummel (probably with a stick or bastinado), but in any case by repeated blows; thus differing from G-3817 and G-3960, which denote a [usually single] blow with the hand or any instrument, or G-4141 with the fist [or a hammer], or G-4474 with the palm; as well as from G-5177, an accidental collision); by impl. to punish; fig. to offend (the conscience):--beat, smite, strike, wound.

.... G-5594. psucho,   psoo'-kho;

          a prim. verb; to breathe (voluntarily but gently; thus differing on the one hand from G-4154, which denotes probably a forcible respiration; and on the other from the base of G-109, which refers probably to an inanimate breeze), i.e. (by impl. of reduction of temperature by evaporation) to chill (fig.):--wax cold.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3847. parabasis,   par-ab'-as-is;

          from G-3845; violation:--breaking, transgression.

 

.... G-3845. parabaino,   par-ab-ah'ee-no;

          from G-3844 and the base of G-939; to go contrary to, i.e. violate a command:--(by) transgress (-ion).

.... G-3844. para,   par-ah';

          a prim. prep.; probably near, i.e. (with gen.) from beside (lit. or fig.), (with dat.) at (or in) the vicinity of (obj. or subj.), (with acc.) to the proximity with (local [espec. beyond or opposed to] or causal [on account of]):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give [such things as they], + that [she] had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side . . . by, in the sight of, than, [there-] fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.

.... G-939. basis,   bas'-ece;

          from  baino (to walk); a pace ("base"), i.e. (by impl.) the foot:--foot.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3848. parabates,   par-ab-at'-ace;

          from G-3845; a violator:--breaker, transgress (-or).

 

.... G-3845. parabaino,   par-ab-ah'ee-no;

          from G-3844 and the base of G-939; to go contrary to, i.e. violate a command:--(by) transgress (-ion).

.... G-3844. para,   par-ah';

          a prim. prep.; probably near, i.e. (with gen.) from beside (lit. or fig.), (with dat.) at (or in) the vicinity of (obj. or subj.), (with acc.) to the proximity with (local [espec. beyond or opposed to] or causal [on account of]):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give [such things as they], + that [she] had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side . . . by, in the sight of, than, [there-] fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.

.... G-939. basis,   bas'-ece;

          from  baino (to walk); a pace ("base"), i.e. (by impl.) the foot:--foot.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3849. parabiazomai,   par-ab-ee-ad'-zom-ahee;

          from {A.}G-3844 and the mid. of {B.}G-971; to force contrary to (nature), i.e. compel (by entreaty):--constrain.

 

{A.} G-3844. para,   par-ah';

          a prim. prep.; probably near, i.e. (with gen.) from beside (lit. or fig.), (with dat.) at (or in) the vicinity of (obj. or subj.), (with acc.) to the proximity with (local [espec. beyond or opposed to] or causal [on account of]):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give [such things as they], + that [she] had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side . . . by, in the sight of, than, [there-] fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.

{B.} G-971. biazo,   bee-ad'-zo;

          from G-970; to force, i.e. (reflex.) to crowd oneself (into), or (pass.) to be seized:--press, suffer violence.

.... G-970. bia,   bee'-ah;

          prob. akin to G-979 (through the idea of vital activity); force:--violence.

.... G-979. bios,   bee'-os;

          a prim. word; life, i.e. (lit.) the present state of existence; by impl. the means of livelihood:--good, life, living.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3850. parabole,   par-ab-ol-ay';

          from G-3846; a similitude ("parable"), i.e. (symbol.) fictitious narrative (of common life conveying a moral), apothegm or adage:--comparison, figure, parable, proverb.

 

.... G-3846. paraballo,   par-ab-al'-lo;

          from G-3844 and G-906; to throw alongside, i.e. (reflex.) to reach a place, or (fig.) to liken:--arrive, compare.

.... G-109. aer,   ah-ayr';

          from  aemi (to breathe unconsciously, i.e. respire; by anal. to blow ); "air" (as naturally circumambient): --air. Comp. G-5594.

.... G-302. an,   an;

          a prim. particle, denoting a supposition, wish, possibility or uncertainty:--[what-, where-, whither-, who-]soever. Usually unexpressed except by the subjunctive or potential mood. Also contr. for G-1437.

.... G-846. autos,   ow-tos';

          from the particle  au [perh. akin to the base of G-109 through the idea of a baffling wind] (backward); the reflex. pron. self, used (alone or in the comp. G-1438) of the third pers., and (with the probably pers. pron.) of the other persons:--her, it (-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, ([self-], the) same, ([him-, my-, thy-]) self, [your-] selves, she, that, their (-s), them ([-selves]), there [-at, -by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with], they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Comp. G-848.

.... G-848. hautou,   how-too';

          contr. for G-1438; self (in some oblique case or reflex. relation):--her (own), (of) him (-self), his (own), of it, thee, their (own), them (-selves), they.

.... G-906. ballo,   bal'-lo;

          a prim. verb; to throw (in various applications, more or less violent or intense):--arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put (up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust. Comp. G-4496.

.... G-1063. gar,   gar;

          a prim. particle; probably assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.

.... G-1065. ge,   gheh;

          a prim. particle of emphasis or qualification (often used with other particles prefixed):--and besides, doubtless, at least, yet.

.... G-1161. de,   deh;

          a prim. particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now [often unexpressed in English].

.... G-1211. de,   day;

          prob. akin to G-1161; a particle of emphasis or explicitness; now, then, etc.:--also, and, doubtless, now, therefore.

.... G-1437. ean,   eh-an';

          from G-1487 and G-302; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-) soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, [who-] so (-ever). See G-3361.

.... G-1438. heautou,   heh-ow-too',

          (incl. all the other cases); from a reflex. pron. otherwise obsol. and the gen. (dat. or acc.) of G-846; him- (her-, it-, them-, also [in conjunction with the pers. pron. of the other persons] my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own (-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them (-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).

.... G-1487. ei,   i;

          a prim. particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, ([al-]) though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, espec. as in G-1489, G-1490, G-1499, G-1508, G-1509, G-1512, G-1513, G-1536, G-1537. See also G-1437.

.... G-1489. eige,   i'-gheh;

          from G-1487 and G-1065; if indeed, seeing that, unless, (with neg.) otherwise:--if (so be that, yet).

.... G-1490. ei de me,   i deh may' ;

          or  ei de me ge,   i deh may' gheh;

          from G-1487, G-1161 and G-3361 (sometimes with G-1065 added); but if not:--(or) else, if (not, otherwise), otherwise.

.... G-1499. ei kai,   i kahee;

          from G-1487 and G-2532; if also (or even):--if (that), though.

.... G-1508. ei me,   i may;

          from G-1487 and G-3361; if not:--but, except (that), if not, more than, save (only) that, saving, till.

.... G-1509. ei me ti,   i may tee;

          from G-1508 and the neut. of G-5100; if not somewhat:--except.

.... G-1512. ei per,   i per;

          from G-1487 and G-4007; if perhaps:--if so be (that), seeing, though.

.... G-1513. ei pos,   i poce;

          from G-1487 and G-4458; if somehow:--if by any means.

.... G-1536. ei tis,   i tis;

          from G-1487 and G-5100; if any:--he that, if a (-ny) man ('s thing, from any, ought), whether any, whosoever.

.... G-1537. ek,   ek;

          or ex,   ex;

          a prim. prep. denoting origin (the point whence motion or action proceeds), from, out (of place, time or cause; lit. or fig.; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at betwixt (-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for (-th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, . . . ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with (-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.

.... G-1614. ekteino,   ek-ti'-no;

          from G-1537 and  teino (to stretch); to extend:--cast, put forth, stretch forth (out).

.... G-2228. e,   ay;

          a prim. particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-) either, except it be, (n-) or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Comp. especially G-2235, G-2260, G-2273.

.... G-2229. e,   ay;

          an adv. of confirmation; perh. intens. of G-2228; used only (in the N.T.) before G-3303; assuredly:--surely.

.... G-2235. ede,   ay'-day;

          appar. from G-2228 (or possibly G-2229) and G-1211; even now:--already, (even) now (already), by this time.

.... G-2260. eper,   ay'-per;

          from G-2228 and G-4007; than at all (or than perhaps, than indeed):--than.

.... G-2273. etoi,   ay'-toy;

          from G-2228 and G-5104; either indeed:--whether.

.... G-2443. hina,   hin'-ah;

          prob. from the same as the former part of G-1438 (through the demonstrative idea; comp. G-3588); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Comp. G-3363.

.... G-2532. kai,   kahee;

          appar. a prim. particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so, then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, indeed, likewise, moreover, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yea, yet.

.... G-2543. kaitoi,   kah'-ee-toy;

          from G-2532 and G-5104; and yet, i.e. nevertheless:--although.

.... G-2544. kaitoige,   kah'ee-foyg-eh;

          from G-2543 and G-1065; and yet indeed, i.e. although really:--nevertheless, though.

.... G-3173. megas,   meg'-as

          [includ. the prol. forms, fem.  megale, plur.  megaloi, etc.; comp. also G-3176, G-3187]; big (lit. or fig., in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great (-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.

.... G-3176. megistos,   meg'-is-tos;

          superl. of G-3173; greatest or very great:--exceeding great.

.... G-3187. meizon,   mide'-zone;

          irreg. compar. of G-3173; larger (lit. or fig., spec. in age):--elder, greater (-est), more.

.... G-3303. men,   men;

          a prim. particle; probably indic. of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with G-1161 (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.

.... G-3305. mentoi,   men'-toy;

          from G-3303 and G-5104; indeed though, i.e. however:--also, but, howbeit, nevertheless, yet.

.... G-3361. me,   may;

          a prim. particle of qualified negation (whereas G-3756 expresses an absolute denial); (adv.) not, (conj.) lest; also (as interrog. implying a neg. answer [whereas G-3756 expects an affirm. one]) whether:--any, but, (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, [can-] not, nothing, that not, un [-taken], without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also G-3362, G-3363, G-3364, G-3372, G-3373, G-3375, G-3378.

.... G-3362. ean me,   eh-an' may;

          i.e. G-1437 and G-3361; if not, i.e. unless:--X before, but, except, if no, (if, + whosoever) not.

.... G-3363. hina me,   hin'-ah may;

          i.e. G-2443 and G-3361; in order (or so) that not:--albeit not, lest, that no (-t, [-thing]).

.... G-3364. ou me,   oo may;

          i.e. G-3756 and G-3361; a double neg. strengthening the denial; not at all:--any more, at all, by any (no) means, neither, never, no (at all), in no case (wise), nor ever, not (at all, in any wise). Comp. G-3378.

.... G-3372. mekos,   may'-kos;

          prob. akin to G-3173; length (lit. or fig.):--length.

.... G-3373. mekuno,   may-koo'-no;

          from G-3372; to lengthen, i.e. (mid.) to enlarge:--grow up.

.... G-3375. men,   mane;

          a stronger form of G-3303; a particle of affirmation (only with G-2229); assuredly:--+ surely.

.... G-3378. me ouk,   may ook;

          i.e. G-3361 and G-3756; as interrog. and neg. is it not that?:--neither (followed by no), + never, not. Comp. G-3364.

.... G-3381. mepos,   may'-poce;

          or  me pos,   may poce;

          from G-3361 and G-4458; lest somehow:--lest (by any means, by some means, haply, perhaps).

.... G-3568. nun,   noon;

          a prim. particle of present time; "now" (as adv. of date, a transition or emphasis); also as noun or adj. present or immediate:--henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this (time). See also G-3569, G-3570.

.... G-3569. tanun,   tan-oon';

          or  ta nun,   tah noon;

          from neut. plur. of G-3588 and G-3568; the things now, i.e. (adv.) at present:--(but) now.

.... G-3570. nuni,   noo-nee';

          a prol. form of G-3568 for emphasis; just now:--now.

.... G-3588. ho,   ho;

          includ. the fem., he,   hay;

          and the neut., to,   to,

          in all their inflections; the def. article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.

.... G-3739. hos,   hos;

          includ. fem.,  he,   hay;

          and neut.,  ho,   ho;

          prob. a prim. word (or perh. a form of the art. G-3588); the rel. (sometimes demonstrative) pron., who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who (-m, -se), etc. See also G-3757.

.... G-3756. ou,   oo;

          also (before a vowel)  ouk,   ook;

          and (before an aspirate)  ouch,   ookh;

          a prim. word; the absol. neg. [comp. G-3361] adv.; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, [can-] not, + nothing, + special, un ([-worthy]), when, + without, + yet but. See also G-3364, G-3372.

.... G-3757. hou,   hoo;

          gen. of G-3739 as adv.; at which place, i.e. where:--where (-in), whither ([-soever]).

.... G-3767. oun,   oon;

          appar. a prim. word; (adv.) certainly, or (conj.) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.

.... G-3817. paio,   pah'-yo;

          a prim. verb; to hit (as if by a single blow and less violently than G-5180); spec. to sting (as a scorpion):--smite, strike.

.... G-3844. para,   par-ah';

          a prim. prep.; probably near, i.e. (with gen.) from beside (lit. or fig.), (with dat.) at (or in) the vicinity of (obj. or subj.), (with acc.) to the proximity with (local [espec. beyond or opposed to] or causal [on account of]):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give [such things as they], + that [she] had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side . . . by, in the sight of, than, [there-] fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.

.... G-3960. patasso,   pat-as'-so;

          prob. prol. from G-3817; to knock (gently or with a weapon or fatally):--smite, strike. Comp. G-5180.

.... G-3961. pateo,   pat-eh'-o;

          from a der. prob. of G-3817 (mean. a "path"); to trample (lit. or fig.):--tread (down, under foot).

.... G-4007. per,   per;

          from the base of G-4008; an enclitic particle significant of abundance (thoroughness), i.e. emphasis; much, very or ever:--[whom-] soever.

.... G-4008. peran,   per'-an;

          appar. acc. of an obsol. der. of  peiro (to "pierce"); through (as adv. or prep.), i.e. across:--beyond, farther (other) side, over.

.... G-4072. petomai,   pet'-om-ahee;

          or prol.  petaomai,   pet-ah'-om-ahee;

          or contr.  ptaomai,   ptah'-om-ahee;

          mid. of a prim. verb; to fly:--fly (-ing).

.... G-4098. pipto,   pip'-to;

          a redupl. and contr. form of  peto,   pet'-o,

          (which occurs only as an alt. in cert. tenses); prob. akin to G-4072 through the idea of alighting; to fall (lit. or fig.):--fail, fall (down), light on.

.... G-4111. plasso,   plas'-so;

          a prim. verb; to mould, i.e. shape or fabricate:--form.

.... G-4141. plesso,   place'-so;

          appar. another form of G-4111 (through the idea of flattening out); to pound, i.e. (fig.) to inflict with (calamity):--smite. Comp. G-5180.

.... G-4154. pneo,   pneh'-o;

          a prim. word; to breathe hard, i.e. breeze:--blow. Comp. G-5594.

.... G-4214. posos,   pos'-os;

          from an obsol.  pos (who, what) and G-3739; interrog. pron. (of amount) how much (large, long or [plur.] many):--how great (long, many), what.

.... G-4225. pou,   poo;

          gen. of an indef. pron.  pos (some) otherwise obsol. (comp. G-4214); as adv. of place, somewhere, i.e. nearly:--about, a certain place.

.... G-4422. ptoeo,   pto-eh'-o;

          prob. akin to the alt. of G-4098 (through the idea of causing to fall) or to G-4072 (through that of causing to fly away); to scare:--frighten.

.... G-4426. pturo,   ptoo'-ro;

          from a presumed der. of G-4429 (and thus akin to G-4422); to frighten:--terrify.

.... G-4428. ptusso,   ptoos'-so;

          prob. akin to  petannumi (to spread; and thus appar. allied to G-4072 through the idea of expansion, and to G-4429 through that of flattening; comp. G-3961); to fold, i.e. furl a scroll:--close.

.... G-4429. ptuo,   ptoo'-o;

          a prim. verb (comp. G-4428); to spit:--spit.

.... G-4458. pos,   poce;

          adv. from the base of G-4225; an enclitic particle of indefiniteness of manner; somehow or anyhow; used only in comp.:--haply, by any (some) means, perhaps. See G-1513, G-3381. Comp. G-4459.

.... G-4459. pos,   poce;

          adv. from the base of G-4426; an interrog. particle of manner; in what way? (sometimes the question is indirect, how?); also as exclamation, how much!:--how, after (by) what manner (means), that. [Occasionally unexpressed in English.]

.... G-4474. rhapizo,   hrap-id'-zo;

          from a der. of a prim.  rhepo (to let fall, "rap"); to slap:--smite (with the palm of the hand). Comp. G-5180.

.... G-4496. rhipto,   hrip'-to;

          a prim. verb (perh. rather akin to the base of G-4474, through the idea of sudden motion); to fling (probably with a quick toss, thus differing from G-906, which denotes a deliberate hurl; and from  teino [see in G-1614], which indicates an extended projection); by qualification, to deposit (as if a load); by extens. to disperse:--cast (down, out), scatter abroad, throw.

.... G-5088. tikto,   tik'-to;

          a strengthened form of a prim.  teko,   tek'-o

          (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to produce (from seed, as a mother, a plant, the earth, etc.), lit. or fig.:--bear, be born, bring forth, be delivered, be in travail.

.... G-5100. tis,   tis;

          an enclit. indef. pron.; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, -thing, -what), (+ that no-) thing, what (-soever), X wherewith, whom [-soever], whose ([-soever]).

.... G-5104. toi,   toy;

          prob. for the dat. of G-3588; an enclit. particle of asseveration by way of contrast; in sooth:--[used only with other particles in comp., as G-2544, G-3305, G-5105, G-5106, etc.]

.... G-5105. toigaroun,   toy-gar-oon';

          from G-5104 and G-1063 and G-3767; truly for then, i.e. consequently:--there- (where-) fore.

.... G-5106. toinun,   toy'-noon;

          from G-5104 and G-3568; truly now, i.e. accordingly:--then, therefore.

.... G-5177. tugchano,   toong-khan'-o;

          prob. for an obsol.  tucho (for which the mid. of another alt.  teucho (to make ready or bring to pass] is used in cert. tenses; akin to the base of G-5088 through the idea of effecting; probably to affect; or (spec.) to hit or light upon (as a mark to be reached), i.e.(trans.) to attain or secure an object or end, or (intrans.) to happen (as if meeting with); but in the latter application only impers. (with G-1487), i.e. perchance; or (pres. part.) as adj. usual (as if commonly met with, with G-3756, extraordinary), neut. (as adv.) perhaps; or (with another verb) as adv. by accident (as it were):--be, chance, enjoy, little, obtain, X refresh . . . self, + special. Comp. G-5180.

.... G-5180. tupto,   toop'-to;

          a prim. verb (in a strength. form); to "thump", i.e. cudgel or pummel (probably with a stick or bastinado), but in any case by repeated blows; thus differing from G-3817 and G-3960, which denote a [usually single] blow with the hand or any instrument, or G-4141 with the fist [or a hammer], or G-4474 with the palm; as well as from G-5177, an accidental collision); by impl. to punish; fig. to offend (the conscience):--beat, smite, strike, wound.

.... G-5594. psucho,   psoo'-kho;

          a prim. verb; to breathe (voluntarily but gently; thus differing on the one hand from G-4154, which denotes probably a forcible respiration; and on the other from the base of G-109, which refers probably to an inanimate breeze), i.e. (by impl. of reduction of temperature by evaporation) to chill (fig.):--wax cold.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3851. parabouleuomai,   par-ab-ool-yoo'-om-ahee;

          from {A.}G-3844 and the mid. of {B.}G-1011; to misconsult, i.e. disregard:--not (to) regard (-ing).

 

{A.} G-3844. para,   par-ah';

          a prim. prep.; probably near, i.e. (with gen.) from beside (lit. or fig.), (with dat.) at (or in) the vicinity of (obj. or subj.), (with acc.) to the proximity with (local [espec. beyond or opposed to] or causal [on account of]):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give [such things as they], + that [she] had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side . . . by, in the sight of, than, [there-] fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.

{B.} G-1011. bouleuo,   bool-yoo'-o;

          from G-1012; to advise, i.e. (reflex.) deliberate, or (by impl.) resolve:--consult, take counsel, determine, be minded, purpose.

.... G-1012. boule,   boo-lay';

          from G-1014; volition, i.e. (obj.) advice, or (by impl.) purpose:--+ advise, counsel, will.

.... G-1014. boulomahee,   boo'-lom-ahee;

          mid. of a prim. verb; to "will," i.e. (reflex.) be willing:--be disposed, minded, intend, list (be, of own) will (-ing). Comp. G-2309.

.... G-2309. thelo,   thel'-o;

          or  ethelo,   eth-el'-o;

          in certain tenses  theleo,   thel-eh'-o;

          and  etheleo,   eth-el-eh'-o,

          which are otherwise obsol.; apparently strengthened from the alternate form of G-138; to determine (as an act. option from subj. impulse; whereas G-1014 probably denotes rather a pass. acquiescence in obj. considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (lit. or fig.); by impl. to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adv. gladly); impers. for the fut. tense, to be about to; by Heb. to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, -ling [ly]).

.... G-138. haireomai,   hahee-reh'-om-ahee;

          prob. akin to G-142; to take for oneself, i.e. to prefer:--choose. Some of the forms are borrowed from a cognate  hellomai,   hel'-lom-ahee;

          which is otherwise obsolete.

.... G-142. airo,   ah'ee-ro;

          a prim. verb; to lift; by impl. to take up or away; fig. to raise (the voice), keep in suspense (the mind); spec. to sail away (i.e. weigh anchor); by Heb. [comp. H-5375] to expiate sin:--away with, bear (up), carry, lift up, loose, make to doubt, put away, remove, take (away, up).

.... H-5375. nasa',   naw-saw';

          or  nacah,   naw-saw', (Psa. 4:6, [7];

          a prim. root; to lift, in a great variety of applications, lit. and fig., absol. and rel. (as follows):--accept, advance, arise, (able to, [armour], suffer to) bear (-er, up), bring (forth), burn, carry (away), cast, contain, desire, ease, exact, exalt (self), extol, fetch, forgive, furnish, further, give, go on, help, high, hold up, honourable (+ man), lade, lay, lift (self) up, lofty, marry, magnify, X needs, obtain, pardon, raise (up), receive, regard, respect, set (up), spare, stir up, + swear, take (away, up), X utterly, wear, yield.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3852. paraggelia,   par-ang-gel-ee'-ah;

          from G-3853; a mandate:--charge, command.

 

.... G-3853. paraggello,   par-ang-gel'-lo;

          from G-3844 and the base of G-32; to transmit a message, i.e. (by impl.) to enjoin:--(give in) charge, (give) command (-ment), declare.

.... G-3844. para,   par-ah';

          a prim. prep.; probably near, i.e. (with gen.) from beside (lit. or fig.), (with dat.) at (or in) the vicinity of (obj. or subj.), (with acc.) to the proximity with (local [espec. beyond or opposed to] or causal [on account of]):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give [such things as they], + that [she] had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side . . . by, in the sight of, than, [there-] fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.

.... G-32. aggelos,   ang'-el-os;

          from  aggello [prob. der. from G-71; comp. G-34] (to bring tidings); a messenger; esp. an "angel"; by impl. a pastor:--angel, messenger.

.... G-71. ago,   ag'-o;

          a prim. verb; probably to lead; by impl. to bring, drive, (reflex.) go, (spec.) pass (time), or (fig.) induce:--be, bring (forth), carry, (let) go, keep, lead away, be open.

.... G-34. agele,   ag-el'-ay;

          from G-71 [comp. G-32]; a drove:--herd.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3853. paraggello,   par-ang-gel'-lo;

          from {A.}G-3844 and the base of {B.}G-32; to transmit a message, i.e. (by impl.) to enjoin:--(give in) charge, (give) command (-ment), declare.

 

{A.} G-3844. para,   par-ah';

          a prim. prep.; probably near, i.e. (with gen.) from beside (lit. or fig.), (with dat.) at (or in) the vicinity of (obj. or subj.), (with acc.) to the proximity with (local [espec. beyond or opposed to] or causal [on account of]):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give [such things as they], + that [she] had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side . . . by, in the sight of, than, [there-] fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.

{B.} G-32. aggelos,   ang'-el-os;

          from  aggello [prob. der. from G-71; comp. G-34] (to bring tidings); a messenger; esp. an "angel"; by impl. a pastor:--angel, messenger.

.... G-71. ago,   ag'-o;

          a prim. verb; probably to lead; by impl. to bring, drive, (reflex.) go, (spec.) pass (time), or (fig.) induce:--be, bring (forth), carry, (let) go, keep, lead away, be open.

.... G-34. agele,   ag-el'-ay;

          from G-71 [comp. G-32]; a drove:--herd.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3854. paraginomai,   par-ag-in'-om-ahee;

          from {A.}G-3844 and {B.}G-1096; to become near, i.e. approach (have arrived); by impl. to appear publicly:--come, go, be present.

 

{A.} G-3844. para,   par-ah';

          a prim. prep.; probably near, i.e. (with gen.) from beside (lit. or fig.), (with dat.) at (or in) the vicinity of (obj. or subj.), (with acc.) to the proximity with (local [espec. beyond or opposed to] or causal [on account of]):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give [such things as they], + that [she] had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side . . . by, in the sight of, than, [there-] fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.

{B.} G-1096. ginomai,   ghin'-om-ahee;

          a prol. and mid. form of a prim. verb; to cause to be ("gen"-erate), i.e. (reflex.) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (lit. fig., intens., etc.):--arise be assembled, be (come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, be done, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3855. parago,   par-ag'-o;

          from {A.}G-3844 and {B.}G-71; to lead near, i.e. (reflex. or intrans.) to go along or away:--depart, pass (away, by, forth).

 

{A.} G-3844. para,   par-ah';

          a prim. prep.; probably near, i.e. (with gen.) from beside (lit. or fig.), (with dat.) at (or in) the vicinity of (obj. or subj.), (with acc.) to the proximity with (local [espec. beyond or opposed to] or causal [on account of]):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give [such things as they], + that [she] had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side . . . by, in the sight of, than, [there-] fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.

{B.} G-71. ago,   ag'-o;

          a prim. verb; probably to lead; by impl. to bring, drive, (reflex.) go, (spec.) pass (time), or (fig.) induce:--be, bring (forth), carry, (let) go, keep, lead away, be open.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3856. paradeigmatizo,   par-ad-igue-mat-id'-zo;

          from {A.}G-3844 and {B.}G-1165; to show alongside (the public), i.e. expose to infamy:--make a public example, put to an open shame.

 

{A.} G-3844. para,   par-ah';

          a prim. prep.; probably near, i.e. (with gen.) from beside (lit. or fig.), (with dat.) at (or in) the vicinity of (obj. or subj.), (with acc.) to the proximity with (local [espec. beyond or opposed to] or causal [on account of]):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give [such things as they], + that [she] had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side . . . by, in the sight of, than, [there-] fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.

{B.} G-1165. deigmatizo,   digh-mat-id'-zo;

          from G-1164; to exhibit:--make a shew.

.... G-1164. deigma,   digh'-mah;

          from the base of G-1166; a specimen (as shown):--example.

.... G-1166. deiknuo,   dike-noo'-o;

          a prol. form of an obs. prim. of the same mean.; to show (lit. or fig.):--shew.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3857. paradeisos,   par-ad'-i-sos;

          of Oriental or. [comp. H-6508]; a park, i.e. (spec.) an Eden (place of future happiness, "paradise"):--paradise.

 

.... H-6508. pardec,   par-dace';

          of for. or.; a park:--forest, orchard.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3858. paradechomai,   par-ad-ekh'-om-ahee;

          from {A.}G-3844 and {B.}G-1209; to accept near, i.e. admit or (by impl.) delight in:--receive.

 

{A.} G-3844. para,   par-ah';

          a prim. prep.; probably near, i.e. (with gen.) from beside (lit. or fig.), (with dat.) at (or in) the vicinity of (obj. or subj.), (with acc.) to the proximity with (local [espec. beyond or opposed to] or causal [on account of]):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give [such things as they], + that [she] had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side . . . by, in the sight of, than, [there-] fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.

{B.} G-1209. dechomai,   dekh'-om-ahee;

          mid. of a prim. verb; to receive (in various applications, lit. or fig.):--accept, receive, take. Comp. G-2983.

.... G-2983. lambano,   lam-ban'-o;

          a prol. form of a prim. verb, which is used only as an alt. in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, lit. and fig. [probably obj. or act., to get hold of; whereas G-1209 is rather subj. or pass., to have offered to one; while G-138 is more violent, to seize or remove]):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).

.... G-138. haireomai,   hahee-reh'-om-ahee;

          prob. akin to G-142; to take for oneself, i.e. to prefer:--choose. Some of the forms are borrowed from a cognate  hellomai,   hel'-lom-ahee;

          which is otherwise obsolete.

.... G-142. airo,   ah'ee-ro;

          a prim. verb; to lift; by impl. to take up or away; fig. to raise (the voice), keep in suspense (the mind); spec. to sail away (i.e. weigh anchor); by Heb. [comp. H-5375] to expiate sin:--away with, bear (up), carry, lift up, loose, make to doubt, put away, remove, take (away, up).

.... H-5375. nasa',   naw-saw';

          or  nacah,   naw-saw', (Psa. 4:6, [7];

          a prim. root; to lift, in a great variety of applications, lit. and fig., absol. and rel. (as follows):--accept, advance, arise, (able to, [armour], suffer to) bear (-er, up), bring (forth), burn, carry (away), cast, contain, desire, ease, exact, exalt (self), extol, fetch, forgive, furnish, further, give, go on, help, high, hold up, honourable (+ man), lade, lay, lift (self) up, lofty, marry, magnify, X needs, obtain, pardon, raise (up), receive, regard, respect, set (up), spare, stir up, + swear, take (away, up), X utterly, wear, yield.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3859. paradiatribe,   par-ad-ee-at-ree-bay';

          from a comp. of {A.}G-3844 and {B.}G-1304; misemployment, i.e. meddlesomeness:--perverse disputing.

 

{A.} G-3844. para,   par-ah';

          a prim. prep.; probably near, i.e. (with gen.) from beside (lit. or fig.), (with dat.) at (or in) the vicinity of (obj. or subj.), (with acc.) to the proximity with (local [espec. beyond or opposed to] or causal [on account of]):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give [such things as they], + that [she] had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side . . . by, in the sight of, than, [there-] fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.

{B.} G-1304. diatribo,   dee-at-ree'-bo;

          from G-1223 and the base of G-5147; to wear through (time), i.e. remain:--abide, be, continue, tarry.

.... G-1223. dia,   dee-ah';

          a prim. prep. denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) . . . fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through (-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general import.

.... G-5147. tribos,   tree'-bos;

          from  tribo (to "rub"; akin to  teiro,  truo,

          and the base of G-5131, G-5134); a rut or worn track:--path.

.... G-5131. tragos,   trag'-os;

          from the base of G-5176; a he-goat (as a gnawer):--goat.

.... G-5134. trauma,   trow'-mah;

          from the base of  titrosko (to wound; akin to the base of G-2352, G-5147, G-5149, etc.); a wound:--wound.

.... G-5176. trogo,   tro'-go;

          prob. strength from a collat. form of the base of G-5134 and G-5147 through the idea of corrosion or wear; or perh. rather of a base of G-5167 and G-5149 through the idea of a craunching sound; to gnaw or chew, i.e. (gen.) to eat:--eat.

.... G-2352. thrauo,   throw'-o;

          a prim. verb; to crush:--bruise. Comp. G-4486.

.... G-5149. trizo,   trid'-zo;

          appar. a prim. verb; to creak (squeak), i.e. (by anal.) to grate the teeth (in frenzy):--gnash.

.... G-5167. trugon,   troo-gone';

          from  truzo (to murmur; akin to G-5149, but denoting a duller sound); a turtle-dove (as cooing):--turtle-dove.

.... G-4486. rhegnumi,   hrayg'-noo-mee;

          or  rhesso,   hrace'-so;

          both prol. forms of  rheko (which appears only in certain forms, and is itself prob. a strengthened form of  agnumi [see in G-2608]); to "break", "wreck" or "crack", i.e. (espec.) to sunder (by separation of the parts; G-2608 being its intensive [with the prep. in comp.], and G-2352 a shattering to minute fragments; but not a reduction to the constituent particles, like G-3089) or disrupt, lacerate; by impl. to convulse (with spasms); fig. to give vent to joyful emotions:--break (forth), burst, rend, tear.

.... G-2608. katagnumi,   kat-ag'-noo-mee;

          from G-2596 and the base of G-4486; to rend in pieces, i.e. crack apart:--break.

.... G-3089. luo,   loo'-o;

          a prim. verb; to "loosen" (lit. or fig.):--break (up), destroy, dissolve, (un-) loose, melt, put off. Comp. G-4486.

.... G-2596. kata,   kat-ah';

          a prim. particle; (prep.) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case [gen. dat. or acc.] with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to, touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, [charita-] bly, concerning, + covered, [dai-] ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from . . . to, godly, in (-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), . . . by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-) on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through (-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-) to (-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where (-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution or intensity.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3860. paradidomi,   par-ad-id'-o-mee;

          from {A.}G-3844 and {B.}G-1325; to surrender, i.e. yield up, intrust, transmit:--betray, bring forth, cast, commit, deliver (up), give (over, up), hazard, put in prison, recommend.

 

{A.} G-3844. para,   par-ah';

          a prim. prep.; probably near, i.e. (with gen.) from beside (lit. or fig.), (with dat.) at (or in) the vicinity of (obj. or subj.), (with acc.) to the proximity with (local [espec. beyond or opposed to] or causal [on account of]):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give [such things as they], + that [she] had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side . . . by, in the sight of, than, [there-] fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.

{B.} G-1325. didomi,   did'-o-mee;

          a prol. form of a prim. verb (which is used as an altern. in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, probably or by impl. lit. or fig.; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3861. paradoxos,   par-ad'-ox-os;

          from {A.}G-3844 and {B.}G-1391 (in the sense of seeming); contrary to expectation, i.e. extraordinary ("paradox"):--strange.

 

{A.} G-3844. para,   par-ah';

          a prim. prep.; probably near, i.e. (with gen.) from beside (lit. or fig.), (with dat.) at (or in) the vicinity of (obj. or subj.), (with acc.) to the proximity with (local [espec. beyond or opposed to] or causal [on account of]):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give [such things as they], + that [she] had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side . . . by, in the sight of, than, [there-] fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.

{B.} G-1391. doxa,   dox'-ah;

          from the base of G-1380; glory (as very apparent), in a wide application (lit. or fig., obj. or subj.):--dignity, glory (-ious), honour, praise, worship.

.... G-1380. dokeo,   dok-eh'-o;

          a prol. form of a prim. verb  doko,   dok'-o,

          (used only as an alt. in certain tenses; comp. the base of G-1166) of the same mean.; to think; by impl. to seem (truthfully or uncertainly):--be accounted, (of own) please (-ure), be of reputation, seem (good), suppose, think, trow.

.... G-1166. deiknuo,   dike-noo'-o;

          a prol. form of an obs. prim. of the same mean.; to show (lit. or fig.):--shew.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3862. paradosis,   par-ad'-os-is;

          from G-3860; transmission, i.e. (concr.) a precept; spec. the Jewish traditionary law:--ordinance, tradition.

 

.... G-3860. paradidomi,   par-ad-id'-o-mee;

          from G-3844 and G-1325; to surrender, i.e. yield up, intrust, transmit:--betray, bring forth, cast, commit, deliver (up), give (over, up), hazard, put in prison, recommend.

.... G-3844. para,   par-ah';

          a prim. prep.; probably near, i.e. (with gen.) from beside (lit. or fig.), (with dat.) at (or in) the vicinity of (obj. or subj.), (with acc.) to the proximity with (local [espec. beyond or opposed to] or causal [on account of]):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give [such things as they], + that [she] had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side . . . by, in the sight of, than, [there-] fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.

.... G-1325. didomi,   did'-o-mee;

          a prol. form of a prim. verb (which is used as an altern. in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, probably or by impl. lit. or fig.; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3863. parazeloo,   par-ad-zay-lo'-o;

          from {A.}G-3844 and {B.}G-2206; to stimulate alongside, i.e. excite to rivalry:--provoke to emulation (jealousy).

 

{A.} G-3844. para,   par-ah';

          a prim. prep.; probably near, i.e. (with gen.) from beside (lit. or fig.), (with dat.) at (or in) the vicinity of (obj. or subj.), (with acc.) to the proximity with (local [espec. beyond or opposed to] or causal [on account of]):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give [such things as they], + that [she] had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side . . . by, in the sight of, than, [there-] fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.

{B.} G-2206. zeloo,   dzay-lo'-o;

          from G-2205; to have warmth of feeling for or against:--affect, covet (earnestly), (have) desire, (move with) envy, be jealous over, (be) zealous (-ly affect).

.... G-2205. zelos,   dzay'-los;

          from G-2204; probably heat, i.e. (fig.) "zeal" (in a favorable sense, ardor; in an unfavorable one, jealousy, as of a husband [fig. of God], or an enemy, malice):--emulation, envy (-ing), fervent mind, indignation, jealousy, zeal.

.... G-2204. zeo,   dzeh'-o;

          a prim. verb; to be hot (boil, of liquids; or glow, of solids), i.e. (fig.) be fervid (earnest):--be fervent.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3864. parathalassios,   par-ath-al-as'-see-os;

          from {A.}G-3844 and {B.}G-2281; along the sea, i.e. maritime (lacustrine):--upon the sea coast.

 

{A.} G-3844. para,   par-ah';

          a prim. prep.; probably near, i.e. (with gen.) from beside (lit. or fig.), (with dat.) at (or in) the vicinity of (obj. or subj.), (with acc.) to the proximity with (local [espec. beyond or opposed to] or causal [on account of]):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give [such things as they], + that [she] had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side . . . by, in the sight of, than, [there-] fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.

{B.} G-2281. thalassa,   thal'-as-sah;

          prob. prol. from G-251; the sea (gen. or spec.):--sea.

.... G-251. hals,   halce;

          a prim. word; "salt":--salt.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3865. paratheoreo,   par-ath-eh-o-reh'-o;

          from {A.}G-3844 and {B.}G-2334; to overlook or disregard:--neglect.

 

{A.} G-3844. para,   par-ah';

          a prim. prep.; probably near, i.e. (with gen.) from beside (lit. or fig.), (with dat.) at (or in) the vicinity of (obj. or subj.), (with acc.) to the proximity with (local [espec. beyond or opposed to] or causal [on account of]):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give [such things as they], + that [she] had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side . . . by, in the sight of, than, [there-] fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.

{B.} G-2334. theoreo,   theh-o-reh'-o;

          from a der. of G-2300 (perh. by add. of G-3708); to be a spectator of, i.e. discern, (lit., fig. [experience] or intens. [acknowledge]):--behold, consider, look on, perceive, see. Comp. G-3700.

.... G-2300. theaomai,   theh-ah'-om-ahee;

          a prol. form of a prim. verb; to look closely at, i.e. (by impl.) to perceive (lit. or fig.); by extens. to visit:--behold, look (upon), see. Comp. G-3700.

.... G-3708. horao,   hor-ah'-o;

          probably to stare at [comp. G-3700], i.e. (by impl.) to discern clearly (phys. or ment); by extens. to attend to; by Hebr. to experience; pass. to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.

.... G-3700. optanomai,   op-tan'-om-ahee;

          a (mid.) prol. form of the prim. (mid.)  optomai,   op'-tom-ahee,

          which is used for it in certain tenses; and both as alt. of G-3708; to gaze (i.e. with wide-open eyes, as at something remarkable; and thus differing from G-991, which denotes simply voluntary observation; and from G-1492, which expresses merely mechanical, passive or casual vision; while G-2300, and still more emphatically its intens. G-2334, signifies an earnest but more continued inspection; and G-4648 a watching from a distance):--appear, look, see, shew self.

.... G-991. blepo,   blep'-o;

          a prim. verb; to look at (lit. or fig.):--behold, beware, lie, look (on, to), perceive, regard, see, sight, take heed. Comp. G-3700.

.... G-1492. eido,   i'-do;

          a prim. verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equiv. G-3700 and G-3708; probably to see (lit. or fig.); by impl. (in the perf. only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) known (-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wist, wot. Comp. G-3700.

.... G-2300. theaomai,   theh-ah'-om-ahee;

          a prol. form of a prim. verb; to look closely at, i.e. (by impl.) to perceive (lit. or fig.); by extens. to visit:--behold, look (upon), see. Comp. G-3700.

.... G-2334. theoreo,   theh-o-reh'-o;

          from a der. of G-2300 (perh. by add. of G-3708); to be a spectator of, i.e. discern, (lit., fig. [experience] or intens. [acknowledge]):--behold, consider, look on, perceive, see. Comp. G-3700.

.... G-4648. skopeo,   skop-eh'-o;

          from G-4649; to take aim at (spy), i.e. (fig.) regard:--consider, take heed, look at (on), mark. Comp. G-3700.

.... G-4649. skopos,   skop-os' ("scope");

          from  skeptomai (to peer about ["skeptic"]; perh. akin to G-4626 through the idea of concealment; comp. G-4629); a watch (sentry or scout), i.e. (by impl.) a goal:--mark.

.... G-4626. skapto,   skap'-to;

          appar. a prim. verb; to dig:--dig.

.... G-4629. skepasma,   skep'-as-mah;

          from a der. of  skepas, (a covering; perh. akin to the base of G-4649 through the idea of noticeableness); clothing:--raiment.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3866. paratheke,   par-ath-ay'-kay;

          from G-3908; a deposit, i.e. (fig.) trust:--committed unto.

 

.... G-3908. paratithemi,   par-at-ith'-ay-mee;

          from G-3844 and G-5087; to place alongside, i.e. present (food, truth); by impl. to deposit (as a trust or for protection):--allege, commend, commit (the keeping of), put forth, set before.

.... G-3844. para,   par-ah';

          a prim. prep.; probably near, i.e. (with gen.) from beside (lit. or fig.), (with dat.) at (or in) the vicinity of (obj. or subj.), (with acc.) to the proximity with (local [espec. beyond or opposed to] or causal [on account of]):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give [such things as they], + that [she] had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side . . . by, in the sight of, than, [there-] fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.

.... G-5087. tithemi,   tith'-ay-mee

          a prol. form of a prim.  theo,   theh'-o,

          (which is used only as alt. in cert. tenses); to place (in the widest application, lit. and fig.; probably in a passive or horizontal posture, and thus different from G-2476, which probably denotes as upright and active position, while G-2749 is probably reflexive and utterly prostrate):--+ advise, appoint, bow, commit, conceive, give, X kneel down, lay (aside, down, up), make, ordain, purpose, put, set (forth), settle, sink down.

.... G-2476. histemi,   his'-tay-mee;

          a prol. form of a prim.  stao,   stah'-o,

          (of the same mean., and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (trans. or intrans.), used in various applications (lit. or fig.):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Comp. G-5087.

.... G-2749. keimai,   ki'-mahee;

          mid. of a prim. verb; to lie outstretched (lit. or fig.):--be (appointed, laid up, made, set), lay, lie. Comp. G-5087.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3867. paraineo,   par-ahee-neh'-o;

          from {A.}G-3844 and {B.}G-134; to mispraise; i.e. recommend or advise (a different course):--admonish, exhort.

 

{A.} G-3844. para,   par-ah';

          a prim. prep.; probably near, i.e. (with gen.) from beside (lit. or fig.), (with dat.) at (or in) the vicinity of (obj. or subj.), (with acc.) to the proximity with (local [espec. beyond or opposed to] or causal [on account of]):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give [such things as they], + that [she] had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side . . . by, in the sight of, than, [there-] fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.

{B.} G-134. aineo,   ahee-neh'-o;

          from G-136; to praise (God):--praise.

.... G-136. ainos,   ah'ee-nos;

          appar. a prim. word; probably a story, but used in the sense of G-1868; praise (of God):--praise.

.... G-1868. epainos,   ep'-ahee-nos;

          from G-1909 and the base of G-134; laudation; concr. a commendable thing:--praise.

.... G-1909. epi,   ep-ee';

          a prim. prep. probably mean. superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution [with the gen.], i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dat.) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the acc.) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, [where-]) fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-) on (behalf of) over, (by, for) the space of, through (-out), (un-) to (-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (lit. or fig.).

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3868. paraiteomai,   par-ahee-teh'-om-ahee;

          from {A.}G-3844 and the mid. of {B.}G-154; to beg off, i.e. deprecate, decline, shun:--avoid, (make) excuse, intreat, refuse, reject.

 

{A.} G-3844. para,   par-ah';

          a prim. prep.; probably near, i.e. (with gen.) from beside (lit. or fig.), (with dat.) at (or in) the vicinity of (obj. or subj.), (with acc.) to the proximity with (local [espec. beyond or opposed to] or causal [on account of]):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give [such things as they], + that [she] had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side . . . by, in the sight of, than, [there-] fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.

{B.} G-154. aiteo,   ahee-teh'-o;

          of uncert. der.; to ask (in gen.):--ask, beg, call for, crave, desire, require. Comp. G-4441.

.... G-4441. punthanomai,   poon-than'-om-ahee;

          mid. prol. from a prim.  putho (which occurs only as an alt. in certain tenses); to question, i.e. ascertain by inquiry (as a matter of information merely; and thus differing from G-2065, which probably means a request as a favor; and from G-154, which is strictly a demand of something due; as well as from G-2212, which implies a search for something hidden; and from G-1189, which involves the idea of urgent need); by impl. to learn (by casual intelligence):--ask, demand, enquire, understand.

.... G-2065. erotao,   er-o-tah'-o;

          appar. from G-2046 [comp. G-2045]; to interrogate; by impl. to request:--ask, beseech, desire, intreat, pray. Comp. G-4441.

.... G-2212. zeteo,   dzay-teh'-o;

          of uncert. affin.; to seek (lit. or fig.); spec. (by Heb.) to worship (God), or (in a bad sense) to plot (against life):--be (go) about, desire, endeavour, enquire (for), require, (X will) seek (after, for, means). Comp. G-4441.

.... G-1189. deomai,   deh'-om-ahee;

          mid. of G-1210; to beg (as binding oneself), i.e. petition:--beseech, pray (to), make request. Comp. G-4441.

.... G-2046. ereo,   er-eh'-o;

          prob. a fuller form of G-4483; an alt. for G-2036 in cert. tenses; to utter, i.e. speak or say:--call, say, speak (of), tell.

.... G-1210. deo,   deh'-o;

          a prim. verb; to bind (in various applications, lit. or fig.):--bind, be in bonds, knit, tie, wind. See also G-1163, G-1189.

.... G-1163. dei,   die;

          3rd pers. sing. act. pres. of G-1210; also  deon,   deh-on';

          neut. act. part. of the same; both used impers.; it is (was, etc.) necessary (as binding):--behoved, be meet, must (needs), (be) need (-ful), ought, should.

.... G-2045. ereunao,   er-yoo-nah'-o;

          appar. from G-2046 (through the idea of inquiry); to seek, i.e. (fig.) to investigate:--search.

.... G-4483. rheo,   hreh'-o;

          for certain tenses of which a prol. form  ereo,   er-eh'-o,

          is used; and both as alternate for G-2036; perh. akin (or ident.) with G-4482 (through the idea of pouring forth); to utter, i.e. speak or say:--command, make, say, speak (of). Comp. G-3004.

.... G-2036. epo,   ep'-o;

          a prim. verb (used only in the def. past tense, the others being borrowed from G-2046, G-4483 and G-5346); to speak or say (by word or writing):--answer, bid, bring word, call, command, grant, say (on), speak, tell. Comp. G-3004.

.... G-4482. rheo,   hreh'-o;

          a prim. verb; for some tenses of which a prol. form  rheuo,   hryoo'-o,

          is used; to flow ("run", as water):--flow.

.... G-3004. lego,   leg'-o;

          a prim. verb; probably to "lay" forth, i.e. (fig.) relate (in words [usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas G-2036 and G-5346 generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while G-4483 is probably to break silence merely, and G-2980 means an extended or random harangue]); by impl. to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say (-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.

.... G-5346. phemi,   fay-mee';

          probably the same as the base of G-5457 and G-5316; to show or make known one's thoughts, i.e. speak or say:--affirm, say. Comp. G-3004.

.... G-2980. laleo,   lal-eh'-o;

          a prol. form of an otherwise obsol. verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Comp. G-3004.

.... G-5457. phos,   foce;

          from an obsol.  phao (to shine or make manifest, espec. by rays; comp. G-5316, G-5346); luminousness (in the widest application, nat. or artificial, abstr. or concr., lit. or fig.):--fire, light.

.... G-5316. phaino,   fah'ee-no;

          prol. for the base of G-5457; to lighten (shine), i.e. show (trans. or intrans., lit. or fig.):--appear, seem, be seen, shine, X think.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3869. parakathizo,   par-ak-ath-id'-zo;

          from {A.}G-3844 and {B.}G-2523; to sit down near:--sit.

 

{A.} G-3844. para,   par-ah';

          a prim. prep.; probably near, i.e. (with gen.) from beside (lit. or fig.), (with dat.) at (or in) the vicinity of (obj. or subj.), (with acc.) to the proximity with (local [espec. beyond or opposed to] or causal [on account of]):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give [such things as they], + that [she] had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side . . . by, in the sight of, than, [there-] fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.

{B.} G-2523. kathizo,   kath-id'-zo;

          another (act.) form for G-2516; to seat down, i.e. set (fig. appoint); intrans. to sit (down); fig. to settle (hover, dwell):--continue, set, sit (down), tarry.

.... G-2516. kathezomai,   kath-ed'-zom-ahee;

          from G-2596 and the base of G-1476; to sit down:--sit.

.... G-2596. kata,   kat-ah';

          a prim. particle; (prep.) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case [gen. dat. or acc.] with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to, touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, [charita-] bly, concerning, + covered, [dai-] ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from . . . to, godly, in (-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), . . . by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-) on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through (-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-) to (-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where (-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution or intensity.

.... G-1476. hedraios,   hed-rah'-yos;

          from a der. of  hezomai (to sit); sedentary, i.e. (by impl.) immovable:--settled, stedfast.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3870. parakaleo,   par-ak-al-eh'-o;

          from {A.}G-3844 and {B.}G-2564; to call near, i.e. invite, invoke (by imploration, hortation or consolation):--beseech, call for, (be of good) comfort, desire, (give) exhort (-ation), intreat, pray.

 

{A.} G-3844. para,   par-ah';

          a prim. prep.; probably near, i.e. (with gen.) from beside (lit. or fig.), (with dat.) at (or in) the vicinity of (obj. or subj.), (with acc.) to the proximity with (local [espec. beyond or opposed to] or causal [on account of]):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give [such things as they], + that [she] had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side . . . by, in the sight of, than, [there-] fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.

{B.} G-2564. kaleo,   kal-eh'-o;

          akin to the base of G-2753; to "call" (probably aloud, but used in a variety of applications, dir. or otherwise):--bid, call (forth), (whose, whose sur-) name (was [called]).

.... G-2753. keleuo,   kel-yoo'-o;

          from a prim.  kello (to urge on); "hail"; to incite by word, i.e. order:--bid, (at, give) command (-ment).

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3871. parakalupto,   par-ak-al-oop'-to;

          from {A.}G-3844 and {B.}G-2572; to cover alongside, i.e. veil (fig.):--hide.

 

{A.} G-3844. para,   par-ah';

          a prim. prep.; probably near, i.e. (with gen.) from beside (lit. or fig.), (with dat.) at (or in) the vicinity of (obj. or subj.), (with acc.) to the proximity with (local [espec. beyond or opposed to] or causal [on account of]):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give [such things as they], + that [she] had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side . . . by, in the sight of, than, [there-] fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.

{B.} G-2572. kalupto,   kal-oop'-to;

          akin to G-2813 and G-2928; to cover up (lit. or fig.):--cover, hide.

.... G-2813. klepto,   klep'-to;

          a prim. verb; to filch:--steal.

.... G-2928. krupto,   kroop'-to;

          a prim. verb; to conceal (probably by covering):--hide (self), keep secret, secret [-ly].

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3872. parakatatheke,   par-ak-at-ath-ay'-kay;

          from a comp. of {A.}G-3844 and {B.}G-2698; something put down alongside, i.e. a deposit (sacred trust):--that (thing) which is committed (un-) to (trust).

 

{A.} G-3844. para,   par-ah';

          a prim. prep.; probably near, i.e. (with gen.) from beside (lit. or fig.), (with dat.) at (or in) the vicinity of (obj. or subj.), (with acc.) to the proximity with (local [espec. beyond or opposed to] or causal [on account of]):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give [such things as they], + that [she] had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side . . . by, in the sight of, than, [there-] fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.

{B.} G-2698. katatithemi,   kat-at-ith'-ay-mee;

          from G-2596 and G-5087; to place down, i.e. deposit (lit. or fig.):--do, lay, shew.

.... G-2596. kata,   kat-ah';

          a prim. particle; (prep.) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case [gen. dat. or acc.] with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to, touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, [charita-] bly, concerning, + covered, [dai-] ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from . . . to, godly, in (-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), . . . by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-) on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through (-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-) to (-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where (-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution or intensity.

.... G-5087. tithemi,   tith'-ay-mee

          a prol. form of a prim.  theo,   theh'-o,

          (which is used only as alt. in cert. tenses); to place (in the widest application, lit. and fig.; probably in a passive or horizontal posture, and thus different from G-2476, which probably denotes as upright and active position, while G-2749 is probably reflexive and utterly prostrate):--+ advise, appoint, bow, commit, conceive, give, X kneel down, lay (aside, down, up), make, ordain, purpose, put, set (forth), settle, sink down.

.... G-2476. histemi,   his'-tay-mee;

          a prol. form of a prim.  stao,   stah'-o,

          (of the same mean., and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (trans. or intrans.), used in various applications (lit. or fig.):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Comp. G-5087.

.... G-2749. keimai,   ki'-mahee;

          mid. of a prim. verb; to lie outstretched (lit. or fig.):--be (appointed, laid up, made, set), lay, lie. Comp. G-5087.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3873. parakeimai,   par-ak'-i-mahee;

          from {A.}G-3844 and {B.}G-2749; to lie near, i.e. be at hand (fig. be prompt or easy):--be present.

 

{A.} G-3844. para,   par-ah';

          a prim. prep.; probably near, i.e. (with gen.) from beside (lit. or fig.), (with dat.) at (or in) the vicinity of (obj. or subj.), (with acc.) to the proximity with (local [espec. beyond or opposed to] or causal [on account of]):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give [such things as they], + that [she] had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side . . . by, in the sight of, than, [there-] fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.

{B.} G-2749. keimai,   ki'-mahee;

          mid. of a prim. verb; to lie outstretched (lit. or fig.):--be (appointed, laid up, made, set), lay, lie. Comp. G-5087.

.... G-5087. tithemi,   tith'-ay-mee

          a prol. form of a prim.  theo,   theh'-o,

          (which is used only as alt. in cert. tenses); to place (in the widest application, lit. and fig.; probably in a passive or horizontal posture, and thus different from G-2476, which probably denotes as upright and active position, while G-2749 is probably reflexive and utterly prostrate):--+ advise, appoint, bow, commit, conceive, give, X kneel down, lay (aside, down, up), make, ordain, purpose, put, set (forth), settle, sink down.

.... G-2476. histemi,   his'-tay-mee;

          a prol. form of a prim.  stao,   stah'-o,

          (of the same mean., and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (trans. or intrans.), used in various applications (lit. or fig.):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Comp. G-5087.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3874. paraklesis,   par-ak'-lay-sis;

          from G-3870; imploration, hortation, solace:--comfort, consolation, exhortation, intreaty.

 

.... G-3870. parakaleo,   par-ak-al-eh'-o;

          from G-3844 and G-2564; to call near, i.e. invite, invoke (by imploration, hortation or consolation):--beseech, call for, (be of good) comfort, desire, (give) exhort (-ation), intreat, pray.

.... G-3844. para,   par-ah';

          a prim. prep.; probably near, i.e. (with gen.) from beside (lit. or fig.), (with dat.) at (or in) the vicinity of (obj. or subj.), (with acc.) to the proximity with (local [espec. beyond or opposed to] or causal [on account of]):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give [such things as they], + that [she] had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side . . . by, in the sight of, than, [there-] fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.

.... G-2564. kaleo,   kal-eh'-o;

          akin to the base of G-2753; to "call" (probably aloud, but used in a variety of applications, dir. or otherwise):--bid, call (forth), (whose, whose sur-) name (was [called]).

.... G-2753. keleuo,   kel-yoo'-o;

          from a prim.  kello (to urge on); "hail"; to incite by word, i.e. order:--bid, (at, give) command (-ment).

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3875. parakletos,   par-ak'-lay-tos;

          an intercessor, consoler:--advocate, comforter.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3876. parakoe,   par-ak-o-ay';

          from G-3878; inattention, i.e. (by impl.) disobedience:--disobedience.

 

.... G-3878. parakouo,   par-ak-oo'-o;

          from G-3844 and G-191; to mishear, i.e. (by impl.) to disobey:--neglect to hear.

.... G-3844. para,   par-ah';

          a prim. prep.; probably near, i.e. (with gen.) from beside (lit. or fig.), (with dat.) at (or in) the vicinity of (obj. or subj.), (with acc.) to the proximity with (local [espec. beyond or opposed to] or causal [on account of]):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give [such things as they], + that [she] had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side . . . by, in the sight of, than, [there-] fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.

.... G-191. akouo,   ak-oo'-o;

          a prim. verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), ([shall]) hear (-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3877. parakoloutheo,   par-ak-ol-oo-theh'-o;

          from {A.}G-3844 and {B.}G-190; to follow near, i.e. (fig.) attend (as a result), trace out, conform to:--attain, follow, fully know, have understanding.

 

{A.} G-3844. para,   par-ah';

          a prim. prep.; probably near, i.e. (with gen.) from beside (lit. or fig.), (with dat.) at (or in) the vicinity of (obj. or subj.), (with acc.) to the proximity with (local [espec. beyond or opposed to] or causal [on account of]):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give [such things as they], + that [she] had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side . . . by, in the sight of, than, [there-] fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.

{B.} G-190. akoloutheo,   ak-ol-oo-theh'-o;

          from G-1 (as a particle of union) and  keleu-thos (a road); probably to be in the same way with, i.e. to accompany (spec. as a disciple):--follow, reach.

.... G-1. a,   al-fah;

          of Hebrew origin; the first letter of the alphabet; figurative only (from its use as a numeral) the first;--Alpha. Often used (usually  an, before a vowel) also in composition (as a contraction from G-427) in the sense of privation; so in many words beginning with this letter; occasionally in the sense of union (as a contraction of G-260).

.... G-427. aneu,   an'-yoo;

          a prim. particle; without:--without. Comp. G-1.

.... G-260. hama,   ham'-ah;

          a prim. particle; probably at the "same" time, but freely used as a prep. or adv. denoting close association:--also, and, together, with (-al).

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3878. parakouo,   par-ak-oo'-o;

          from {A.}G-3844 and {B.}G-191; to mishear, i.e. (by impl.) to disobey:--neglect to hear.

 

{A.} G-3844. para,   par-ah';

          a prim. prep.; probably near, i.e. (with gen.) from beside (lit. or fig.), (with dat.) at (or in) the vicinity of (obj. or subj.), (with acc.) to the proximity with (local [espec. beyond or opposed to] or causal [on account of]):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give [such things as they], + that [she] had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side . . . by, in the sight of, than, [there-] fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.

{B.} G-191. akouo,   ak-oo'-o;

          a prim. verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), ([shall]) hear (-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3879. parakupto,   par-ak-oop'-to;

          from {A.}G-3844 and {B.}G-2955; to bend beside, i.e. lean over (so as to peer within):--look (into), stoop down.

 

{A.} G-3844. para,   par-ah';

          a prim. prep.; probably near, i.e. (with gen.) from beside (lit. or fig.), (with dat.) at (or in) the vicinity of (obj. or subj.), (with acc.) to the proximity with (local [espec. beyond or opposed to] or causal [on account of]):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give [such things as they], + that [she] had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side . . . by, in the sight of, than, [there-] fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.

{B.} G-2955. kupto,   koop'-to;

          prob. from the base of G-2949; to bend forward:--stoop (down).

.... G-2949. kuma,   koo'-mah;

          from  kuo (to swell [with young], i.e. bend, curve); a billow (as bursting or toppling):--wave.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3880. paralambano,   par-al-am-ban'-o;

          from {A.}G-3844 and {B.}G-2983; to receive near, i.e. associate with oneself (in any familiar or intimate act or relation); by anal. to assume an office; fig. to learn:--receive, take (unto, with).

 

{A.} G-3844. para,   par-ah';

          a prim. prep.; probably near, i.e. (with gen.) from beside (lit. or fig.), (with dat.) at (or in) the vicinity of (obj. or subj.), (with acc.) to the proximity with (local [espec. beyond or opposed to] or causal [on account of]):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give [such things as they], + that [she] had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side . . . by, in the sight of, than, [there-] fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.

{B.} G-2983. lambano,   lam-ban'-o;

          a prol. form of a prim. verb, which is used only as an alt. in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, lit. and fig. [probably obj. or act., to get hold of; whereas G-1209 is rather subj. or pass., to have offered to one; while G-138 is more violent, to seize or remove]):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).

.... G-1209. dechomai,   dekh'-om-ahee;

          mid. of a prim. verb; to receive (in various applications, lit. or fig.):--accept, receive, take. Comp. G-2983.

.... G-138. haireomai,   hahee-reh'-om-ahee;

          prob. akin to G-142; to take for oneself, i.e. to prefer:--choose. Some of the forms are borrowed from a cognate  hellomai,   hel'-lom-ahee;

          which is otherwise obsolete.

.... G-142. airo,   ah'ee-ro;

          a prim. verb; to lift; by impl. to take up or away; fig. to raise (the voice), keep in suspense (the mind); spec. to sail away (i.e. weigh anchor); by Heb. [comp. H-5375] to expiate sin:--away with, bear (up), carry, lift up, loose, make to doubt, put away, remove, take (away, up).

.... H-5375. nasa',   naw-saw';

          or  nacah,   naw-saw', (Psa. 4:6, [7];

          a prim. root; to lift, in a great variety of applications, lit. and fig., absol. and rel. (as follows):--accept, advance, arise, (able to, [armour], suffer to) bear (-er, up), bring (forth), burn, carry (away), cast, contain, desire, ease, exact, exalt (self), extol, fetch, forgive, furnish, further, give, go on, help, high, hold up, honourable (+ man), lade, lay, lift (self) up, lofty, marry, magnify, X needs, obtain, pardon, raise (up), receive, regard, respect, set (up), spare, stir up, + swear, take (away, up), X utterly, wear, yield.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3881. paralegomai,   par-al-eg'-om-ahee;

          from {A.}G-3844 and the mid. of {B.}G-3004 (in its orig. sense); (spec.) to lay one's course near, i.e. sail past:--pass, sail by.

 

{A.} G-3844. para,   par-ah';

          a prim. prep.; probably near, i.e. (with gen.) from beside (lit. or fig.), (with dat.) at (or in) the vicinity of (obj. or subj.), (with acc.) to the proximity with (local [espec. beyond or opposed to] or causal [on account of]):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give [such things as they], + that [she] had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side . . . by, in the sight of, than, [there-] fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.

{B.} G-3004. lego,   leg'-o;

          a prim. verb; probably to "lay" forth, i.e. (fig.) relate (in words [usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas G-2036 and G-5346 generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while G-4483 is probably to break silence merely, and G-2980 means an extended or random harangue]); by impl. to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say (-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.

.... G-2036. epo,   ep'-o;

          a prim. verb (used only in the def. past tense, the others being borrowed from G-2046, G-4483 and G-5346); to speak or say (by word or writing):--answer, bid, bring word, call, command, grant, say (on), speak, tell. Comp. G-3004.

.... G-5346. phemi,   fay-mee';

          probably the same as the base of G-5457 and G-5316; to show or make known one's thoughts, i.e. speak or say:--affirm, say. Comp. G-3004.

.... G-4483. rheo,   hreh'-o;

          for certain tenses of which a prol. form  ereo,   er-eh'-o,

          is used; and both as alternate for G-2036; perh. akin (or ident.) with G-4482 (through the idea of pouring forth); to utter, i.e. speak or say:--command, make, say, speak (of). Comp. G-3004.

.... G-2980. laleo,   lal-eh'-o;

          a prol. form of an otherwise obsol. verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Comp. G-3004.

.... G-2046. ereo,   er-eh'-o;

          prob. a fuller form of G-4483; an alt. for G-2036 in cert. tenses; to utter, i.e. speak or say:--call, say, speak (of), tell.

.... G-5457. phos,   foce;

          from an obsol.  phao (to shine or make manifest, espec. by rays; comp. G-5316, G-5346); luminousness (in the widest application, nat. or artificial, abstr. or concr., lit. or fig.):--fire, light.

.... G-5316. phaino,   fah'ee-no;

          prol. for the base of G-5457; to lighten (shine), i.e. show (trans. or intrans., lit. or fig.):--appear, seem, be seen, shine, X think.

.... G-4482. rheo,   hreh'-o;

          a prim. verb; for some tenses of which a prol. form  rheuo,   hryoo'-o,

          is used; to flow ("run", as water):--flow.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3882. paralios,   par-al'-ee-os;

          from {A.}G-3844 and {B.}G-251; beside the salt (sea), i.e. maritime:--sea coast.

 

{A.} G-3844. para,   par-ah';

          a prim. prep.; probably near, i.e. (with gen.) from beside (lit. or fig.), (with dat.) at (or in) the vicinity of (obj. or subj.), (with acc.) to the proximity with (local [espec. beyond or opposed to] or causal [on account of]):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give [such things as they], + that [she] had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side . . . by, in the sight of, than, [there-] fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.

{B.} G-251. hals,   halce;

          a prim. word; "salt":--salt.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3883. parallage,   par-al-lag-ay';

          from a comp. of {A.}G-3844 and {B.}G-236; transmutation (of phase or orbit), i.e. (fig.) fickleness:--variableness.

 

{A.} G-3844. para,   par-ah';

          a prim. prep.; probably near, i.e. (with gen.) from beside (lit. or fig.), (with dat.) at (or in) the vicinity of (obj. or subj.), (with acc.) to the proximity with (local [espec. beyond or opposed to] or causal [on account of]):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give [such things as they], + that [she] had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side . . . by, in the sight of, than, [there-] fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.

{B.} G-236. allasso,   al-las'-so;

          from G-243; to make different:--change.

.... G-243. allos,   al'-los;

          a prim. word; "else," i.e. different (in many applications):--more, one (another), (an-, some an-) other (-s, -wise).

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3884. paralogizomai,   par-al-og-id'-zom-ahee;

          from {A.}G-3844 and {B.}G-3049; to misreckon, i.e. delude:--beguile, deceive.

 

{A.} G-3844. para,   par-ah';

          a prim. prep.; probably near, i.e. (with gen.) from beside (lit. or fig.), (with dat.) at (or in) the vicinity of (obj. or subj.), (with acc.) to the proximity with (local [espec. beyond or opposed to] or causal [on account of]):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give [such things as they], + that [she] had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side . . . by, in the sight of, than, [there-] fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.

{B.} G-3049. logizomai,   log-id'-zom-ahee;

          mid. from G-3056; to take an inventory, i.e. estimate (lit. or fig.):--conclude, (ac-) count (of), + despise, esteem, impute, lay, number, reason, reckon, suppose, think (on).

.... G-3056. logos,   log'-os;

          from G-3004; something said (including the thought); by impl. a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extens. a computation; spec. (with the art. in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say (-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.

.... G-3004. lego,   leg'-o;

          a prim. verb; probably to "lay" forth, i.e. (fig.) relate (in words [usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas G-2036 and G-5346 generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while G-4483 is probably to break silence merely, and G-2980 means an extended or random harangue]); by impl. to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say (-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.

.... G-2036. epo,   ep'-o;

          a prim. verb (used only in the def. past tense, the others being borrowed from G-2046, G-4483 and G-5346); to speak or say (by word or writing):--answer, bid, bring word, call, command, grant, say (on), speak, tell. Comp. G-3004.

.... G-5346. phemi,   fay-mee';

          probably the same as the base of G-5457 and G-5316; to show or make known one's thoughts, i.e. speak or say:--affirm, say. Comp. G-3004.

.... G-4483. rheo,   hreh'-o;

          for certain tenses of which a prol. form  ereo,   er-eh'-o,

          is used; and both as alternate for G-2036; perh. akin (or ident.) with G-4482 (through the idea of pouring forth); to utter, i.e. speak or say:--command, make, say, speak (of). Comp. G-3004.

.... G-2980. laleo,   lal-eh'-o;

          a prol. form of an otherwise obsol. verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Comp. G-3004.

.... G-2046. ereo,   er-eh'-o;

          prob. a fuller form of G-4483; an alt. for G-2036 in cert. tenses; to utter, i.e. speak or say:--call, say, speak (of), tell.

.... G-5457. phos,   foce;

          from an obsol.  phao (to shine or make manifest, espec. by rays; comp. G-5316, G-5346); luminousness (in the widest application, nat. or artificial, abstr. or concr., lit. or fig.):--fire, light.

.... G-5316. phaino,   fah'ee-no;

          prol. for the base of G-5457; to lighten (shine), i.e. show (trans. or intrans., lit. or fig.):--appear, seem, be seen, shine, X think.

.... G-4482. rheo,   hreh'-o;

          a prim. verb; for some tenses of which a prol. form  rheuo,   hryoo'-o,

          is used; to flow ("run", as water):--flow.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3885. paralutikos,   par-al-oo-tee-kos';

          from a der. of G-3886; as if dissolved, i.e. "paralytic":--that had (sick of) the palsy.

 

.... G-3886. paraluo,   par-al-oo'-o;

          from G-3844 and G-3089; to loosen beside, i.e. relax (perf. pas. part. paralyzed or enfeebled):--feeble, sick of the (taken with) palsy.

.... G-3844. para,   par-ah';

          a prim. prep.; probably near, i.e. (with gen.) from beside (lit. or fig.), (with dat.) at (or in) the vicinity of (obj. or subj.), (with acc.) to the proximity with (local [espec. beyond or opposed to] or causal [on account of]):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give [such things as they], + that [she] had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side . . . by, in the sight of, than, [there-] fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.

.... G-3089. luo,   loo'-o;

          a prim. verb; to "loosen" (lit. or fig.):--break (up), destroy, dissolve, (un-) loose, melt, put off. Comp. G-4486.

.... G-4486. rhegnumi,   hrayg'-noo-mee;

          or  rhesso,   hrace'-so;

          both prol. forms of  rheko (which appears only in certain forms, and is itself prob. a strengthened form of  agnumi [see in G-2608]); to "break", "wreck" or "crack", i.e. (espec.) to sunder (by separation of the parts; G-2608 being its intensive [with the prep. in comp.], and G-2352 a shattering to minute fragments; but not a reduction to the constituent particles, like G-3089) or disrupt, lacerate; by impl. to convulse (with spasms); fig. to give vent to joyful emotions:--break (forth), burst, rend, tear.

.... G-2608. katagnumi,   kat-ag'-noo-mee;

          from G-2596 and the base of G-4486; to rend in pieces, i.e. crack apart:--break.

.... G-2352. thrauo,   throw'-o;

          a prim. verb; to crush:--bruise. Comp. G-4486.

.... G-2596. kata,   kat-ah';

          a prim. particle; (prep.) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case [gen. dat. or acc.] with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to, touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, [charita-] bly, concerning, + covered, [dai-] ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from . . . to, godly, in (-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), . . . by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-) on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through (-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-) to (-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where (-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution or intensity.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3886. paraluo,   par-al-oo'-o;

          from {A.}G-3844 and {B.}G-3089; to loosen beside, i.e. relax (perf. pas. part. paralyzed or enfeebled):--feeble, sick of the (taken with) palsy.

 

{A.} G-3844. para,   par-ah';

          a prim. prep.; probably near, i.e. (with gen.) from beside (lit. or fig.), (with dat.) at (or in) the vicinity of (obj. or subj.), (with acc.) to the proximity with (local [espec. beyond or opposed to] or causal [on account of]):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give [such things as they], + that [she] had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side . . . by, in the sight of, than, [there-] fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.

{B.} G-3089. luo,   loo'-o;

          a prim. verb; to "loosen" (lit. or fig.):--break (up), destroy, dissolve, (un-) loose, melt, put off. Comp. G-4486.

.... G-4486. rhegnumi,   hrayg'-noo-mee;

          or  rhesso,   hrace'-so;

          both prol. forms of  rheko (which appears only in certain forms, and is itself prob. a strengthened form of  agnumi [see in G-2608]); to "break", "wreck" or "crack", i.e. (espec.) to sunder (by separation of the parts; G-2608 being its intensive [with the prep. in comp.], and G-2352 a shattering to minute fragments; but not a reduction to the constituent particles, like G-3089) or disrupt, lacerate; by impl. to convulse (with spasms); fig. to give vent to joyful emotions:--break (forth), burst, rend, tear.

.... G-2608. katagnumi,   kat-ag'-noo-mee;

          from G-2596 and the base of G-4486; to rend in pieces, i.e. crack apart:--break.

.... G-2352. thrauo,   throw'-o;

          a prim. verb; to crush:--bruise. Comp. G-4486.

.... G-2596. kata,   kat-ah';

          a prim. particle; (prep.) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case [gen. dat. or acc.] with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to, touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, [charita-] bly, concerning, + covered, [dai-] ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from . . . to, godly, in (-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), . . . by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-) on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through (-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-) to (-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where (-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution or intensity.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3887. parameno,   par-am-en'-o;

          from {A.}G-3844 and {B.}G-3306; to stay near, i.e. remain (lit. tarry; or fig. be permanent, persevere):--abide, continue.

 

{A.} G-3844. para,   par-ah';

          a prim. prep.; probably near, i.e. (with gen.) from beside (lit. or fig.), (with dat.) at (or in) the vicinity of (obj. or subj.), (with acc.) to the proximity with (local [espec. beyond or opposed to] or causal [on account of]):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give [such things as they], + that [she] had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side . . . by, in the sight of, than, [there-] fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.

{B.} G-3306. meno,   men'-o;

          a prim. verb; to stay (in a given place, state, relation or expectancy):--abide, continue, dwell, endure, be present, remain, stand, tarry (for), X thine own.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3888. paramutheomai,

             par-am-oo-theh'-om-ahee;

          from {A.}G-3844 and the mid. of a der. of {B.}G-3454; to relate near, i.e. (by impl.) encourage, console:--comfort.

 

{A.} G-3844. para,   par-ah';

          a prim. prep.; probably near, i.e. (with gen.) from beside (lit. or fig.), (with dat.) at (or in) the vicinity of (obj. or subj.), (with acc.) to the proximity with (local [espec. beyond or opposed to] or causal [on account of]):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give [such things as they], + that [she] had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side . . . by, in the sight of, than, [there-] fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.

{B.} G-3454. muthos,   moo-'thos;

          perh. from the same as G-3453 (through the idea of tuition); a tale, i.e. fiction ("myth"):--fable.

.... G-3453. mueo,   moo-eh'-o;

          from the base of G-3466; to initiate, i.e. (by impl.) to teach:--instruct.

.... G-3466. musterion,   moos-tay'-ree-on;

          from a der. of  muo (to shut the mouth); a secret or "mystery" (through the idea of silence imposed by initiation into religious rites):--mystery.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3889. paramuthia,

             par-am-oo-thee'-ah;

          from G-3888; consolation (probably abstr.):--comfort.

 

.... G-3888. paramutheomai,   par-am-oo-theh'-om-ahee;

          from G-3844 and the mid. of a der. of G-3454; to relate near, i.e. (by impl.) encourage, console:--comfort.

.... G-3844. para,   par-ah';

          a prim. prep.; probably near, i.e. (with gen.) from beside (lit. or fig.), (with dat.) at (or in) the vicinity of (obj. or subj.), (with acc.) to the proximity with (local [espec. beyond or opposed to] or causal [on account of]):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give [such things as they], + that [she] had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side . . . by, in the sight of, than, [there-] fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.

.... G-3454. muthos,   moo-'thos;

          perh. from the same as G-3453 (through the idea of tuition); a tale, i.e. fiction ("myth"):--fable.

.... G-3453. mueo,   moo-eh'-o;

          from the base of G-3466; to initiate, i.e. (by impl.) to teach:--instruct.

.... G-3466. musterion,   moos-tay'-ree-on;

          from a der. of  muo (to shut the mouth); a secret or "mystery" (through the idea of silence imposed by initiation into religious rites):--mystery.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3890. paramuthion,

             par-am-oo'-thee-on;

          neut. of G-3889; consolation (probably concr.):--comfort.

 

.... G-3889. paramuthia,   par-am-oo-thee'-ah;

          from G-3888; consolation (probably abstr.):--comfort.

.... G-3888. paramutheomai,   par-am-oo-theh'-om-ahee;

          from G-3844 and the mid. of a der. of G-3454; to relate near, i.e. (by impl.) encourage, console:--comfort.

.... G-3844. para,   par-ah';

          a prim. prep.; probably near, i.e. (with gen.) from beside (lit. or fig.), (with dat.) at (or in) the vicinity of (obj. or subj.), (with acc.) to the proximity with (local [espec. beyond or opposed to] or causal [on account of]):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give [such things as they], + that [she] had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side . . . by, in the sight of, than, [there-] fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.

.... G-3454. muthos,   moo-'thos;

          perh. from the same as G-3453 (through the idea of tuition); a tale, i.e. fiction ("myth"):--fable.

.... G-3453. mueo,   moo-eh'-o;

          from the base of G-3466; to initiate, i.e. (by impl.) to teach:--instruct.

.... G-3466. musterion,   moos-tay'-ree-on;

          from a der. of  muo (to shut the mouth); a secret or "mystery" (through the idea of silence imposed by initiation into religious rites):--mystery.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3891. paranomeo,   par-an-om-eh'-o;

          from a comp. of {A.}G-3844 and {B.}G-3551; to be opposed to law, i.e. to transgress:--contrary to law.

 

{A.} G-3844. para,   par-ah';

          a prim. prep.; probably near, i.e. (with gen.) from beside (lit. or fig.), (with dat.) at (or in) the vicinity of (obj. or subj.), (with acc.) to the proximity with (local [espec. beyond or opposed to] or causal [on account of]):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give [such things as they], + that [she] had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side . . . by, in the sight of, than, [there-] fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.

{B.} G-3551. nomos,   nom'-os;

          from a prim.  nemo (to parcel out, espec. food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), gen. (regulation), spec. (of Moses [includ. the volume]; also of the Gospel), or fig. (a principle):--law.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3892. paranomia,   par-an-om-ee'-ah;

          from the same as G-3891; transgression:--iniquity.

 

.... G-3891. paranomeo,   par-an-om-eh'-o;

          from a comp. of G-3844 and G-3551; to be opposed to law, i.e. to transgress:--contrary to law.

.... G-3844. para,   par-ah';

          a prim. prep.; probably near, i.e. (with gen.) from beside (lit. or fig.), (with dat.) at (or in) the vicinity of (obj. or subj.), (with acc.) to the proximity with (local [espec. beyond or opposed to] or causal [on account of]):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give [such things as they], + that [she] had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side . . . by, in the sight of, than, [there-] fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.

.... G-3551. nomos,   nom'-os;

          from a prim.  nemo (to parcel out, espec. food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), gen. (regulation), spec. (of Moses [includ. the volume]; also of the Gospel), or fig. (a principle):--law.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3893. parapikraino,

             par-ap-ik-rah'ee-no;

          from {A.}G-3844 and {B.}G-4087; to embitter alongside, i.e. (fig.) to exasperate:--provoke.

 

{A.} G-3844. para,   par-ah';

          a prim. prep.; probably near, i.e. (with gen.) from beside (lit. or fig.), (with dat.) at (or in) the vicinity of (obj. or subj.), (with acc.) to the proximity with (local [espec. beyond or opposed to] or causal [on account of]):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give [such things as they], + that [she] had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side . . . by, in the sight of, than, [there-] fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.

{B.} G-4087. pikraino,   pik-rah'ee-no;

          from G-4089; to embitter (lit. or fig.):--be (make) bitter.

.... G-4089. pikros,   pik-ros';

          perh. from G-4078 (through the idea of piercing); sharp (pungent), i.e. acrid (lit. or fig.):--bitter.

.... G-4078. pegnumi,   payg'-noo-mee;

          a prol. form of a prim. verb (which in its simpler form occurs only as an alt. in certain tenses); to fix ("peg"), i.e. (spec.) to set up (a tent):--pitch.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3894. parapikrasmos,

             par-ap-ik-ras-mos';

          from G-3893; irritation:--provocation.

 

.... G-3893. parapikraino,   par-ap-ik-rah'ee-no;

          from G-3844 and G-4087; to embitter alongside, i.e. (fig.) to exasperate:--provoke.

.... G-3844. para,   par-ah';

          a prim. prep.; probably near, i.e. (with gen.) from beside (lit. or fig.), (with dat.) at (or in) the vicinity of (obj. or subj.), (with acc.) to the proximity with (local [espec. beyond or opposed to] or causal [on account of]):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give [such things as they], + that [she] had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side . . . by, in the sight of, than, [there-] fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.

.... G-4087. pikraino,   pik-rah'ee-no;

          from G-4089; to embitter (lit. or fig.):--be (make) bitter.

.... G-4089. pikros,   pik-ros';

          perh. from G-4078 (through the idea of piercing); sharp (pungent), i.e. acrid (lit. or fig.):--bitter.

.... G-4078. pegnumi,   payg'-noo-mee;

          a prol. form of a prim. verb (which in its simpler form occurs only as an alt. in certain tenses); to fix ("peg"), i.e. (spec.) to set up (a tent):--pitch.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3895. parapipto,   par-ap-ip'-to;

          from {A.}G-3844 and {B.}G-4098; to fall aside, i.e. (fig.) to apostatize:--fall away.

 

{A.} G-3844. para,   par-ah';

          a prim. prep.; probably near, i.e. (with gen.) from beside (lit. or fig.), (with dat.) at (or in) the vicinity of (obj. or subj.), (with acc.) to the proximity with (local [espec. beyond or opposed to] or causal [on account of]):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give [such things as they], + that [she] had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side . . . by, in the sight of, than, [there-] fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.

{B.} G-4098. pipto,   pip'-to;

          a redupl. and contr. form of  peto,   pet'-o,

          (which occurs only as an alt. in cert. tenses); prob. akin to G-4072 through the idea of alighting; to fall (lit. or fig.):--fail, fall (down), light on.

.... G-4072. petomai,   pet'-om-ahee;

          or prol.  petaomai,   pet-ah'-om-ahee;

          or contr.  ptaomai,   ptah'-om-ahee;

          mid. of a prim. verb; to fly:--fly (-ing).

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3896. parapleo,   par-ap-leh'-o;

          from {A.}G-3844 and {B.}G-4126; to sail near:--sail by.

 

{A.} G-3844. para,   par-ah';

          a prim. prep.; probably near, i.e. (with gen.) from beside (lit. or fig.), (with dat.) at (or in) the vicinity of (obj. or subj.), (with acc.) to the proximity with (local [espec. beyond or opposed to] or causal [on account of]):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give [such things as they], + that [she] had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side . . . by, in the sight of, than, [there-] fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.

{B.} G-4126. pleo,   pleh'-o;

          another form for  pleuo,   plyoo'-o;

          which is used as an alt. in certain tenses; prob. a form of G-4150 (through the idea of plunging through the water); to pass in a vessel:--sail. See also G-4130.

.... G-4150. pluno,   ploo'-no;

          a prol. form of an obsol.  pluo (to "flow"); to "plunge", i.e. launder clothing:--wash. Comp. G-3068, G-3538.

.... G-4130. pletho,   play'-tho;

          a prol. form of a prim.  pleo,   pleh'-o,

          (which appears only as an alt. in certain tenses and in the redupl. form  pimplemi); to "fill" (lit. or fig. [imbue, influence, supply]); spec. to fulfil (time):--accomplish, full (. . . come), furnish.

.... G-3068. louo,   loo'-o;

          a prim. verb; to bathe (the whole person; whereas G-3538 means to wet a part only, and G-4150 to wash, cleanse garments exclusively):--wash.

.... G-3538. nipto,   nip'-to;

          to cleanse (espec. the hands or the feet or the face); cer. to perform ablution:--wash. Comp. G-3068.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3897. paraplesion,

             par-ap-lay'-see-on;

          neut. of a comp. of {A.}G-3844 and the base of {B.}G-4139 (as adv.); close by, i.e. (fig.) almost:--nigh unto.

 

{A.} G-3844. para,   par-ah';

          a prim. prep.; probably near, i.e. (with gen.) from beside (lit. or fig.), (with dat.) at (or in) the vicinity of (obj. or subj.), (with acc.) to the proximity with (local [espec. beyond or opposed to] or causal [on account of]):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give [such things as they], + that [she] had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side . . . by, in the sight of, than, [there-] fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.

{B.} G-4139. plesion,   play-see'-on;

          neut. of a der. of  pelas (near); (adv.) close by; as noun, a neighbor, i.e. fellow (as man, countryman, Chr. or friend):--near, neighbour.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3898. paraplesios,

             par-ap-lay-see'-oce;

          adv. from the same as G-3897; in a manner near by, i.e. (fig.) similarly:--likewise.

 

.... G-3897. paraplesion,   par-ap-lay'-see-on;

          neut. of a comp. of G-3844 and the base of G-4139 (as adv.); close by, i.e. (fig.) almost:--nigh unto.

.... G-3844. para,   par-ah';

          a prim. prep.; probably near, i.e. (with gen.) from beside (lit. or fig.), (with dat.) at (or in) the vicinity of (obj. or subj.), (with acc.) to the proximity with (local [espec. beyond or opposed to] or causal [on account of]):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give [such things as they], + that [she] had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side . . . by, in the sight of, than, [there-] fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.

.... G-4139. plesion,   play-see'-on;

          neut. of a der. of  pelas (near); (adv.) close by; as noun, a neighbor, i.e. fellow (as man, countryman, Chr. or friend):--near, neighbour.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

G-3899. paraporeuomai,

             par-ap-or-yoo'-om-ahee;

          from {A.}G-3844 and {B.}G-4198; to travel near:--go, pass (by).

 

{A.} G-3844. para,   par-ah';

          a prim. prep.; probably near, i.e. (with gen.) from beside (lit. or fig.), (with dat.) at (or in) the vicinity of (obj. or subj.), (with acc.) to the proximity with (local [espec. beyond or opposed to] or causal [on account of]):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give [such things as they], + that [she] had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side . . . by, in the sight of, than, [there-] fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.

{B.} G-4198. poreuomai,   por-yoo'-om-ahee;

          mid. from a der. of the same as G-3984; to traverse, i.e. travel (lit. or fig.; espec. to remove [fig. die], live, etc.);--depart, go (away, forth, one's way, up), (make a, take a) journey, walk.

.... G-3984. peira,   pi'-rah;

          from the base of G-4008 (through the idea of piercing); a test, i.e. attempt, experience:--assaying, trial.

.... G-4008. peran,   per'-an;

          appar. acc. of an obsol. der. of  peiro (to "pierce"); through (as adv. or prep.), i.e. across:--beyond, farther (other) side, over.

 

_______________________________________________________________________

 

 

 

Strong's Hebrew Numbers:

 

 

H-1-99:

 

H-100-199:

H-200-299:

H-300-399:

H-400-499:

H-500-599:

H-600-699:

H-700-799:

H-800-899:

H-900-999:

 

 

H-1000-1099:

 

H-1100-1199:

H-1200-1299:

H-1300-1399:

H-1400-1499:

H-1500-1599:

H-1600-1699:

H-1700-1799:

H-1800-1899:

H-1900-1999:

 

 

H-2000-2099:

 

H-2100-2199:

H-2200-2299:

H-2300-2399:

H-2400-2499:

H-2500-2599:

H-2600-2699:

H-2700-2799:

H-2800-2899:

H-2900-2999:

 

 

H-3000-3099:

 

H-3100-3199:

H-3200-3299:

H-3300-3399:

H-3400-3499:

H-3500-3599:

H-3600-3699:

H-3700-3799:

H-3800-3899:

H-3900-3999:

 

 

H-4000-4099:

 

H-4100-4199:

H-4200-4299:

H-4300-4399:

H-4400-4499:

H-4500-4599:

H-4600-4699:

H-4700-4799:

H-4800-4899:

H-4900-4999:

 

 

H-5000-5099:

 

H-5100-5199:

H-5200-5299:

H-5300-5399:

H-5400-5499:

H-5500-5599:

H-5600-5699:

H-5700-5799:

H-5800-5899:

H-5900-5999:

 

 

H-6000-6099:

 

H-6100-6199:

H-6200-6299:

H-6300-6399:

H-6400-6499:

H-6500-6599:

H-6600-6699:

H-6700-6799:

H-6800-6899:

H-6900-6999:

 

 

H-7000-7099:

 

H-7100-7199:

H-7200-7299:

H-7300-7399:

H-7400-7499:

H-7500-7599:

H-7600-7699:

H-7700-7799:

H-7800-7899:

H-7800-7899:

 

H-8000-8099:

H-8100-8199:

H-8300-8399:

H-8400-8499:

H-8500-8599:

H-8600-8647:

 

 

 

Greek Numbers:

 

 

G-1-99:

 

G-100-199:

G-200-299:

G-300-399:

G-400-499:

G-500-599:

G-600-699:

G-700-799:

G-800-899:

G-900-999:

 

 

G-1000-1099:

 

G-1100-1199:

G-1200-1299:

G-1300-1399:

G-1400-1499:

G-1500-1599:

G-1600-1699:

G-1700-1799:

G-1800-1899:

G-1900-1999:

 

 

G-2000-2099:

 

G-2100-2199:

G-2200-2299:

G-2300-2399:

G-2400-2499:

G-2500-2599:

G-2600-2699:

G-2700-2799:

G-2800-2899:

G-2900-2999:

 

 

G-3000-3099:

 

G-3100-3199:

G-3200-3299:

G-3300-3399:

G-3400-3499:

G-3500-3599:

G-3600-3699:

G-3700-3799:

G-3800-3899:

G-3900-3999:

 

 

G-4000-4099:

 

G-4100-4199:

G-4200-4299:

G-4300-4399:

G-4400-4499:

G-4500-4599:

G-4600-4699:

G-4700-4799:

G-4800-4899:

G-4900-4999:

 

 

G-5000-5099:

 

G-5100-5199:

G-5200-5299:

G-5300-5399:

G-5400-5499:

G-5500-5599:

G-5600-5624:

 

 

 

Back to Top.

Old Testament.                      New Testament.

Concordance.  Dictionary. 

 

 

 

 

A
Bible

Concordance
Strong's Dictionary
Easton's Bible Dictionary
Hitchcock's Bible Names Dictionary
Reference Study Library.

 

If you have comments or suggestions,
you can E-mail me

@

BibleRick@Yahoo.com

 

All this work
was organized, by
BibleRick ®.

You are Welcome to use this work
to enhance your own personal library.

But,

Written Permission must be secured from BibleRick ®,
to reproduce for sale or distribution.

 

Copyright © 1999-2009, BibleRick ®.
All rights reserved.

 

www.BibleRick.com